Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
APPROVED BLD ENG FIR RESUB 1-BLD2022-1542+Architectural_Plan+8.5.2024_12.00.59_PM+4421234
GENERAL NOTES I SEPARATE PERMITS VICINITY MAP A. REFER TO SCOPE OF WORK BID OUTLINE FROM OWNER TO THE LISTED SEPARATE PERMITS FOR THE PROJECT SHALL BE CONTRACTOR. GC TO NOTIFY OWNER OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SCOPE OF WORK BID OUTLINE. PERFORMED AS DESIGN -BUILD. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) OR GC SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE APPROVED 00 G ACI R PERMIT SET, PREPARE THE REQUIRED PLANS & ANY OTHER REQUIRED �f-ii B. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL INFORMATION, AND APPLY FOR AND SECURE ALL NECESSARY i if II GOVERNING BUILDING CODES AND REGULATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SEPARATE PERMITS. II SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK THAT HAS BEEN PERFORMED WHICH DOES NOT MEET THESE CODES AND THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING EXISTING FIELD zoatnstsw SEATTLE HEIGHT REGULATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPORTING CONDITIONS AND COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND / NVIRON'.".". N TA IMMEDIATELY TO THE ARCHITECT ANY DISCREPANCIES OR DETAILS ALL CURRENT CODES, REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. A WHICH DO NOT MEET BUILDING CODES AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING AND ALL REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. Romeo's Pizza Kitchen 7509 212th St SW, C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS Edmonds, WA 98026 99 / EdmondHighScdhool� SERVICES ON SITE PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION, IN THE LAND DISTURBING ACTIVITY PERMIT z tnstsw ziztnstsw EVENT OF CONFLICTS OR CHANGES BETWEEN DETAILS, OR BETWEEN THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY, OFFICE BUILDING PERMIT: BLD2022-1541 D PROJECT D D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE NFPA-72 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOCATION LOCATION, DIMENSION, AND DEPTH OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES NEW WAREHOUSE BUILDING POSSIBLY AFFECTED BY THE WORK AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THIS SHALL INCLUDE CALLING UTILITY MECHANICAL Swedish ©Edmonds - LOCATE SERVICES AT 1-800-424-5555, AND POTHOLING THE ELECTRICAL Ca" pus EXISTING UTILITIES AND SURVEYING THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATION(S). GC TO PHYSICALLY VERIFY WHETHER OR NOT CONFLICTS EXIST. IF CONFLICTS SHOULD OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR BUILDING &SITE SIGNAGE / Dicks Drive -In WinCo Foods ® A' 7509 212TH STREET SW EDMONDS, WA 98026 SHALL CONSULT WITH THE CITY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AND N RESOLVE ALL PROBLEMS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION, NO SCALE E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL OPERATIONS WITH THE OWNER, INCLUDING AREA FOR WORK, MATERIALS STORAGE, AND ACCESS TO AND FROM THE WORK, SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR NOISY DESIGN CODES PROJECT TEAM SHEET INDEX SITE & BUILDING DATA WORK, TIMING OF WORK AND INTERRUPTION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES, F. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AS OF FEBRUARY 1, 20211 THE FOLLOWING CODES ARE IN PLACE OWNER/CLIENT: ARCHITECT: COVER SHEET & ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN: LEGAL DESCRIPTION: HIGHEST STANDARD OF WORKMANSHIP IN GENERAL AND WITH SUCH (INCLUDING WASHINGTON STATE-WIDE AMENDMENTS): LAUREN GOLEMBIEWSKI THERESA K. GREENE, AO.1 COVER SHEET SEATTLE HEIGHTS DIV 4 BLK 004 D-00 - TR 6 STANDARDS AS ARE SPECIFIED. DIRT HOLDINGS LLC ARCHITECT, PLLC AO.2 2009 ICC/ANSI CODE NOTES 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (WAC 51-50) 7509 212TH/ ST SW 16198 SE 48TH DRIVE EXISTING SITE DATA: G. EXISTING CONDITIONS DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK DONE • 2018 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE (WAC 51-51) EDMONDS, WA 98026 BELLEVUE, WA 98006 A1.1 PROPOSED SITE PLAN PARCEL NUMBER: 00566900400600 UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION TEL: (425) 355-2826 CONTACT; THERESA GREENE (FOR REFERENCE, ONLY - SITE PLAN REVIEWED JURISDICTION: CITY OF EDMONDS AND FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES AND AT NO 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (WAC 51-54A) CELL: 268-ro.c TEL; (425) 830-3245 UNDER OFFICE BLDG PERMIT APPLICATION) ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, ALL REPLACEMENT MATERIALS 2018 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE (WAC 51-50) lmiles@glacierenviro,com tg,architect@comcast,net glad A1.2 SITE DETAILS (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ' ADDRESS; 7509 212TH ST SW, EDMONDS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS SHALL DO SO WITH 2018 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE (NFPA 54) (WAC 51-50) A1.3 SITE DETAILS (FOR REFERENCE, ONLY) QUARTER -SECTION -TOWNSHIP -RANGE: SW-20-27-04 RESPECT TO TYPE, PATTERN, TEXTURE, SIZE, SHAPE, COLOR AND 2018 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (WAC 51-52) SURVEYOR: STRUCTURAL ENGINEER EXISTING STRUCTURE INFO. 1940, 3 BLDGS METHOD OF INSTALLATION INSOFAR AS PRACTICABLE, AND SHALL ARCHITECTURAL: EXISTING USE/USE CODE; 113 SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO 2018 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE (WAC 51-52) TERRANE SWENSON SAY FAGET ZONING DESIGNATION: BN: NEIGHBORHOOD BUSINESS INSTALLATION, 2017 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS CODE (NFPA 58) (WAC 51-52) 10801 MAIN STREET STE 102 2124 THIRD AVENUE STE 100 A2.1 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - WAREHOUSE BLDG CRITICAL AREAS; NONE IDENTIFIED • 2018 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (WAC 51-56J BELLEVUE WA 98004 SEATTLE, WA 98121 A2.2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - WAREHOUSE BLDG A2.4 ROOF PLAN - WAREHOUSE BLDG GROSS SITE AREA; ±37 827 SF (±0.87 ACRES) H. MATERIALS, ARTICLES, DEVICES AND PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED IN • 2018 INTERNATIONAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE CONTACT; KATHERINE RYG CONTACT; BRIAN RITTEREISER WATER DISTRICT; CITY OF EDMONDS THE DOCUMENTS BY LISTING ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS OR 2018 INTERNATIONAL SWIMMING POOL AND SPA CODE TEL: (425) 233-6093 TEL; (206) 956-3728 A3.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS SEWER DISTRICT; CITY OF EDMONDS PRODUCTS, BY REQUIRING COMPLIANCE WITH REFERENCED katheriner@terrane.net CELL: (509) 312-9498 A3.2 PRELIMINARY 3D RENDERINGS STANDARDS, OR BY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. FOR ITEMS 2018 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WAC 51-11C & WAC 51-11R) brittereiser@ssfengineers.com SPECIFIED BY NAME, SELECT ANY PRODUCT NAMED. FOR THOSE 2009 ICC A117.1 ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDING AND FACILITIES GEOTECH ENGINEER: A4.1 BUILDING SECTIONS - WAREHOUSE BLDG PROPOSED OFFICE BUILDING -DATA - SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE STANDARDS OR BY PERFORMANCE 2023 EDMONDS CITY CODE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CODE METAL BUILDING ERECTOR: A4.2 WALL SECTIONS & EXTERIOR DETAILS - WAREHOUSE BLDG CONSTRUCTION TYPE/CLASS: TYPE V-B, NON-SPRINKLERED SPECIFICATIONS SELECT ANY PRODUCT MEETING OR EXCEEDING (ECDC), FIRE DEPT STANDARDS AND PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. H&H STEEL ERECTORS MAX. NON-SPRINKLERED FIRE AREA (PER ECFC 19.25.035): 5 000 S.F. SPECIFIED CRITERIA. FOR APPROVAL OF AN ITEM NOT SPECIFIED, 4303 - 198TH STREET SW 2824 103RD AVE SE A5.1 SCHEDULES & NOTES - WAREHOUSE BLDG + OVERALL BUILDING AREA; 4 600 S.F, SUBMIT REQUIRED SUBMITTALS PROVIDING COMPLETE BACK-UP DETAILS, LYNNWOOD, WA 98036 LAKE STEVENS WA 98258 FIRST FLOOR BLDG AREA (FOOTPRINT): ±2 500 S.F. INFORMATION FOR PURPOSES OF EVALUATION. WHERE BUILDING CONTACT; MICHAEL RUNDQUIST CONTACT; JOHN TERRELL A6.1 MISC INTERIOR DETAILS - WAREHOUSE BLDG SECOND FLOOR AREA; ±2100 S.F. STANDARD ITEMS ARE CALLED FOR, NO SUBSTITUTE WILL BE TEL: (425) 485-5519 TEL; (206) 793-7410 A6.2 MISC INTERIOR DETAILS - WAREHOUSE BLDG MAX BUILDING HEIGHT (PER ECDC 16.45.020): 1 25 FEET ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF EAN HOLDINGS LLC., jdtconst@msn.com A6.3 MISC INTERIOR DETAILS - WAREHOUSE BLDG OCCUPANCY GROUPS; B: BUSINESS CIVIL ENGINEER: I. IT IS THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITY, AS A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL, TO OBSERVE THAT THE CONSTRUCTION IN THE FIELD CEKO ENGINEERING LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT: A7.1 2018 WSEC ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE - WAREHOUSE BLDG A7.2 2018 WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE - WAREHOUSE BLDG PROPOSED WAREHOUSE BUILDING DATA - ADHERES TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IF THE CLIENT FOR THIS ADHERES SQUAK MT, LOOP SW ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 VARLEY VARLEY VARLEY PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION TYPE/CLASS; TYPE V-B, NON-SPRINKLERED PROJECT DOES NOT REQUEST PERIODIC CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION CONTACT: CHRIS KOVAC 19819 30TH DRIVE SE, STRUCTURAL: MAX, NON-SPRINKLERED FIRE AREA (PER ECFC 19.25,035); 5 000 S.F. SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION FROM THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD BOTHELL WA 98012 TEL: (425) 864-8246 , S1.1 GENERAL NOTES - WAREHOUSE BLDG OVERALL BUILDING AREA; ±4 000 S.F. OR APPROVED REPRESENTATIVE, THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD SHALL CELL:(425) 864-8246 CONTACT; JEFF VARLEY S2.1 FOUNDATION PLAN - WAREHOUSE BLDG MAX BUILDING HEIGHT (PER ECDC 16.45.020): 1 25 FEET NOT BE LIABLE FOR INTERPRETATIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS OR ANY cpkovac@cekonwcom TEL; (425) 466-9430 , S4.1 CONCRETE DETAILS - WAREHOUSE BLDG PROPOSED OCCUPANCY GROUPS; S-1: WAREHOUSE; B; BUSINESS MODIFICATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY THE CLIENT varley_jeff@hotmail,com 65.1 TYPICAL WOOD DETAILS - WAREHOUSE BUILDING OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR. MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT ARBORIST: OCCUPANCY BREAKDOWNS: DOCUMENTS MUST BE IN WRITING AND DISTRIBUTED TO THE CLIENT, CONTRACTOR: PRE-FAB METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER PLANS: B; OFFICE BLDG; ±4,600 / 150 = 31 OCC. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT VIA SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION, CHANGE ORDER OR CHANGE ORDER DIRECTIVE AND A GRAND DESIGN, LLC 7914 60TH ST SE TBD - CURRENTLY OUT TO BID 29 SHEETS ON 22X34 FORMAT: REFER TO H&H STEEL ERECTORS METAL = B; OFFICE IN WAREHOUSE BLDG; ±800 / 300 6 OCC. SIGNED AS PER THE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS OF THOSE DOCUMENTS. SNOHOMISH, WA 98290 BUILDING PLAN SET SUBMITTED WITH THIS APPLICATION S-1: STORAGE IN WAREHOUSE BLDG; ±3 200 / 300 = 11 OCC. TOTAL OCCUPANTS; ±8,600 1 48 OCC. CONTACT: SHELLEY TOWERS TEL: (206) 362-6587 sdtinsno@yahoo.com PROPOSED OUTDOOR STORAGE: OUTDOOR STORAGE PAD AREA; 1 ±2 245 S,F, PROPOSED OVERALL SITE & BLDG AREAS: ABBREVIATIONS LEGEND OF SYMBOLS SCOPE OF WORK ALLOWABLE AREA PER FLOOR (IBC B & S-1 OCC, CLASS) 9,000 C7 ALLOWABLE STORIES, MAX, HEIGHT (IBC B OCC. CLASSJ; 2, 40 FEET THE CLIENT IS PROPOSING TO DEMOLISH THE EXISTING STRUCTURES MAX. BUILDING HEIGHT (PER ECDC 16.45.020): 25 FEET MAX. ALLOWED LOT COVERAGE (PER ECDC 16.45.0201: NONE PROPOSED LOT COVERAGE; 17% # POUND OR NUMBER EXIST. EXISTING 0/ OVER AND EXPANSION JOINT PRECAST CONCRETE REVISION NO, (TITLE O WINDOW SCHEDULE B & EXP. JT P.C.C. @ AT EXT. EXTERIOR P-LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE BLOCK SHOWS REV. KEY REDEVELOP THE SITE AND CONSTRUCT A NEW 361X70' +4,600 S.F. FOOTPRINT AREAS /SITE AREA; 6,500/37,827 ACT ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE FD FLOOR DRAIN PLUMB. PLUMBING C2 DATE) 2-STORY COMMERCIAL OFFICE BUILDING (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT) MAX, ALLOWED FLOOR AREA RATIO (PER ECDC 16,45,0 3,00 FAR A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER PLYWD. PLYWOOD ELECTRICAL INDICATES REVISED ROOM NAME ROOMS AND A 401X1001 *-4 000 S,F. 1-STORY WAREHOUSE BUILDING WITH ' PROPOSED FLOOR AREA RATIO (FAR); 0.23 FAR ALUM. ALUMINUM CABINET P.T. PRESSURE TREATED AREA ROOM N0, APPROX, 800 S.F. OF THAT AREA DESIGNATED FOR EMPLOYEE GROSS FLOOR AREAS / SITE AREA; 8 600/37 827 ' ' ANOD. ANODIZED FIXT. FIXTURE PNT PAINT/PAINTED 10 OFFICE USE PLUS AN ADDITIONAL **-2 245 S,F. ASPHALT AREA FOR ' ' BUILDING SETBACKS (PER ECDC 16.45.020) BSMT. BASEMENT FLR. FLOOR PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DETAIL N0. DESIGNATION =350 S.F�ROOM AREA OUTDOOR STORAGE ALONG THE NORTHEAST SIDE OF THE PROPERTY, MIN FRONT YARD; 20 FEET BYND. BEYOND F.O. FACE OF RBR RUBBER FIBERGLASS REINFORCED A8. SHEET THAT DETAIL IS PL FINISH SCHEDULE PER THESE PLANS, MIN SIDE / REAR YARD; NONE* BOT. BOTTOM FRP RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHOWN *15 FEET REQ FROM LOT LINES ADJACENT TO R-ZONED PROPERTY C.I.P. CAST IN PLACE PLASTIC R.D. ROOF DRAIN CHNL CHANNEL FND. FOUNDATION REQ'D REQUIRED KEY BLDG. SECTION NO. 01 EQUIP. SCHEDULE MAX. IMPERVIOUS AREA; NONE LISTED IN ECDC PROPOSED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE AREA; PER CIVIL PLANS C.J. CONTROL JOINT GA. GAUGE RM ROOM 1 CLG. CEILING GALV. GALVANIZED SIM. SIMILAR A4. SHEET THAT SECTION KEY PROPOSED LANDSCAPING/PERVIOUS AREA; PER CIVIL PLANS CLR, CLEAR GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD SPEC. SPECIFIED OR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT H.C. HOLLOW CORE SPECIFICATION IS SHOWN CASEWORK DTL. NO. M PROPOSED PARKING:COL. COLUMN HT. HEIGHT SPRK SPRINKLER 1 WALL SECTION NO. SHEET NO. EXISTING PARKING STALLS ON SITE; UNKNOWN COMPR COMPRESSIBLE H.M. HOLLOW METAL SSTL STAINLESS STEEL A4. TOTAL REQUIRED CUSTOMER STALLS; 17 STALLS CONC. CONCRETE HR. HOUR S.T.C. SOUND TRANSMISSION SHEET THAT SECTION WALL TYPE N0. IS SHOWN rS(--INSULATION PARKING REQ (1/400 S,F. OFFICE BLDG = 4,600/4001; 12 STALLS CONT, CONTINUOUS HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND COEFFICIENT KEY PARKING REQ (1 PER BAY+1 OFFICE AREA): 5 STALLS CPT CARPET AIR CONDITIONING STL. STEEL A INTERIOR ELEV, NO. CUSTOMER PARKING BREAKDOWN CT CERAMIC TILE INSUL. INSULATED STRUCT. STRUCTURAL DATUM POINT STANDARD VEHICLE STALLS (8.51x16,5' MIN,, 241 AISL 14 STALLS DBL DOUBLE INT. INTERIOR T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 1 D B WALL DEMO DEMOLISH LO. LOW TELE, TELEPHONE A5.2 ORIENTATION +8'0" A.F.F� CEILING HEIGHT STANDARD STALL EV READY = 4 STALLS DIA, DIAMETER MAX. MAXIMUM T.O. TOP OF SHEET THAT � COMPACT VEHICLE STALLS (8 x16.5, 24 AISLE); 0 STALLS DIM. DIMENSION MEL MELAMINE T.O.C. TOP OF CONCRETE C INTERIOR ELEV, IS ACT CE I� VAN HANDICAP STALL (161x18', 24' AISLE), EV READY: 1 STALL DN DOWN M.O. MASONRY OPENING T.O.P. TOP OF PLATE SHOWN FINISH CEILING EV CHARGING STALL (8,5'x16.5' 24' AISLE); 2 STALLS DR DOOR MECH. MECHANICAL T.O.S. TOP OF STEEL TYPE TOTAL CUSTOMER PARKING PROVIDED; 17 STALLS DWG DRAWING MEMBR. MEMBRANE TP TOILET PAPER DISPENSER NORTH ARROW A GRID DESIGNATION PROPOSED BICYCLE PARKING PROVIDED; 2 BIKES EA. EACH MIN. MINIMUM T/D TELEPHONE/DATA EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH MRGWB MOISTURE -RESISTANT TYP. TYPICAL SYSTEM GYPSUM WALL BOARD U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ❑2 SHEET KEY NOTE 1/4:12 ROOF SLOPE AND PRE -APPLICATION REVIEW NUMBER: PRE2021-0013 EL. ELEVATION MTL. METAL U/S UNDERSIDE DIRECTION KEY ELEC. ELECTRICAL N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD DOOR SCHEDULE KEY ELEV. ELEVATOR/ELEVATION NO NOM NUMBER NOMINAL V.P. VISION PANEL (CORRESP. TO ROOM NO, Q BREAK LINE SYMBOL EPDM ETHYLENE PROPYLENE DIENE O.C. ON CENTER W/ WITH 1 1A WHERE DOOR OCCURS) M-CLASS (ROOFING) O.H. OPPOSITE HAND W/0 WITHOUT DOOR SUFFIX-- MATCH LINE MARKER EQ. EQUAL WD WOOD 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N tO E E �o N M o U U 0 rn � _ 3- LUo } �Cti�oa c) N � V lw^ C0 > Y rn x E y C � o E _IDID Ln C'j c M 6 (D Q) m oo U o. 0 oo o a Y U m 3 2 U - c ¢ m C = E C O a) a U H a0,go HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 VJ W U_ L.L ��W VJ J Z_ RESUB Q C) 05 2024 CITY CITY EDMONDS Z J DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT W o o G G Z LU (0 CD0 NT O � LUL0 \ O a O O o Z Of a Z a W a } L.L Nw L.L Q W 3: � H N 07 =) W Orn < O U U = = C6 J LU Z cn 0 N o-)2io Z O �J I 0 Z X W f� � W (nZ REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28AO1-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET COVER SHEET WAREHOUSE BUILDING AOO PERMITTING & DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION 1215th Avenue N P: 425.771.0220 www.edmondswa.gov ------------------------ Special Inspections required for this permit: I ® concrete construction ® Bolting in Concrete ® Epoxy Groutedlnstallations ® Structural Steel/Welding ® High Strength Bolting ® Stmat al observation by design professions ® To also Include list below STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION ' OPEN -WEB STEEL JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS ' COLD FORMED STEEL DECK CONSTRUCTION , CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION IECNANICAL SPLICES IN CONCRETE REINFORCING POST- ENSIGN CONSTRUCTION ' PRECAST CONCRETE ERECTION MASOM' CONSTRUCTION WOOD TRUSSES GREATER THAN I' DEEP OR W LONG SOIL CONDITIDNS. FILL PLACEMENT, AND DENSITY DRIVEN DEEP FWADATION ' CAST-] "-PLACE DEEP EDLNDATION i HELICAL PILE FOUNDATION EXPANSION BOLTS AND THREADED EXPANSION INSERTS EPDXY GROUTED INSTALLATIONS t STAID RAIL INSTALLATION ' L_ — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — _ — _ — _ — _ — _ — Approved DFM aky s Burt South County Fire Date: 08/08/2024 08-08-2024 RESUB 1 PLAN REVIEW NOTES: APPROVED WITH CONDITIONS: 1. A SEPARATE FIRE ALARM PERMIT IS REQUIRED. 2. A KNOX BOX IS REQUIRED FOR EACH BUILDING. 3. GATES ACROSS REQUIRED FIRE ACCESS SHALL BE AUTOMATIC GATES. THE GATE WHEN IN THE OPEN POSITION SHALL PROVIDE AN UNOBSTRUCTED 20' WIDE ACCESS. A STROBE SENSOR AND KNOX GATE KEY SWITCH ARE REQUIRED. (ECDC 503.7.2) DFM BURT APPROVAL STAMP PAGE PLEASE KEEP WITH THE PLANS City Of Edmonds Building Department Work ----------- WAREHOUSE BUILDING --------------------------------------------------- Address 7509 212TH ST SW________________, Owner _______________________ GLACIER ENVIRO. SERV. Approved Date 8/29/2024 Building Official. Permit Number --------------- BLD2022-1542 ' APPROVED ALL WORK SUBJECT ? OBTAIN ELECTRICAL PLANS MUST BE TO FIELD PERMIT FROM ON JOB SITE INSPECTION FOR STATE LABOR & CODE COMPLIANCE INDUSTRIES ;Construction Type VB p ;Occupancy Group B 1 :Occupant Load F1 % Zone BN Corner Flag Setbacks: Required Actual Front Sides Rear Other Height 25 25 APPROVED BY PLANNING Sep Sep 09 2024 ENGINEERING DIVISION APPROVED AS NOTED 9/20/2024 REFER TO CIVIL CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS NOTE This Stamp page must remain with the city approved plans at all times. Failure to have this Stamp page with the City approved plans could result in delay of the inspections including the FINAL inspection. If lost please contact the city as soon as possible to find a solution. Thank You. FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES (ICC/ANSI SEC. 302 & 303): GENERAL: FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP RESISTANT. CHANGES IN LEVEL OF 1/4 INCH HIGH MAX. SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE VERTICAL. CHANGES IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4 INCH HIGH MIN. AND 1-1/2 INCH HIGH MAX. SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2. CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH SHALL BE RAMPED AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 405 OR 406. WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE AND CLEAR SPACE (ICC/ANSI SEC. 304 & 305): CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE: FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES OF A WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE SHALL HAVE A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48. THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL BE 30 INCHES MIN. BY 48 INCHES MIN. AND SHALL BE POSITIONED FOR EITHER FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT. ONE FULL, UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL ADJOIN OR OVERLAP AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ADJOIN ANOTHER CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE. CIRCULAR SPACE: THE WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 60 INCHES DIAMETER MIN. WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES. T-SHAPED SPACE: THE WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE MAY BE A T-SHAPED SPACE WITHIN A 60 INCH MIN. SQUARE WITH ARMS AND BASE 36 INCHES WIDE MIN. EACH ARM OF THE T SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 12 INCHES MIN. IN EACH DIRECTION AND THE BASE SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 24 INCHES MIN. T-SHAPED WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES ONLY AT THE END OF EITHER THE BASE OR ONE ARM DOORS: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DOORS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SWING INTO WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE. ALCOVE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE: FORWARD APPROACH - THE WIDTH OF AN ALCOVE SHALL BE 36 INCHES MIN. WHERE THE DEPTH EXCEEDS 24 INCHES. PARALLEL APPROACH - THE WIDTH OF AN ALCOVE SHALL BE 60 INCHES MIN. WHERE THE DEPTH EXCEEDS 15 INCHES. KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE (ICC/ANSI SEC. 306): TOE CLEARANCE: SPACE UNDER AN ELEMENT BETWEEN THE FLOOR OR GROUND AND 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL BE TOE CLEARANCE. MAX. DEPTH IS PERMITTED TO EXTEND 25 INCHES MAX. UNDER AN ELEMENT AND 17 INCHES MIN. BENEATH THE ELEMENT. TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE 30 INCHES WIDE MIN. KNEE CLEARANCE: SPACE UNDER AN ELEMENT BETWEEN 9 INCHES AND 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL BE KNEE CLEARANCE. KNEE CLEARANCE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND 25 INCHES MAX. UNDER AN ELEMENT AT 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. WHERE KNEE CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BENEATH AN ELEMENT AS PART OF A CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE, THE KNEE CLEARANCE SHALL BE 11 INCHES DEEP MIN. AT 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND, AND 8 INCHES DEEP MIN. AT 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. KNEE CLEARANCE SHALL BE 30 INCHES WIDE MIN. PROTRUDING OBJECTS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 307): PROTRUSION LIMITS: OBJECTS WITH LEADING EDGES MORE THAN 27 INCHES AND NOT MORE THAN 80 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL PROTRUDE 4 INCHES MAX. HORIZONTALLY INTO THE CIRCULATION PATH. HANDRAILS SERVING STAIRS AND RAMPS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PROTRUDE 4-1/2 INCHES MAX. GUARDRAILS OR OTHER BARRIERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE VERTICAL CLEARANCE IS LESS THAN 80 INCHES HIGH. LEADING EDGE OF SUCH GUARDRAIL OR BARRIER SHALL BE 27 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. PROTRUDING OBJECTS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE CLEAR WIDTH REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTES. POST -MOUNTED OBJECTS: OBJECTS ON A SINGLE POST OR PYLON SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERHANG 12 INCHES MAX. WHERE MORE THAN 27 INCHES AND NOT MORE THAN 80 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. REACH RANGES (ICC/ANSI SEC. 308): UNOBSTRUCTED REACH: WHERE A CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT AND THE SIDE REACH IS UNOBSTRUCTED, THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAX. AND THE LOW SIDE REACH SHALL BE 15 INCHES MIN. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. EXISTING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PERMITTED AT 54 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH: WHERE A HIGH FORWARD REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL EXTEND BENEATH THE ELEMENT FOR A DISTANCE NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED REACH DEPTH OVER THE OBSTRUCTION. THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAX. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH IS 20 INCHES MAX. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 20 INCHES, THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 44 INCHES MAX. AND THE REACH DEPTH SHALL BE 25 INCHES MAX. OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH: WHERE A CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN OBJECT AND THE HIGH SIDE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE HEIGHT OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34 INCHES MAX. AND THE DEPTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 24 INCHES MAX. THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAX. FOR A REACH DEPTH OF 10 INCHES MAX. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 10 INCHES, THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 46 INCHES MAX. FOR A REACH DEPTH OF 24 INCHES MAX. OPERABLE PARTS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 309): HEIGHT: OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN ONE OR MORE OF THE REACH RANGES. EXCEPT WHERE THE USE OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT DICTATES OTHERWISE, OR WHERE ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS RECEPTACLES ARE NOT NORMALLY INTENDED FOR USE BY BUILDING OCCUPANTS. OPERATION: OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 POUNDS MAX. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES (ICC/ANSI SEC. 402): ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL CONSIST OF ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS: WALKING SURFACES WITH A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:20, DOORWAYS, RAMPS, CURB RAMPS, ELEVATORS, AND WHEELCHAIR (PLATFORM) LIFTS. ALL COMPONENTS OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THIS STANDARD. WALKING SURFACES (ICC/ANSI SEC. 403 SLOPE: THE RUNNING SLOPE OF WALKING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:20. THE CROSS SLOPE OF A WALKING SURFACE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48. CLEAR WIDTH: CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI TABLE 403.5 CLEAR WIDTH AT TURN: WHERE AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MAKES A 180 DEGREE TURN AROUND AN OBJECT WHICH IS LESS THAN 48 INCHES WIDE, CLEAR WIDTHS SHALL BE 42 INCHES MIN. APPROACHING THE TURN, 48 INCHES MIN. DURING THE TURN, AND 42 INCHES MIN. LEAVING THE TURN. PASSING SPACE: AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH A CLEAR WIDTH LESS THAN 60 INCHES SHALL PROVIDE PASSING SPACES AT INTERVALS OF 200 FEET MAX. THESE PASSING SPACES SHALL BE EITHER A 60 INCH BY 60 INCH MIN. SPACE, OR AN INTERSECTION OF TWO WALKING SURFACES WHICH PROVIDE A T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE COMPLYING WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 304. MANUAL DOORS AND DOORWAYS (ICC/ANCI SEC. 404): CLEAR WIDTH: DOORWAYS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR OPENING OF 32 INCHES MIN. CLEAR OPENING OF DOORWAYS WITH SWINGING DOORS SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN THE FACE OF DOOR AND STOP, WITH THE DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES. OPENINGS MORE THAN 24 INCHES DEEP SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF 36 INCHES MIN. THERE SHALL BE NO PROJECTIONS INTO THE CLEAR OPENING WIDTH LOWER THAN 34 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. PROJECTIONS INTO THE MIN. CLEAR OPENING WIDTH MORE THAN 34 INCHES AND UP TO 80 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND ARE PERMITTED BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED 4 INCHES. RECESSED DOORS: WHERE THE PLANE OF THE DOORWAY IS RECESSED MORE THAN 8 INCHES FROM THE PLANE OF THE WALL. CLEARANCES FOR FRONT APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED. TWO DOORS IN SERIES: DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO HINGED OR PIVOTED DOORS IN SERIES SHALL BE 48 INCHES MIN. PLUS THE WIDTH OF ANY DOOR SWINGING INTO THE SPACE. DOORS IN SERIES SHALL SWING EITHER IN SAME DIRECTION OR AWAY FROM SPACE BETWEEN DOORS. DOOR HARDWARE: HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES MIN. AND 48 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. WHERE SLIDING DOORS ARE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH SIDES. DOOR CLOSERS: DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO AN OPEN POSITION OF 12 DEGREES SHALL BE 5 SECONDS MIN. SPRING HINGES: DOOR SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MIN., MEASURED UNDER AMBIENT CONDITIONS. DOOR -OPENING FORCE: FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE THE MIN. OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. THE MAX. FORCE FOR PUSHING OPEN OR PULLING OPEN DOORS OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: INTERIOR HINGED DOOR: 5.0 POUNDS SLIDING OR FOLDING DOOR: 5.0 POUNDS THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. DOOR SURFACE: DOOR SURFACES WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE FLOOR OR GROUND MEASURED VERTICALLY SHALL BE A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR. PARTS CREATING HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL JOINTS IN SUCH SURFACE SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16 INCH OF THE SAME PLANE AS THE OTHER. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDED KICK PLATES SHALL BE CAPPED. EXCEPT FOR SLIDING DOORS, TEMPERED GLASS DOORS WITHOUT STILES AND HAVING A BOTTOM RAIL OR SHOE WITH THE TOP LEADING EDGE TAPERED AT NO LESS THAN 60 DEGREES FROM THE HORIZONTAL SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO MEET THE 10 INCH BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT REQUIREMENT, AND DOORS WHICH DO NOT EXTEND TO WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE FLOOR OR GROUND. VISION LITES: DOORS AND SIDELITES ADJACENT TO DOORS CONTAINING ONE OR MORE GLAZING PANELS THAT PERMIT VIEWING THROUGH THE PANELS SHALL HAVE THE BOTTOM OF AT LEAST ONE PANEL 43 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. RAMPS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 405): WALKING SURFACES ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES WITH A RUNNING SLOPE STEEPER THAN 1:20 ARE RAMPS. RAMP RUNS SHALL HAVE A RUNNING SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:12. CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP RUNS SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48. THE CLEAR WIDTH OF A RAMP RUN SHALL BE 36 INCHES MIN. THE RISE FOR ANY RAMP RUN SHALL BE 30 INCHES MAX. OUTDOOR RAMPS AND APPROACHES TO RAMPS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT WATER WILL NOT ACCUMULATE ON WITHIN THE ROOM. WALKING SURFACES. LANDINGS: RAMPS SHALL HAVE LANDINGS AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EACH RUN. SLOPE. LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 AND THE CLEAR WIDTH OF LANDINGS SHALL BE AT LEAST AS WIDE AS THE WIDEST RAMP RUN LEADING TO THE LANDING. LANDING LENGTH SHALL BE 60 INCHES MIN. CLEAR. RAMPS THAT CHANGE DIRECTION AT LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A 60 INCH MIN. BY 60 INCH MIN. LANDING. DOORWAYS: WHERE DOORWAYS ARE ADJACENT TO A RAMP LANDING, MANEUVERING CLEARANCES REQUIRED BY ICC/ANSI SECTIONS 404.2.4 AND 404.3.2 SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP THE LANDING AREA. HANDRAILS: RAMPS WITH A RISE GREATER THAN 6 INCHES SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS COMPLYING WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 505. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCES OF A RAMP RUN OR LANDING. EDGE PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EACH SIDE OF RAMP RUNS AND AT EACH SIDE OF RAMP LANDINGS. THE FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE OF THE RAMP RUN OR LANDING SHALL EXTEND 12 INCHES MIN. BEYOND THE INSIDE FACE OF A RAILING COMPLYING WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 505. CURB OR BARRIER: A CURB OR BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED THAT PREVENTS THE PASSAGE OF A 4-INCH DIAMETER SPHERE BELOW A HEIGHT OF 4 INCHES. CURB RAMPS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 406): CURB RAMPS SHALL BE 36 INCHES WIDE MIN., EXCLUSIVE OF FLARED SIDES. CURB RAMPS AND THEIR SIDE FLARES SHALL NOT PROTRUDE INTO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC LANES, PARKING SPACES, OR INTO PARKING SPACE ACCESS AISLES. THEY SHALL BE LOCATED OR PROTECTED TO PREVENT THEIR OBSTRUCTION BY PARKED VEHICLES. HANDRAILS ARE NOT REQUIRED. SIDES OF CURB RAMPS: WHERE PEDESTRIANS MUST WALK ACROSS A CURB RAMP, THE RAMP SHALL HAVE FLARED SIDES. SLOPE OF FLARES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:10. WHERE THE WIDTH OF THE WALKING SURFACE AT THE TOP OF THE RAMP AND PARALLEL TO THE RUN OF THE RAMP IS LESS THAN 48 INCHES WIDE, THE FLARED SIDES SHALL HAVE A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:12. CURB RAMPS WITH RETURNED CURBS SHALL BE PERMITTED WHERE PEDESTRIANS WOULD NOT NORMALLY WALK ACROSS THE RAMP. COUNTER SLOPE: COUNTER SLOPES OF ADJOINING GUTTERS AND ROAD SURFACES IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP OR ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:20. TRANSITIONS FROM RAMPS TO WALKS, GUTTERS OR STREETS SHALL BE AT THE SAME LEVEL. LOCATION AT MARKED CROSSINGS: CURB RAMPS AT MARKED CROSSINGS SHALL BE WHOLLY CONTAINED WITHIN THE MARKINGS, EXCLUDING ANY FLARED SIDES. DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS: DIAGONAL OR CORNER TYPE CURB RAMPS WITH RETURNED CURBS OR OTHER WELL-DEFINED EDGES SHALL HAVE THE EDGES PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF PEDESTRIAN FLOW. BOTTOMS OF DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS SHALL HAVE 48 INCHES MIN. CLEAR SPACE, MEASURED PARALLEL TO THE RUNNING SLOPE. DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS PROVIDED AT MARKED CROSSINGS SHALL PROVIDE THE MIN. CLEAR SPACE WITHIN THE MARKINGS. DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS WITH FLARED SIDES SHALL HAVE A SEGMENT OF STRAIGHT CURB 24 INCHES LONG MIN. ON EACH SIDE OF THE CURB RAMP AND WITHIN THE MARKED CROSSING. ISLANDS: RAISED ISLANDS IN CROSSINGS SHALL BE CUT THROUGH LEVEL WITH THE STREET OR HAVE CURB RAMPS AT BOTH SIDES, AND A LEVEL AREA 48 INCHES LONG MIN. BY 36 INCHES WIDE MIN., IN THE PART OF THE ISLAND INTERSECTED BY THE CROSSING. PARKING SPACES (ICC/ANSI SEC. 502): VEHICLE SPACES: CAR AND VAN PARKING SPACES SHALL BE 96 INCHES WIDE MIN. AND SHALL HAVE AN ADJACENT ACCESS AISLE. ACCESS AISLE: TWO PARKING SPACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SHARE A COMMON ACCESS AISLE. PARKED VEHICLE OVERHANGS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. ACCESS AISLES SERVING CAR PARKING SPACES SHALL BE 60 INCHES WIDE MIN. ACCESS AISLES SERVING VAN PARKING SPACES SHALL BE 96 INCHES WIDE MIN. ACCESS AISLES SHALL EXTEND THE FULL LENGTH OF THE PARKING SPACES THEY SERVE AND THEY SHALL BE MARKED SO AS TO DISCOURAGE PARKING IN THEM. FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES: PARKING SPACES AND ACCESS AISLES SHALL HAVE SURFACE SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48. ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE AT THE SAME LEVEL AS THE PARKING SPACES THEY SERVE VERTICAL CLEARANCE: PARKING SPACES FOR VANS SHALL HAVE A VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 98 INCHES MIN. AT THE SPACE AND ALONG THE VEHICULAR ROUTE THERETO. IDENTIFICATION: WHERE ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES ARE REQUIRED TO BE IDENTIFIED BY SIGNS, THE SIGNS SHALL INCLUDE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY COMPLYING WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 703. SUCH SIGNS SHALL BE 60 INCHES MIN. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE OF THE PARKING SPACE, MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SIGN. PASSENGER LOADING ZONES (ICC/ANSI SEC. 503): VEHICLE PULL-UP SPACE: PASSENGER LOADING ZONES SHALL PROVIDE AN ACCESS AISLE ADJACENT AND PARALLEL TO A VEHICLE PULL-UP SPACE. ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE PART OF THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO THE BUILDING OR FACILITY ENTRANCE. ACCESS AISLES SERVING VEHICLE PULL-UP SPACES SHALL BE 60 INCHES WIDE MIN. AND 20 FEET LONG MIN. ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE MARKED SO AS TO DISCOURAGE PARKING IN THEM. FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES: VEHICLE PULL-UP SPACES IN PASSENGER LOADING ZONES AND ACCESS AISLES SHALL HAVE SURFACE SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48. ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE AT THE SAME LEVEL AS THE VEHICLE PULL-UP SPACE THEY SERVE. VERTICAL CLEARANCE: VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 114 INCHES MIN. SHALL BE PROVIDED AT PASSENGER LOADING ZONES AND ALONG VEHICLE ACCESS ROUTES TO SUCH AREAS FROM SITE ENTRANCES. STAIRWAYS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 504): TREADS AND RISERS: ALL STEPS ON A FLIGHT OF STAIRS SHALL HAVE UNIFORM RISER HEIGHTS AND UNIFORM TREAD DEPTH. RISERS SHALL BE 4 INCHES HIGH MIN. AND 7 INCHES MAX. TREADS SHALL BE 11 INCHES DEEP MIN., MEASURED FROM RISER TO RISER. OPEN RISERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. STAIR TREAD SURFACE SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 302. NOSINGS: THE RADIUS OF CURVATURE AT THE LEADING EDGE OF THE TREAD SHALL BE 1/2 INCH MAX. NOSINGS THAT PROJECT BEYOND RISERS SHALL HAVE THE UNDERSIDE OF THE LEADING EDGE CURVED OR BEVELED. RISERS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SLOPE UNDER THE TREAD AT AN ANGLE OF 30 DEGREES MAX. FROM VERTICAL. THE PERMITTED PROJECTION OF THE NOSING SHALL BE 1-1/2 INCHES MAX. BEYOND THE TREAD BELOW. OUTDOOR CONDITIONS: OUTDOOR STAIRS AND OUTDOOR APPROACHES TO STAIRS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT WATER WILL NOT ACCUMULATE ON WALKING SURFACES. HANDRAILS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 505): LOCATION: HANDRAILS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF STAIRS AND RAMPS. EXCEPT AISLE STAIRS AND AISLE RAMPS PROVIDED WITH A HANDRAIL EITHER AT THE SIDE OR WITHIN THE AISLE WIDTH. CONTINUITY: HANDRAILS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITHIN THE FULL LENGTH OF EACH STAIR FLIGHT OR RAMP RUN. INSIDE HANDRAILS ON SWITCHBACK OR DOGLEG STAIRS OR RAMPS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS BETWEEN FLIGHTS OR RUNS. HEIGHT: TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACES OF HANDRAILS SHALL BE 34 INCHES MIN. AND 38 INCHES MAX. VERTICALLY ABOVE STAIR NOSINGS AND RAMP SURFACES. HANDRAILS SHALL BE AT A CONSISTENT HEIGHT ABOVE STAIR NOSINGS AND RAMP SURFACES. CLEARANCE - CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN HANDRAIL AND WALL SHALL BE 1-1/2 INCHES MIN. GRIPPING SURFACE: GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS, WITHOUT INTERRUPTION BY NEWEL POSTS, OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, OR OBSTRUCTIONS. HANDRAIL BRACKETS OR BALUSTERS ATTACHED TO THE BOTTOM SURFACE OF THE HANDRAIL ARE ALLOWED IF NOT MORE THAN 20 PERCENT OF THE HANDRAIL LENGTH IS OBSTRUCTED. HORIZONTAL PROJECTIONS BEYOND THE SIDES OF THE HANDRAIL OCCUR 2-1/2 INCHES MIN. BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE HANDRAIL, AND EDGES HAVE A 1/8 INCH MIN. RADIUS. HANDRAILS, AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACES ADJACENT TO THEM, SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS AND THEY SHALL HAVE A CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION WITH AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 1-1/4 INCH MIN. AND 2 INCHES MAX. NON -CIRCULAR CROSS SECTIONS: HANDRAILS WITH OTHER SHAPES SHALL BE PERMITTED PROVIDED THEY HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4 INCHES MIN. AND 6-1/4 INCHES MAX. AND PROVIDED THEIR LARGEST CROSS-SECTION DIMENSION IS 2-1/4 INCHES MAX. TOP EXTENSION AT STAIRS: AT THE TOP OF A STAIR FLIGHT, HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND HORIZONTALLY ABOVE THE LANDING FOR 12 INCHES MIN. BEGINNING DIRECTLY ABOVE THE FIRST RISER NOSING. SUCH EXTENSION SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE WALKING SURFACE, OR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT STAIR FLIGHT. BOTTOM EXTENSION AT STAIRS: AT THE BOTTOM OF A STAIR FLIGHT, HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND AT THE SLOPE OF THE STAIR FLIGHT FOR A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE EQUAL TO ONE TREAD DEPTH BEYOND THE LAST RISER NOSING. IF PROVIDED AT THE BOTTOM OF A STAIR FLIGHT, A HORIZONTAL EXTENSION OF A HANDRAIL SHALL BE 12 INCHES LONG MIN. AND A EIGHT EQUAL TO THAT OF THE SLOPING PORTION OF THE HANDRAIL AS MEASURED ABOVE THE STAIR NOSINGS. SUCH EXTENSION SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE WALKING SURFACE OR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT STAIR FLIGHT. DRINKING FOUNTAINS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 602): CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE: A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED. WHERE A FORWARD APPROACH IS PROVIDED, THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE UNIT AND SHALL INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE. WHERE A PARALLEL APPROACH IS PROVIDED, THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE UNIT. SPOUT HEIGHT AND LOCATION: SPOUT OUTLETS SHALL BE 36 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. UNITS WITH A PARALLEL APPROACH SHALL HAVE THE SPOUT 3-1/2 INCHES MAX. FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE UNIT, INCLUDING BUMPERS. UNITS WITH A FORWARD APPROACH SHALL HAVE THE SPOUT 15 INCHES MIN. FROM THE VERTICAL SUPPORT AND 5 INCHES MAX. FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE UNIT, INCLUDING BUMPERS. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 309 AND PROTRUDING UNITS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 307. 10014:81_1►1171:IION Its 060]► 6YI[oZe7/_V6y�90410149197M01oZ.fiL11 WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE: A CIRCULAR 60" DIAMETER WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE OR A "T" SHAPED TURNING SPACE COMPLYING WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 304 SHALL BE PROVIDED DOORS: DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE OR CLEARANCE FOR ANY FIXTURE EXCEPT WHERE THE ROOM IS FOR INDIVIDUAL USE AND A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE IS PROVIDED WITHIN THE ROOM BEYOND THE ARC OF THE DOOR SWING. LOCATION: THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE POSITIONED WITH A WALL OR PARTITION TO THE REAR AND TO ONE SIDE. THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 16 INCHES MIN. TO 18 INCHES MAX. FROM THE SIDE WALL OR PARTITION. WATER CLOSET CLEAR SPACE: CLEARANCE AROUND THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 60 INCHES MIN. MEASURED PERPENDICULAR FROM THE SIDE WALL, AND 56 INCHES MIN. MEASURED PERPENDICULAR FROM THE REAR WALL. NO OTHER FIXTURES OR OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE WITHIN THE WATER CLOSET CLEARANCE. OVERLAP: THE CLEARANCE AROUND THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP THE WATER CLOSET, ASSOCIATED GRAB BARS, TISSUE DISPENSERS, ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE OR CLEARANCES AT OTHER FIXTURES AND THE WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE. WATER CLOSET HEIGHT AND CONTROLS: THE TOP OF WATER CLOSET SEATS SHALL BE 17 INCHES MIN. AND 19 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. SEATS SHALL NOT RETURN AUTOMATICALLY TO A LIFTED POSITION. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND OPERATED OR AUTOMATIC. HAND -OPERATED FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 309. GRAB BARS: GRAB BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE REAR WALL AND ON THE SIDE WALL CLOSEST TO THE WATER CLOSET. SIDE WALL GRAB BAR SHALL BE 42 INCHES LONG MIN., 12 INCHES MAX. FROM THE REAR WALL AND EXTENDING 54 INCHES MIN. FROM THE REAR WALL. IN ADDITION, A VERTICAL GRAB BAR 18 INCHES MIN. IN LENGTH SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE BAR LOCATED BETWEEN 39 INCHES AND 41 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR WITH THE CENTER LINE OF THE BAR LOCATED BETWEEN 39 INCHES AND 41 INCHES FROM THE REAR WALL. THE REAR WALL GRAB BAR SHALL BE 36 INCHES LONG MIN. AND EXTEND FROM THE CENTER LINE OF THE WATER CLOSET A MIN. OF 12 INCHES ON THE SIDE CLOSEST TO THE WALL AND 24 INCHES MIN. ON THE TRANSFER SIDE. DISPENSERS: TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS SHALL BE 7 INCHES MIN. AND 9 INCHES MAX. IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. THE OUTLET OF THE DISPENSER SHALL BE 15 INCHES MIN. AND 48 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. THERE SHALL BE A CLEARANCE OF 1-1/2 INCHES MIN. BELOW AND 12 INCHES MIN. ABOVE THE GRAB BAR. DISPENSERS SHALL NOT BE OF A TYPE THAT CONTROL DELIVERY, OR THAT DO NOT ALLOW CONTINUOUS PAPER FLOW. MIRRORS: MIRRORS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE REFLECTING SURFACE 40 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. COAT HOOKS AND SHELVES: COAT HOOKS PROVIDED WITHIN TOILET ROOMS SHALL ACCOMMODATE A FORWARD REACH OR SIDE REACH COMPLYING WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 308. WHERE PROVIDED, A FOLD -DOWN SHELF SHALL BE 40 INCHES MIN. AND 48 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. HEIGHT AND CONTROLS: URINALS SHALL BE OF THE STALL TYPE OR SHALL BE OF THE WALL -HUNG TYPE WITH THE RIM AT 17 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND OPERATED OR AUTOMATIC. CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE: A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE POSITIONED FOR FORWARD APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED. TOILET COMPARTMENTS FOR MULTI -TOILET ROOMS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 604): WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS: WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS SHALL BE 60 INCHES WIDE MIN. MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE SIDE WALL, AND 56 INCHES DEEP MIN. FOR WALL HUNG WATER CLOSETS AND 59 INCHES DEEP MIN. FOR FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS, MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE REAR WALL. AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS: AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS SHALL BE 60 INCHES DEEP MIN. AND 36 INCHES WIDE. COMPARTMENT DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE MIN. REQUIRED COMPARTMENT AREA. THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE COMPARTMENT. GRAB BARS FOR AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS: A 42" SIDE WALL GRAB BAR SHALL BE PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE COMPARTMENT. DOORS: COMPARTMENT DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE MIN. REQUIRED COMPARTMENT AREA. TOILET COMPARTMENT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 404, EXCEPT THAT IF THE APPROACH IS TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE COMPARTMENT DOOR, THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE DOOR SIDE OF THE COMPARTMENT AND ANY OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 42 INCHES MIN. THE DOOR SHALL BE HINGED 4 INCHES MAX. FROM THE ADJACENT WALL OR PARTITION FARTHEST FROM THE WATER CLOSET. THE DOOR SHALL BE SELF -CLOSING. A DOOR PULL SHALL BE PLACED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DOOR NEAR THE LATCH. COMPARTMENT ARRANGEMENTS SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR LEFT-HAND OR RIGHT-HAND APPROACH TO THE WATER CLOSET. TOE CLEARANCE: IN WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS, THE FRONT PARTITION AND AT LEAST ONE SIDE PARTITION SHALL PROVIDE A TOE CLEARANCE EXTENDING 6 INCHES DEEP BEYOND THE COMPARTMENT -SIDE FACE OF THE PARTITION, EXCLUSIVE OF PARTITION SUPPORT MEMBERS. TOE CLEARANCE AT THE FRONT OF THE PARTITION IS NOT REQUIRED IN A COMPARTMENT GREATER THAN 62 INCHES DEEP WITH A WALL -HUNG WATER CLOSET OR 65 INCHES DEEP WITH A FLOOR -MOUNTED WATER CLOSET. TOE CLEARANCE AT THE SIDE PARTITION IS NOT REQUIRED IN A COMPARTMENT GREATER THAN 66 INCHES WIDE. y ' ell-NI*y_104I9�yli•1:fY1[4tol V&�qwowleiiIt CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE: A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE POSITIONED FOR FORWARD APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED. KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED. HEIGHT AND CLEARANCES: THE FRONT OF LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE 34 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND, MEASURED TO THE HIGHER OF THE FIXTURE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE. FAUCETS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 309. HAND -OPERATED, SELF -CLOSING FAUCETS SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR 10 SECONDS MIN. BOWL DEPTH SHALL BE 6-1/2 INCHES DEEP MAX. MULTIPLE COMPARTMENT SINKS SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE COMPARTMENT COMPLYING WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES: WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINPIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS. GRAB BARS (ICC/ANSI SEC. 609): SIZE. GRAB BARS SHALL HAVE A CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION WITH A DIAMETER OF 1-1/4 INCH MIN. AND 2 INCHES MAX. NON -CIRCULAR CROSS -SECTIONS: GRAB BARS WITH OTHER SHAPES SHALL BE PERMITTED PROVIDED THEY HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4 INCHES MIN. AND 4.8 INCHES MAX. AND WITH EDGES HAVING 1/8 INCH MIN. RADIUS. SPACING: THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-112 INCHES. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND OBJECTS BELOW AND AT THE ENDS SHALL BE 1-1/2 INCHES MIN. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND PROJECTING OBJECTS ABOVE SHALL BE 15 INCHES MIN. POSITION OF GRAB BARS: GRAB BARS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A HORIZONTAL POSITION, 33 INCHES MIN. AND 36 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR. SURFACE HAZARDS: GRAB BARS AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACES ADJACENT TO GRAB BARS SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A RADIUS OF 1/8 INCH MIN. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. INSTALLATION: GRAB BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ANY MANNER THAT PROVIDES A GRIPPING SURFACE AT THE LOCATIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS STANDARD AND THAT DOES NOT OBSTRUCT THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. STRUCTURAL STRENGTH: ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN BENDING, SHEAR, AND TENSION SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED FOR MATERIALS USED WHERE A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 POUNDS IS APPLIED AT ANY POINT ON THE GRAB BAR, FASTENER MOUNTING DEVICE OR SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. SIGNAGE (ALL SIGNAGE TO COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI CHAP. 7): ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES: ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH STANDARD SIGNS AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNS THAT COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 704 AND ARE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IS REQUIRED TO IDENTIFY FACILITIES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE. THE SYMBOL IS TO BE A WHITE FIGURE ON BLUE BACKGROUND (COLOR NO. 15090) IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595A. EXCEPTION: A SPECIAL SIGN OR IDENTIFICATION WHICH COMPLEMENTS DECOR OR A UNIQUE DESIGN MAY BE APPROVED WHEN IT IS DETERMINED BY AN ENFORCING AGENCY THAT SUCH SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION PROVIDE ADEQUATE DIRECTION. BRAILLE: CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE IS TO BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED. DOTS TO BE .01 INCH ON CENTERS IN EACH CELL WITH .02 INCH SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS ARE RAISED A MIN. OF 0.025 INCH ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. CHARACTERS: LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS ARE TO HAVE A WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1, AND A STROKE WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10. WHEN RAISED OR RECESSED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS ARE USED, THEY ARE TO BE RAISED OR RECESSED A MIN. 1/32 INCH AND ARE TO BE SANS SERIF TYPE FONT. RAISED CHARACTERS ARE TO BE AT LEAST 5/8 INCH HIGH AND RECESSED CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS ARE TO HAVE A 1/4 INCH MIN. STROKE WIDTH. WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE PUBLIC TELEPHONES (ICC/ANSI SEC. 704): CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE: A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED. THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL NOT BE RESTRICTED BY BASES, ENCLOSURES, OR FIXED SEATS. WHERE A PARALLEL APPROACH IS PROVIDED, THE DISTANCE FROM THE EDGE OF THE TELEPHONE ENCLOSURE TO THE FACE OF THE TELEPHONE UNIT SHALL BE 10 INCHES MAX. WHERE A FORWARD APPROACH IS PROVIDED, THE DISTANCE FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF A COUNTER WITHIN THE ENCLOSURE TO THE FACE OF THE TELEPHONE UNIT SHALL BE 20 INCHES MAX. OPERABLE PARTS: THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF THE TELEPHONE SHALL BE WITHIN THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 308. TELEPHONES SHALL HAVE PUSH BUTTON CONTROLS WHERE SERVICE FOR SUCH EQUIPMENT IS AVAILABLE. TELEPHONE DIRECTORIES: WHERE PROVIDED, TELEPHONE DIRECTORIES SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 309. CORD LENGTH: WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A HANDSET CORD LENGTH OF 29 INCHES MIN. VOLUME -CONTROL TELEPHONES: TELEPHONES WITH VOLUME CONTROL SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RECEIVE VOLUME CONTROL WITH A RANGE THAT PROVIDES 12 DB OF GAIN MIN. AND 20 DB OF GAIN MAX. AN AUTOMATIC RESET SHALL BE PROVIDED. TELEPHONES SHALL BE HEARING AID COMPATIBLE. TTY: WHERE USED WITH A PAY TELEPHONE, TEXT TELEPHONES SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED WITHIN, OR ADJACENT TO, THE TELEPHONE ENCLOSURE. IF AN ACOUSTIC COUPLER IS USED, THE TELEPHONE CORD SHALL BE SUFFICIENTLY LONG TO ALLOW CONNECTION OF THE TTY AND THE TELEPHONE RECEIVER. WHERE PAY TELEPHONES DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE A PORTABLE TTY ARE PROVIDED, THEY SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A SHELF AND AN ELECTRICAL OUTLET WITHIN OR ADJACENT TO THE TELEPHONE ENCLOSURE. THE TELEPHONE HANDSET SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING PLACED FLUSH ON THE SURFACE OF THE SHELF. THE SHELF SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING A TTY AND SHALL HAVE A 6 INCHES HIGH MIN. VERTICAL CLEARANCE ABOVE THE AREA WHERE THE TTY IS PLACED. NC)TF- REFER TO DETAILS IN THIS SET FOR ENLARGED PLANS AND SECTIONS DEPICTING REQUIRED ACCESSIBILITY DIMENSIONS AND NOTES SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT. 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N D U _N O c N N 66 O O N E O O (1)co- L � N F€0 s OU a 00 M M '' rn ir� < 00 o r- 2 LU C!) �N Lo co �Y rn EN m x aE ccoo�LL � > L0 _Zj- U o 3 (D CND a m C) 00 U o E o z a CD Y � C,4 U L �3 co !E E (DL .a U OO o HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 co W U_ I..L rrW V) J Z_ RESUB Q Aug 05 2024 CITY E Z J - DEV DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT W 2 M LLJ o o Z W (D c) O � O rn "' ' c:) c:) cy) I..L LU W � \ O a_ O O o Z � a_ Z a_W W Q } QW U N � 00 =) W�0U) 2i U) rn O � � U 0_cl;� O N z 0 J W Z u) � N o-)2iO z O 0 Z x� W I� o z W (n REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT A A ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A02-OB JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET 2009 ICC/ANSI CODE NOTES WAREHOUSE BLDG A002 KEY NOTES 9679 y' Z X I � W EXISTING I F MULTI -FAMILY ZONING: RM-2.4 x EXISTING COMMERCIAL ZONING: BN NEIGHBORHOOD BUSINESS FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES FIRE LANE STANDARDS 1. BE A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED WIDTH OF 20 FEET AND MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 13 FEET, 6 INCHES. *FIRE LANES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 26 FEET WIDE IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF ANY BUILDING OVER 30 FEET IN HEIGHT ABOVE GRADE. SUCH FIRE LANES SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 15 FEET AND A MAXIMUM OF 25 FEET FROM THE BUILDING. 2. PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS TO WITHIN 150 FEET OF ANY PORTION OF AN UN -SPRINKLED BUILDING, IN BUILDINGS THAT PROVIDED WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER, ACCESS MAY BE INCREASED, AT THE DISCRETION OF THE FIRE MARSHAL, 3. PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS TO ALL ON -SITE FIRE HYDRANTS AND FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS (FDC) FOR SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE. A HYDRANT MUST BE LOCATED TO WITHIN 25' OF A FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (IF APPLICABLE). 4, HAVE ADEQUATE TURNING RADIUS TO ALLOW MANEUVERING OF FIRE APPARATUS: INSIDE RADIUS 25 FEET; OUTSIDE RADIUS 45 FEET. 5, BE CIRCULATING OR HAVE AN APPROVED TURN -AROUND IF OVER 150 FEET LONG. HAVE GRADES OF NO MORE THAN 12%. 6. BE PAVED WITH ASPHALT OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT AND BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE IMPOSED LOADS OF FIRE APPARATUS. 7. BE MARKED WITH WORDS "FIRE LANE - NO PARKING" WORDS TO BE PAINTED ON THE PAVEMENT INSIDE THE LANE. LETTERS TO BE A MINIMUM OF 12" HIGH, 2" STROKE, YELLOW IN COLOR, AND ALTERNATELY SPACED EVERY 50 FEET. ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN z SCALE: 1" = 20'-0" 0 10, 20' 40' 60' 80' 8. HAVE PERIMETER STRIPING/CURBING TO DELINEATE THE BOUNDARIES OF THE FIRE LANE. STRIPING TO BE A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES WIDE AND STRIPING/CURBING TO BE YELLOW IN COLOR, 9. WHEN REQUIRED BY THE FIRE MARSHAL, SIGNS SHALL BE USED IN ADDITION TO OR IN LIEU OF STRIPING. SIGNS, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: a) SIZE: 18" HIGH X 12" WIDE (MIN.) b) MOUNTING: BOTTOM OF SIGN 48" TO 60" ABOVE GRADE. c) STYLE: INDUSTRY STANDARD (VULCAN %7-6-9, RAINBOW 01-527, EMED TC 18816 OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT), d) COLOR: RED LETTERING ON WHITE BACKGROUND e) SPACING: 50' BETWEEN SIGNS OR AS REQUIRED BY FIRE MARSHAL. 10. FIRE LANES SHALL BE ESTABLISHED BY THESE REQUIREMENTS TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO BUILDINGS DURING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION OR DEMOLITION. FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES: 1, BUILDING ADDRESSING 12" NUMBERING ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND, SUITE IDENTIFICATION IS 6" NUMBERS ABOVE DOOR IN A CONTRASTING COLOR. UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE FIRE OFFICIAL, 2, ALL BUILDINGS OVER 3,000 SQUARE FEET ARE REQUIRED A MONITORED FIRE ALARM INSTALLED TO 2019 NFPA 72 STANDARDS. KNOX BOX KEY ENTRY IS REQUIRED TO COMMON AREAS AND ACCESS TO FIRE ALARM PANEL(S) f r OVERALL SITE AREA: ±37,827 SF (±0.87 ACRES) PLAN NOTES A. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES OF TRAVEL ON THE SITE NOT TO EXCEED 5% SLOPE IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND 2X CROSS SLOPE, B. EXTERIOR BUILDING AND SITE SIGNAGE TO BE APPLIED FOR AND PERMITTED SEPARATELY, GC TO COORDINATE ALL SITE AND SIGNAGE POWER NEEDS WITH THE OWNER. C. APPROVED NUMBERS OR ADDRESSES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL BUILDINGS IN SUCH A POSITION AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET OR ROAD FRONTING THE PROPERTY, 4" MIN. HT. W/ 1/2" MIN. STROKE WIDTH & ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND TEMPORARY ADDRESSING REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE VISIBLE FROM THE STREET. AVG HT (E) GRADE CALCS 061 OFFICE BUILDING LABELED EXIST. NO. AVG. CORNER GRADE* CORNERS GRADE OB1 421.40 O B2 422.02 OB3 \421.26 3 OB4 418.75 1683.43: 4 420.86 3 _ - - PROPOSED FFE: 420.0 DIFF (+): 0.86 *REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS WAREHOUSE LABELED EXIST. I NO. AVG. CORNER GRADE* CORNERS GRADE WH1 420.25 W H2 420.40 WH3 424.60 WH4 419.70 1684.95 4 1 421.24 PROPOSED FFE: 420.50 DIFF (+): 0.74 *REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1❑ NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT PER CIVIL DWGS. ALL INDICATED PARKING STRIPING IS NEW, U.O.N. ALL STRIPING TO BE 2-COATS 4" WHITE PAINTED LANES AS INDICATED AND PER MIN, REQ. PROVIDE WHEEL STOPS IN LOCATIONS ON SITE PLAN AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS REQ. BY OWNER, SEE DTLS 4 3 A1.2 A1.3 ❑2 NEW VAN -HANDICAPPED STALL STRIPING, H.C. SIGNAGE, WHEEL STOP AND RAMP ACCESS TO SIDEWALK. MARKINGS TO BE TORCH -DOWN THERMOPLASTIC. REFER TO CIVIL DWGS AND DETAIL g A1.2 ❑3 EXPAND EXISTING SIDEWALK IN ROW AND PROVIDE NEW STREET TREES PER CIVIL DWGS. NEW FRONTAGE LANDSCAPING, 3' SQ STAMPED CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN AREA AND AROUND OFFICE BUILDING PERIMETER, AND 5'-0" WIDE ACCESSIBLE PATH TO SIDEWALK PER CIVIL & LANDSCAPE DWGS. AND DETAILS 6 7 8 11 A1.2 A1.2 A1.2 A1.2 ❑5 NEW/REFURBISHED LANDSCAPE AREAS WITH CURB (SHOWN POCHE-HATCHED). REFER TO CIVIL DWGS, LANDSCAPE DWGS AND DETAILS 6 7 A1.2 A1.2 © PROVIDE NEW LANDSCAPE SCREENING ALONG SETBACK BETWEEN EAST PROPERTY AND PROPOSED OUTDOOR STORAGE AREA PER LANDSCAPE DWGS, 0 NEW SITE DRAINAGE CONTAINMENT DESIGN PER CIVIL DWGS. ® 120' X 70' HAMMERHEAD FIRE TRUCK TURN -AROUND OUTLINE PER CIVIL DWGS. �g APPROX. 38' OPENING WITH 18' SWING AND 20' SLIDING GATE. PROVIDE KNOX BOX PER FIRE DEPARTMENT REQ. 10 6' PERIMETER FENCE AROUND NORTH HALF OF PROPERTY, REFER TO DETAIL (�q 11 FLUSH CONCRETE APRON ALONG WAREHOUSE BLDG FRONTAGE. REFER TO CIVIL DWGS, 12 20' HIGH LIGHT POLE: SPEC: PK803 POLE KIT :w/3:80-WATT LED AREA LIGHTS. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVS AND CIVIGS. 1 13 NEW 13'-4" X 10'-8" TRASH ENCLOSURE, SEE ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS 2 g A1.3 A1.3 14 NEW MIN. 2-BIKE RACK INSTALLED PER MFR, REQ. 15 NEW BENCH AND TRASH RECEPTACLE AMENITIES. SEE ELEVS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. 16 NEW ONSITE FIRE HYDRANT PER CIVIL DWGS, 17 NEW EV CHARGING STATIONS PER CIVIL DWGS, NOTE: SITE PLAN TO BE APPROVED UNDER OFFICE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION. THIS SITE PLAN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY FOR WAREHOUSE BUILDING PERMIT SITE & BUILDING DATA LEGAL DESCRIPTION: SEATTLE HEIGHTS DIV 4 BLK 004 D-00 - TR 6 EXISTING SITE DATA: PARCEL NUMBER: 00566900400600 JURISDICTION: CITY OF EDMONDS ADDRESS; 7509 212TH ST SW, EDMONDS QUARTER -SECTION -TOWNSHIP -RANGE: SW-20-27-04 EXISTING STRUCTURE INFO. 1940, 3 BLDGS EXISTING USE/USE CODE; 113 SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES ZONING DESIGNATION: BN; NEIGHBORHOOD BUSINESS CRITICAL AREAS; NONE IDENTIFIED GROSS SITE AREA; ±37 827 SF (±0,87 ACRES) WATER DISTRICT; CITY OF EDMONDS SEWER DISTRICT; CITY OF EDMONDS PROPOSED OFFICE BUILDING DATA - CONSTRUCTION TYPE/CLASS; TYPE V-B, NON-SPRINKLERED MAX. NON-SPRINKLERED FIRE AREA (PER ECFC 19.25.035); 5,000 S. . OVERALL BUILDING AREA; 1 ±4 600 S.F, FIRST FLOOR BLDG AREA (FOOTPRINT): ±2,500 S,F, SECOND FLOOR AREA; ±2100 S.F. MAX BUILDING HEIGHT (PER ECDC 16.45.020): 1 25 FEET OCCUPANCY GROUPS; B: BUSINESS PROPOSED WAREHOUSE BUILDING DATA: PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION TYPE/CLASS: TYPE V-B, NON-SPRINKLERED MAX. NON-SPRINKLERED FIRE AREA (PER ECFC 19.25.035); OVERALL BUILDING AREA; 000 S.F. MAX BUILDING HEIGHT (PER ECDC 16.45.020); 25 FEET rB: PROPOSED OCCUPANCY GROUPS; S-1: WAREHOUSEUSINESS OCCUPANCY BREAKDOWNS: B: OFFICE BLDG; B: OFFICE IN WAREHOUSE BLDG; S-1: STORAGE IN WAREHOUSE BLDG; TOTAL OCCUPANTS: ±4,600 / 150 = 31 OCC. ±800 / 300 = 6 OCC. ±3 200 / 300 = 11 OCC, ±8,600 1 48 OCC. PROPOSED OUTDOOR STORAGE: OUTDOOR STORAGE PAD AREA; 2 PROPOSED OVERALL SITE & BLDG AREAS: ALLOWABLE AREA PER FLOOR (IBC B & S-1 OCC. CLASSI 9,000 S.F. ALLOWABLE STORIES, MAX. HEIGHT (IBC B OCC. CLASS); 2, 40 FEET MAX. BUILDING HEIGHT (PER ECDC 16.45.020): 25 FEET MAX. ALLOWED LOT COVERAGE (PER ECDC 16.45.020); NONE PROPOSED LOT COVERAGE: 17% FOOTPRINT AREAS / SITE AREA; 6,500/37,827 MAX. ALLOWED FLOOR AREA RATIO (PER ECDC 16.45.0 3.00 FAR PROPOSED FLOOR AREA RATIO (FAR): 0.23 FAR GROSS FLOOR AREAS / SITE AREA; 8,600/37,827 BUILDING SETBACKS (PER ECDC 16.45.0201 MIN FRONT YARD; 20 FEET MIN SIDE / REAR YARD; NONE* *15 FEET REQ FROM LOT LINES ADJACENT TO R-ZONED PROPERTY MAX. IMPERVIOUS AREA: NONE LISTED IN ECDC PROPOSED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE AREA; PER CIVIL PLANS PROPOSED LANDSCAPING/PERVIOUS AREA; PER CIVIL PLANS PROPOSED PARKING: EXISTING PARKING STALLS ON SITE; WN TOTAL REQUIRED CUSTOMER STALLS; LS PARKING REQ (1/400 S.F. OFFICE BLDG = 4,600/400):LS PARKING REQ (1 PER BAY+1 OFFICE AREAI: LS CUSTOMER PARKING BREAKDOWN STANDARD VEHICLE STALLS (8.5'x16.5' MIN., 24' AILS STANDARD STALL EV READY = 4 STALLS 13) COMPACT VEHICLE STALLS (8'x16.51, 24' AISLEI: LS VAN HANDICAP STALL (161x18', 24' AISLEI, EV READY;LL EV CHARGING STALL (8.5'x16.5' 24' AISLEI; LLS TOTAL CUSTOMER PARKING PROVIDED; LLS PROPOSED BICYCLE PARKING PROVIDED; ES 3 PRE -APPLICATION REVIEW NUMBER: PRE2021-0013 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON O N E € OU a o0 o M , ti oc) g-- ti w oo N Li �2 :3 L0 3 N M a (a) 7D o Z m U 0 E o Y N U @) a Q a O o HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) W U_ I..L W c J Z_ RESUB Q 0 Aug 05 2024 J CITY EDMONDS OPMM ENTT DEVELSERVICES ZDEPARTMENT W 2 i co LLo co CD Z W O It OU)� w 0') O a_ p L0 O o \ Z W W Q Q U c!) N rn � 0 W 2i o CLu �<o U U =W`� = Q z N 0 O J W w N �2io Z LU w r- r- LU w z Cl) REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A11 JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Al ■ - 411 WIDE PAINTED PARKING STRIPES; 2-COATS OF HIGHWAY WHITE 1:50 SLOPE MAX. IN ANY DIRECTION A 8'-611 0-011 MIN.) 8'-611 0-011 MIN.) 010, 00 ol 171-011 (161-011 MIN.) AT VAN HANDICAP STALL TYP. HANDICAP STALL SIGN PER DETAIL A1.2 WHEELSTOP e PER DETAIL A1.2 z PROVIDE RAMP ACCESS 2 FROM HATCHED AREA o TO RAISED SIDEWALK. RAMP NOT ALLOWED °0 TO PROTRUDE IN HATCHED AREA (IF OCCURS) TYP. HANDICAP SYMBOL PER DETAIL A1.2 , TYP. HANDICAP PARKING STALL SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0° REFER TO SITE PLAN FOR SIZE & ORIENTATION , SITE LIGHTING STANDARD BASE SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" 21-18Al2 1'-011 IDENTIFICATION OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES NOTE: WHERE ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES RESERVED ARE REQUIRED TO BE IDENTIFIED BY SIGNS, THE SIGNS SHALL INCLUDE PARKING THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY COMPLYING WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009 SECTION h 1O 703.6.3.1. SIGNS IDENTIFYING VAN PARKING SPACES SHALL CONTAIN THE K,_ _ _/� DESIGNATION 'VAN ACCESSIBLE." SUCH SIGNS SHALL BE 60 INCHES STATE DISABLED PARKING MINIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR OF THE PERMIT REQUIRED PARKING SPACE, MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SIGN. N LOCATION AT EACH VAN ACCESSIBLE io ACCESSIBLE STALL __j z Q w 211 DIA. GALV. STEEL N Q PIPE - PRIME & o w 0!� PAINT BLACK Q FINISH GRADE LJ HANDICAPPED P 1011 DIA. x 2411 DEEP CONCRETE FOOTING ARKING SIGNAGE SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 21-18Al2 111 511 00 RADIUS CORNERS, TYP. RECONFIGURED PLANTER PER SITE PLAN & FLOOR PLAN ASPHALT PAVING o O a — .ri a — SUB -BASE � -- — — — � � � #4 BARS CONT. TOP 1 AND BOTTOM NOTES; 1. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS AT 25' O.C. AND AT THE START AND FINISH OF ALL CURVED SECTIONS 2. PAINT CURBS WHERE NOTED ON SITE PLAN 3. VERIFY CURB DEPTHS AND SUB -GRADE PREPARATION PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. TYP. CAST -IN -PLACE CONC. CURB SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 0 cV CENTERLINE OF STALL all 711 3611x3611 BLUE FIELD BACKGROUND, 311 WIDE WHITE STRIPE PER CITY REQ. , HANDICAP PARKING SYMBOL SCALE: 1" = V-0" 21-18Al2 111 IV 5" RADIUS CORNERS, TYP. CONCRETE WALK PER SITE PLAN ASPHALT PAVING Q a � . io a d 8 ° III —III —III —III a � III —III —III —III— I—III—III—� o� °� a d III —III —III —I I l i �o III lII —III— go �� o o I =1 11-1 11-1 III —III= III=1 I I=1 I I III=1 I I=1 I =— =III III=1 I I=1 11111 I I III— I —III —III —III —III —I I I I —III —I � �. -I I —III—III—III—III—III I —I I 1- 11::::l �11111j11 „III — SUB -BASE #4 BARS CONT. TOP AND BOTTOM NOTES; 1. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS AT 25' O.C. AND AT THE START AND FINISH OF ALL CURVED SECTIONS 2. PAINT CURBS WHERE NOTED ON SITE PLAN 3. VERIFY CURB DEPTHS AND SUB -GRADE PREPARATION PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. TYP. CAST -IN -PLACE CONC. CURB 21-18Al2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" CONC, WASH (SMOOTH DOME) 611 DIA. STD. WEIGHT STEEL PIPE, GC TO PROVIDE PROTECTIVE PLASTIC SLEEVE OVER BOLLARD, COLOR PER - 0\WNER. MOUND CONIC 111 ASPHALT PAVING a d. 0 ogoo 0 0 °0 °° o o a d . n oo 00 da ° I r 1811 DIA. x 3'-011 DEEP CONC. ,d _o_ —J I PIER WITH #4 BARS (VERT) _ AND #3 TIES AT 811 O.C. #4 x 1211 LONG BAR a WELDED TO PIPE (3 REQ'D) ,. " _ I TYPICAL BOLLARD DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" NOTES: 1. INTERMEDIATE POSTS NOT REQ. & 3611 HIGH GUARDRAIL ALLOWED AT LOCATIONS WITH LESS THAN 3011 RISE ABOVE ADJACENT SURFACES. 2. 41-011 CLEAR REQ. BETWEEN HANDRAILS AT EXTERIOR RAMPS & STAIRS. 3. GC TO PROVIDE SLIP -RESISTANT BROOM FINISH ON TOP SURFACE OF RAMP, LANDINGS AND STAIR TREADS. 4. EDGE PROTECTION REQ. CONT. ALONG ALL RAMP & LANDING GUARDRAILS 5. DETECTABLE WARNINGS NOT REQ. IN PRIVATE PARKING LOTS. MAX. RAMP SLOPE 1:12. SEE CIVIL PLANS 1 1/211 O.D. SCHED. 40 STL. HANDRAIL, EACH SIDE, POWDER -COATED BLACK. TYP. EXTERIOR 21-18Al2 NOT TO SCALE *1211 MIN REQ. HANDRAIL EXTENSION BEYOND RAMP EDGE AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF RAMP PER ICC A117.1-2009 FIG. 505,10.3 & IBC FIGURE 1014.2 21-18Al2 6'-011 WIDE PRE -CAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP CENTERED IN STALL WIDTH w/ DRAINAGE SLOTS. LOCATE 2'-011 FROM 611 MIN. FRONT OF STALL TO ol CENTERLINE OF WHEEL STOP, TO 911 MAX. U.O.N. ON SITE PLAN. �N O ° a j ° ASPHALT PAVING I II II #4 REBAR / MIN, 1811 DEEP EMBED, TYP 2. LOCATE REBAR -fL MIN. 611 FROM EACH END, OR PER MFR. PRE -DRILLED HOLE LOCATION. , WHEEL STOP SCALE: 3" = V-0" 611 611 11 1I11 1II. -II; EXPANSION JOINT 1 ° 4 a a. a a a a a ° ° a a a CONTROL JOINT 21-18Al2 _---1/211 THICK SEALANT 411 THICK CONCRETE SLAB U.O.N. 6X6 / 1OX10 WELDED WIRE MESH #4 SMOOTH DOWEL @ O 2411 O.C. 1/211 THICK EXPANSION MATERIAL BASE COURSE TREATED SOIL SAW CUT JOINT LOCATION PER PLANS TOOLED JOINT OPTIONAL 411 THICK CONCRETE WALK OR RAMP TYP. EXPANSION / CONTROL JNTS SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-18Al2 Fence height maximum is 6'. TOP8IRAI DIAMETER z Q 9 GAUGE BLACK n VINYL COATED to CHAIN LINK FENCE N WITH BLACK VINYL SLATS FOR w SCREENING PER ° CITY STANDARDS, o IF REQUIRED, ICID ?< BRACE WIRE `r CONCRETE HANDRAIL DETAIL 21-18Al2 211 DIAMETER LINE POST (GALVANIZED) AT 10'-011 MAXIMUM SPACING CV loll I IQllol I III 211 DIAMETER LINE POST .II. 0 AT 10'-011 OR AS NOTED ON PLANS °I I .II. . ul� LINE POST SET IN CONCRETE FOOTING 3000 PSI 28 DAY 1211 L COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH DIA. FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW , CHAIN LINK FENCE DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 21-18Al2 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT i THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON 7 i O M a a U U 0 ao q O ti r W } ao I-- I,V 01. o aS U w �2. N CCU) oo - E T 0-5i X c `\ Co LL o E :g c (D .3 N N M o (D mcc:,))v Z < O col,1 a CJ U d n cu CJ cn 3 !E V/ E N E U L E O co I� U H g rn�s HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) W U L.L ��W VJ V J Z_ RESUB Q Aug 05 2024 Z JDEVELOPMENT CITY OF EDMONDS SERVICES DEPARTMENT W o o G Z w o o 0 O�� w C° — \ O 0- p o o Z0� a Z d W a } mow/ L.L Q� U N 00 ~ 0 W O rn < Oo U "_ H cn LQ — JWU)�2o Z - Z O UZx10Z w tiwcn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 20-26Al2-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILS OFFICE BUILDING Al 2 ■ DROP FORK LATCH, PROVIDE COMMERCIAL GRADE BARN STOP AND LOCKING HARDWARE PER GATE MFR STANDARDS - 4" DIA. MIN. STEEL GATE POST, TYP. 21 FILLED WITH CONCRETE, SHOP PRIMED AND FIELD PAINTED TO MATCH CMU 10 6" STEEL A1.2 BOLLARD, TYP. 2 I I II j �I I LINE OF I II II I I� I PIER I BELOW 1 IL J L_ ENCASE PIPE WITH CONCRETE AFTER PIPE IS SET. F'C(28 DAYS) =3000 PSI (TYP) PIPE CLAMPS SCREWED TO GATE WITH WASHER SPACERS TO FACILITATE SLIDING PER GATE MFR STANDARDS w I 10 6" STEEL A1.2 BOLLARD, TYP. 2 � o o � Fence height maximum is 6'. COMMERCIAL GRADE 9 GAUGE BLACK VINYL COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE w/ 2 INCH DIAMETER TUBULAR STEEL FRAME & BLACK VINYL INFILL SLATS UNLESS OTHERWISE REQ. BY OWNER — GATE OPENING 12'-0" CLEAR IIII � I LII II I LF- u� IT i I L-4�I 1 j LJ LINE OF FDN BELOW PIPE SLEEVE SET IN CONCRETE TO RECEIVE BARN GATE STOP 4" LONG, EXTEND 1/4" ABOVE CONCRETE FRONT ELEVATION 11 8" 12'- 10 10 ENCLOSURE OPENING MUST HAVE 10 MINIMUM 12 FOOT CLEAR OPENING CMU WALL WITH 2" SOLID CONCRETE MASONRY CAP. COLOR TO MATCH SIM. 6 BUILDING. SEE STRUCT. A1.3 FOR REINFORCING GC TO VERIFY POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO EXISTING ASPHALT PAVING 1/4" PER FT MAX SLOPE 6" CONCRETE 0 SLAB -ON -GRADE w/ #4 o AT 18" O.C. EA. WAY, MID -DEPTH T.O. SLAB EL=O'-O" ASSUMED 10 4" DIA, MIN, STEEL A1.3 GATE POST & GATE HINGES, TYP 2. PIPE SLEEVES O O o SAW CUT JOINT o „ GATE GATE GATES MUST PIN OPEN AT 180-DEGREES SAW CUT JOINT 1/4" WIDE, 3" DEPTH (TYP.) - SLOPE PER CIVIL DWGS 13'-4" 0" CLEAR 8" PLAN VIEW 0 1 III TRASH ENCLOSURE PLAN & ELEV SCALE: 3/8" = 11-0" CMU WALL REINFORCING SCHEDULE WALL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL END & CORNER TYPE THICKNESS REINFORCING REINFORCING VERTICAL REINFORCING CMU-1 01-811 #5 AT 16" O.C., (2) #4 AT 32" O.C. (2) #5 CENTERED (MAX) CMU WALL NOTES: 1. ALL WALLS TO BE SOLID GROUTED, 2. GC TO VERIFY ELEVATIONS CALLED OUT WITH CIVIL PLANS 3. TENSION DEVELOPMENT AND SPLICING SHALL BE USED UNLESS COMPRESSION IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON PLANS. 4. REINFORCING MAY BE CONSIDERED SPLICED WHEN PLACED IN ADJACENT GROUTED CELLS. ANY TIME REINFORCING IS NOT IN CONTACT, EVEN IF IN THE SAME CELL, SPLICE LENGTH SHALL BE INCREASED BY 30% 5. MAX. GROUT LEFT IS 5'-0" 6. ALL REBAR IS GRADE 60. III CMU WALL REINFORCING NOT TO SCALE 21-18A13 2" THICK SOLID CONC. MASONRY CAP CMU WALL COLOR TO MATCH BUILDING #4 x 24"F__ AT 24" O.C. PROVIDE #5 IN HORIZ. BOND BEAM IN ALL COURSES BELOW AND FIRST COURSE ABOVE SLAB ON GRADE FINISH GRADE a I• d 1 J Q z LU T.O,_FTG I- a d 1 Cn O a DOWELS TO MATCH L- _ •Q `! CMU WALL VERT. ALI REINF, ALT HOOKS -- COMPETENT NATIVE SUBGRADE PREP SOIL OR COMPACTED 2'-0" CONIC FTG w/ PER GEOTECH STRUCTURAL FILL (3) #4 CONT. BOTT & #4 AT 10" O.C. TRASH ENCLOSURE SECTION 0 i i 21-18A13 SEE DETAIL 2, THIS SHEET FOR REQUIRED WALL REINFORCING, 1/2" PRE -MOLDED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER WITH SEALANT AT TOP 6" CONIC S,O,G. w/ #4 AT 18" O.C. EA. WAY MID -DEPTH T.O. SLAB SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" 21-18A13 F. III GATE HINGE NOT TO SCALE GATE FENCE HINGE CE 4" DIA. STEEL Ml AKI \ ll r\ A / GATE POST 3/8" T. STEEL PLATE COPE & WELD AROUND POLE; RADIUS FRONT 5/8" DIA. STEEL PIN TO PLATE; WELD CAP NUT TO PIN 3/8" T. STEEL PLATE WELD TO PLATE & POST 1/4" T. X 2 1/2" STEEL. PLATE ANGLE OR BENT WITH HOLE FOR STEEL PIN STEEL GATE POST 2-3/8" DIA, STEEL THRU-BOLTS WITH NUTS & WASHERS GATE FRAMING 21-18A13 5'- 611 PAINT (2) TRAFFIC vv rll I L_ PROVIDE WHITE PAINTED DIRECTIONAL ARROW AT ALL LOCATIONS INDICATED ON SITE PLAN, LOCATE OPPOSITE FACING ARROW APPROX. 10'-0" AWAY, CENTER IN DRIVE AISLE (WHERE OCCURS), TYP ONSITE DIRECTIONAL ARROW SCALE: 1/2" = 11-011 21-18A13 6X6 WIRE MESH LOCATE PIPE REINFORCING BETWEEN CONTROL/ �x fix— EXPANSION JOINTS. x TOP OF CURB CONNECT TO \ CANOPY OR GUTTER LINE AWNING DOWNSPOUT SIDEWALK DEPTH PER SITE PLAN 6X6 WIRE MESH FREINFORCING z rn REINFORCING —x, xx x 57 LBS PER 100 S.F. NOTE; SEAL ALL PIPE — — — — JOINTS WITH PIPE PER JOINT COMPOUND. 1'-0" CIVIL DAYLIGHT PIPE REINFORCING SCALE: 3/4" = 11-011 21-18A13 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON LD > (-0 F J N -,�15 U�oM U N rn r-_ w } 00�ti��a ;I- o S N � 0lw^ (U X E y `m _ Co LL o _23Ln N >'IT Zr� cD Q, m M U o 0 oo o a Y C111 m U - c a a) a� O a) i ca a U H 00�o HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 VJ W U_ L.L ��W VJ J Z_ RESUB Q 0 Aug 05 2024 Z J - CITY E DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT W o 0 Z LU CDCD NT 0 8 LUL0 0-of o O Q O Z d d W a } 131� mow/ LL U Q Lu N ~ 3:00 :5 W Orn < O = UU = C6 U Z N Z 0 � Z O J W W N Cl) 2o U LUti Z x �0Z LU U) REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-18A13-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILS OFFICE BUILDING Al ■ 6-BL 6 6-FL 5 4 a B 3 2 1-FL 1 1-BL 100'-roll I 100'-01, 811 19'-4" 201-011 1 201-011 1 201-011 1 19'-4" 81111 311 @ 00 CMU 1 1 41-011 121-01, x 31-01, R,O, 81-011 121-01, x 31-01, R,O, 8'-011 121-01, x 31-01, R.O. 8'-011 121-01, x 31-01, R.O. 81-011 121-01, x 31-01, R.O. 41-011 1 1 HIGH WINDOWS HIGH WINDOWS 1 HIGH WINDOWS 1 HIGH WINDOWS HIGH WINDOWS A/C M02 ------------ A -------------- A -------------- - D.S. loll (Dc _J - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - -- 1i i1i M02 LJ LJ LJ O i 1 1 1 — 1 1 I 1 FURN I I I I I 1 I I L----- -------Li---------� ro'-roll 1,4 - J 04 -- A6.1 STO AGE I / 9 / ALL GENDERS - 307 A6.1 RESTROOM 1 CD EMPLOYEE °0 I 1 1 1 = BREAK 303 306 I M03 r 41-2 1/211 5'-211 / 31-511 307A 11 11 I I I I I F E � I 11 11 I 303A 1, � 305A i ap I W w 1 1 z <1 I-_ 1i I g I O 1 1A - 400E -- I o -11- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- - I - o i D z _ W z A4.2 OFFICE `r '-' p 305 0 OPEN OFFICE -L -L----- 302 ---L- 1-, PRE-FAB METAL = I BUILDING WAREHOUSE o � I I 400 I i i � - - - - - - - - - -- �- -�- - - - - I- --- - - - - - I I NOTE: WAREHOUSE BLDG IS A I gl_pu ±91_1011 L_ L1 1 1 LOW -ENERGY SPACE WITH NO L11 0 - ------- REQUIRED INSULATION PER ---'1 i d WSEC C40211 EXEMPTION, GC I TO COORD. CEILING AND SOUND I OFFICE 1 1 BATT INSULATION w/ OWNER I 1 304 -�-- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------- - - -- -- - -T O I :D I I I I I I I I I W � U p --ram 1 0 0 0 1L I I I I I II I I 1 !L z °D O = O O 3: W 304A 11 C O I— z X I X o H X W - lL W O 111 � � _ O O N I I I I I I I I I I I--- O W cV I I I I I I MAIN ENTRY I 1 1 I ------- 301 - ---'- - -----------I ----- --- ----- F I 1 rr 1 1 F_ __1 rr I I I I I I 1 I I O - - --------------- --- ------ - - ---- _ --- - - - - - - --- ------------------- - - - ------------------ 11 -_ - ' - — — — — — -- - - - - - __ ----- - - ------------------------------ ------ 1_ _ A-BL _ U J- - ----- --J1- ---- 400D ----- --- --- --- 400C ----- I 400B ---- 400A ------ --- !-------------------------------------------- L------- - - - - - - - - - ----- -- - B A I I I I I I 4'-311 CMU 12'-0" x 14'-0" R.O.— 8'-0" CMU 12'-0" x 14'-0" R.O. 8'-0' CMU I 12'-0" x 14'-0" R.O. 8'-0CMU 12'-0" x 14'-0" R.O. 8'-0° CMU 12'-0" x 14'-0" R.O. 4'-3" CMU COILING ROLL -UP DOOR COILING ROLL -UP DOOR COILING ROLL -UP DOOR COILING ROLL -UP DOOR NEW STOREFRONT ENTRY ;1B AND 3'-011 HIGH WINDOWS AND 3'-011 HIGH WINDOWS AND 3'-011 HIGH WINDOWS AND 3'-011 HIGH WINDOWS AND 3'-0" HIGH WINDOWS Nv CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN - WAREHOUSE BLDG z ��,&SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0° FLOOR AREA (FOOTPRINT): ±4,000 S.F. 0 2' 4' 8' 12' 16' FLOOR PLAN NOTES FIXTURE CALCS WALL LEGEND A. 0 NOT SCALE DWGS, WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. ALL DIMENSIONS H. PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD OR WATER RESISTANT GWB IBC PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS: NON -RATED EXTERIOR METAL BLDG WALL SYSTEM; ARE FROM FACE OF FOUNDATION WALL OR FACE OF STUD TO FACE SUBSTRATE IN WET AREAS PER FINISH MFR. REQUIREMENTS. 17 OCCUPANTS (SEE BREAKDOWN ON COVERSHEET) BASED ON 2018 IBC AEP SPAN PRESTIGE METAL PANEL SYSTEM o/ 1-1/211 TO-L APPROX. LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER, OF STUD, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED 'CLEAR" OR 11CLR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR I. REFER TO TYP. MOUNTING HEIGHTS DIAGRAMS 1 6 A6.1 A6.1 A6.1 CHAPTER 29 TABLE 2902.1 MINIMUM PLUMBING FIXTURES; 1 HAT CHANNEL FURRING (WEST AND SOUTH SIDES) o/ A4.1 WRB COMMERCIAL TYVEK BLDG WRAP o/ 811 STEEL COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH FIRE FE MARSHALL. REFER TO DETAIL 6 THICKNESS OF ALL WALL FINISHES, U,O,N, WC FIXTURES REQUIRED (TOTAL): 1 METAL BLDG GIRTS & RIGID FRAME SYSTEM (MBS) A6.1 B. "ALIGN" MEANS TO ACCURATELY LOCATE FINISHED FACES IN THE J. REFER TO SCHEDULE SHEET FOR REQUIRED ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE INFORMATION. WC FIXTURES PROVIDED (TOTAL): 1 PER METAL BLDG PLANS. PROVIDE R-21 GATT MINIMUM CLEARANCES PER ICC/ANSI REQ: SAME PLANE. LAV FIXTURES REQUIRED (TOTAL), 1 INSULATION IN WALL CAVITY AND REFER TO SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ASSEMBLY INFORMATION. K. ALL INSTALLED FURNITURE AND CASEWORK TO MAINTAIN AN LAV FIXTURES PROVIDED (TOTAL); 1 60" X 60 CLEAR TO BE PROVIDED ON PULL SIDE OF C. DIMENSIONS MARKED *- MEAN A TOLERANCE NOT GREATER NOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL AND A MINIMUM CLEAR AREA OF NONRATED INTERIOR PARTITION WALLS; 1� " ALL ACCESSIBLE DOORS, AND 48 X 48 CLEAR ON SMALLER THAN 2 INCHES FROM INDICATED DIMENSION, U.O.N. VERIFY 3011x4811 IS TO BE AVAILABLE AT THE CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER, DRINKING FOUNTAINS REQUIRED: 0** 2X4 OR 2X6 WOOD STUDS AT 2411 O.C. w/ 5/811 GWB PUSH SIDE. FIELD DIMENSIONS EXCEEDING TOLERANCE WITH THE ARCHITECT. THE ACCESSIBLE AREA OF COUNTER TO BE A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF EACH SIDE TO B.O. ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE, USE 21-1011. • 1 WATERCLOSET REQUIRED FOR EACH GENDER PER 25 OCCUPANTS FOR A6.2 A6.2 2X6 STUDS AT PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND 6011 TURNING RADIUS TO BE PROVIDED AT ALL 90 D. FINISH FLOOR REFERENCE DATUM EQUALS (01-011). THE FIRST 50 & 1 PER 50 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 50. AT FULL -HEIGHT DEMISING WALL, AS NOTED, DEGREE TURNS AND DEAD ENDS IN ACCESSIBLE L. KITCHEN COUNTERS TO BE A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF T-1011 A.F.F. REFER 1 LAVATORY REQUIRED FOR EACH GENDER PER 40 OCCUPANTS FOR THE ROUTES. E. ALL GWB BOARD PARTITIONS SHALL BE TAPED, SPACKLED AND TO INTERIOR ELEVATION AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. FIRST 80 AND 1 PER 80 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 80. SANDED SMOOTH WITH NO VISIBLE JOINTS. PATCH AND REPAIR NEW EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS; 30" X 48" CLEAR WHEELCHAIR AREA REQ'D. FOR SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT OR ADJOINING SURFACES WHERE REQ. M. REFER TO DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULES AND NOTES IN THIS SET *2902.2 SEPARATE FACILITIES; REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE AND WALL SECTIONS, FRONT ACCESS AT ACCESSIBLE LAVS AND SINKS, ALL SURFACES SHALL BE ALIGNED. FOR ADDITIONAL OWNER AND CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR DOORS AND WHERE PLUMBING SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED, SEPARATE FACILITIES ARE 101A SEE FLOOR PLAN 5 9 3 6 F. ALL CASEWORK TO BE FASTENED TO THE PARTITION WALL, PROVIDE WINDOWS. REQUIRED FOR EACH SEX. EXCEPTION 4. SEPARATE FACILITIES SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED IN BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES IN WHICH THE OCCUPANT LOAD A4.2 A4.2 A6.2 A6.1 NOTE F AND DTLS ��� 59" DEEP X 60" WIDE CLEAR AREA 1 4 AT ACCESSIBLE TOILETS, U.O.N.. A6.1 A6.1 BLOCKING FOR ALL MILLWORK NOT SUPPORTED BY FLOOR OR ABOVE N. AISLES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED IN ALL PORTIONS OF IS 25 OR FEWER. 4'-0" HT. THE BUILDING TO REQUIRED EXITS: 36" MIN. IN WIDTH WHEN NEW EXTERIOR STOREFRONT & INTERIOR WINDOWS; REFER TO MIN. DOOR 10 OBSTRUCTIONS ARE PLACED ON ONE SIDE, AND 44" IN WIDTH WHEN **2902.5.1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN NUMBER: REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE AND WALL SECTIONS. CLEARANCES DETAIL A6.2 G. INTERIOR DOORS AT FRAMED WALLS TO BE LOCATED 4" MIN. CLEAR OBSTRUCTIONS ARE ON TWO SIDES. OCCUPANT LOADS OVER 30 SHALL PROVIDE DRINKING FOUNTAINS FOR THE OA SEE DTLS 6 7 4 FROM ADJACENT WALL FINISH, U,O,N, FIRST 150 OCCUPANTS, THEN ONE PER EACH ADDITIONAL 500 OCCUPANTS. A4.2 A4.2 A4.2 I 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N (D C0 — E } i 0 cc",), a U U M N � r` W Oo o ti U LLJ �N O C/) -4 a _ 0 3 Cfl LL E — = Ln Cll M� a - 66 T Do M.ZP coObi a' Q E O -'i a � U Tm DE E � ~ E O cu U ��o HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 V ) W U_ L.L ��W VJ V J Z_ RESUB Q 0 Aug 05 2024 ZDEPARTMENT J DEVELOPMENT CITY OF E T ONDS SERVICES SERVICES W D 2i 1�� Cal CD O Z W Cfl CD O It OC/)� 0') LIJ Cfl CD L0 -Oa- \ p O O Z � z � W w/ a � } I..L U N � 00 0 LLJ i o Cc!) C/) rn < O U U = = c/) Q J W z w N N a)2io 0 O UZX10z LU I` w cn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT A A ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A21-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN WAREHOUSE BUILDING A201 6-BL 6 6-FL 5 4 a B 3 2 1-FL 1 1-BL 100'-611 I 1001-01, 811 191-411 201-011 201-011 201-011 191-411 8111 311 @ I I I I I I I I I I CMU I I I Ol- I I I I 1- - - - - - - -0. - C'C O + - - - — - 11177 - - I I I I I I � U I I I I ^ ®� Q 0'A.F.F. I I _0" O ACT Q �. & GRID OD I o m -��+8'-0" A. F.F. 8 U I I I I GWB OR AC I a0 I VRIES WPE—N—CEILING �" - ------ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- I I I I ±10-0" A.F.F. o I ACT &GRID I +1+10'-0" A.F.F. IzzI ACT &GRID I I I I II A4.2 =3 oD L 0 ; VARIES j — LL 0 OPEN CEILING I z � I H I w lU o I o O ON I I -C - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - I I I - - - - - - - it - - - - - - - - I I - ------- - - - - - -- — q-- _ --------------- --------------- ---------------To--------------- - - - IF I II A-BL I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AB2 I I I I REFER WA STATE ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE SUMMARY FORMS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - WAREHOUSE B L D G AND NOTES ON SHEET A7.2 FOR ADDITIONAL LIGHTING, MOTOR, Z AND ELECTRICAL DESIGN REQ. SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" FLOOR AREA (FOOTPRINT): ±4,000 S.F. 0 2' 4' 8' 12' 16' EMERGENCY LIGHTING CEILING NOTES CEILING LEGEND IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE IN ROOMS AND SPACES THAT A. THE PROPOSED MECHANICAL GRILLE LOCATIONS AND INTERIOR F. LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER CEILING ELEMENTS SHALL BE CENTERED REQUIRE TWO OR MORE MEANS OF EGRESS, AN EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY TO IN THE ROOM WHERE NOT DIMENSIONED OR CENTERED IN THE 21X41 21X4' SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING AND GRID. REFER 4' WET LIGHT FIXTURE, RAB SHARK4-50W/D10, 50W (51161 SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE ALL OF THE FOLLOWING INDICATE THE DESIGN INTENT. GC TO VERIFY THE MECHANICAL AND SECTION OF INDIVIDUAL CEILING TILES U.O.N. TO FINISH SCHED FOR SEISMIC BRACING & DTL 5 LUMENS) OR APPR. EQ., CEILING MOUNT AT 161-611 A.F.F. AREAS: LIGHTING LAYOUT MEETS WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS AND SEE RCP FOR START POINTS IN EACH ROOM, • EXIT HALLWAYS & CORRIDORS; CONTACT ARCHITECT AND OWNER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR MODIFICATIONS, G. PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM A6.3 UNIVERSAL CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED LED EXIT SIGN w/90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP, 3W LED. COORD. SPEC. • VESTIBULES AND AREAS ON THE LEVEL OF DISCHARGE USED FOR MAINTENANCE, AND MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH U.O.N. 5/8" GWB o/ 2X6 WOOD STUD FRAMING AT 1611 O.0 WITH OWNER. EXIT DISCHARGE; • EXTERIOR LANDINGS AS REQUIRED FOR EXIT DOORWAYS THAT LEAD ESTIMATED UNIT LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (LPA) SPACE -BY -SPACE H. ALL SPECIFIC INFORMATION CONCERNING INSTALLATION FOR VARIOUS PROVIDE BATT INSULATION AS REQ. SEE DETAIL 2 ' , A6 2 MOTION SENSOR LIGHTING OLF LED SECURITY MOTION BREAKDOWN BASED ON NET INTERIOR S.F, REFER TO LTG -SUM ENERGY DIRECTLY TO THE EXIT DISCHARGE; COMPLIANCE FORM SUBMITTED WITH THIS PROJECT, ABOVE -CEILING ELEMENTS ARE TO BE DESIGN BUILD, DOCUMENTATION SENSOR FLOODLIGHT, OR APPR. EQ. COORD. EXACT • ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS, BY OTHERS (PERMITTED SEPARATELY). 2X4 LED LOW -PROFILE RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH LOCATION WITH OWNER. B. LIGHTING DESIGN INCLUDING DAYLIGHTING ZONE CONTROL (SHOWN BASKET DIFFUSER INDY S2X4BL, (1) 53W LED OR APPR. THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR A SHADED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN), REDUCTION AND SHUT-OFF I. INSTALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES WITH PROTECTIVE FILM OR SIMILAR EQ„ PROVIDE TRIM KITS AND ALUMINUM INSIDE FINISH EXTERIOR SURFACE MOUNTED HIGH PERFORMANCE LED DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES AND SHALL CONSIST OF CONTROLS AND SENSORS ARE TO BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE WA COVER OVER LOUVER LENS BAFFLE ETC. TO AVOID FIXTURE SOILING PER OWNER SPEC. NOTE: EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES COMMERCIAL WALL -PACK FIXTURE 30W. HYPERIKON STORAGE BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT OR AN ON -SITE GENERATOR. THE STATE ENERGY CODE. REFER TO NOTE K. OR DAMAGE, FIXTURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED CLEAN AND AS NEW, ALL SHOWN SHADED, SEE EMERGENCY LIGHTING NOTES, WALL PACK SLIM FULL CUTOFF LED LIGHT OR APPR. INSTALLATION OF THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL BE IN LAMPS SHALL BE NEW AT PROJECT COMPLETION. EQ. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2702. 2018 IBC 1008,34, EMERGENCY C. COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL TRADES INVOLVED IN THE CEILING O 611 LED RECESSED CAN LIGHT, (1) 16.5W LED PER OWNER LIGHTING FACILITIES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO PROVIDE INITIAL WORK TO ENSURE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, PIPING, CEILING SPEC. ® RECESSED CEILING FAN IN RESTROOM. PANASONIC ILLUMINATION THAT IS NOT LESS THAN AN AVERAGE OF 1 FOOTCANDLE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, ETC., NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE FINISHED J. OCCUPANCY SENSORS ARE REQUIRED IN SPACES 300 SQUARE FEET OR WHISPERFIT DC 110 CFM 1.2 SONE OR APPROVED EQUAL, AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF FOOTCANDLE MEASURED ALONG CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTS DWGS. LESS THAT ARE ENCLOSED BY FLOOR -TO -CEILING HEIGHT PARTITIONS � WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE LAV, I3) 12W A-19 50 C.F.M. MIN. REQ. ,1 THE PATH OF EGRESS AT FLOOR LEVEL. ILLUMINATION LEVELS SHALL INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: CLASSROOMS/LECTURE/TRAINING LED SEAGULL CHROME 41162-05 OR APPROVED EQUAL, BE PERMITTED TO DECLINE TO .6 FOOTCANDLE AT THE END OF THE D. PERIMETER CEILING ANGLE, WHERE OCCURS, SHALL BE INSTALLED ROOMS, CONFERENCE/MEETING/MULTIPURPOSE ROOMS, COPY/PRINT ROOMS, OWNER STANDARD MECHANICAL DIFFUSER AND AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING TIME DURATION. AMAXIMUM-TO-MINIMUM TIGHT TO VERTICAL SURFACES FREE FROM CURVES BREAKS OR OTHER , ' IRREGULARITIES AND PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING FINISH. LOUNGES, EMPLOYEE LUNCH AND BREAK ROOMS, PRIVATE OFFICES, RESTROOMS, STORAGE ROOMS, JANITORIAL CLOSETS, LOCKER ROOMS, ' ENTRY PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE PER OWNER SPEC. 50W, RETURN GRILLES ILLUMINATION UNIFORMITY RATIO OF 40 TO 1 SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED `�' TYP. 5. CHAIN HUNG AT 10'-011 A.F.F. PER 2018 IBC 1008.3.5. WAREHOUSE SPACES. E. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ASSOCIATED TRIM AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQ. 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N 0 Cfl E } i 0 M a U U m M N ti W O �2 I ¢` O C/) !E � a Z `o � co U_ U- - (D Ln N CV 3 c o 0 _ Cll M �' cs6 z y m U a Q Eo V v Y N U Um.3 DE O N m ci Q U o� HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 V ) W U_ W c J Z_ RESUB Q 0 Aug 05 2024 ZDEPARTMENT J DEVELOPMENT CITY M E T ONDS SERVICES SERVICES W D co o 0 G Zw Cfl CD0 0 CD 0) L.L W o CD L0 \ O a_ p o Z � Z W a � } �'w/ I..L U N � rn 0 W3: 2i o Cc!) C/) O < U U =W`� = Q J W z w N N a)2io Z O (.9ZX10z LU tiwCf) REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT A ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A21-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET FIRST FLOOR PLAN WAREHOUSE BUILDING A202 1B 6 1 6-FL 5 4 A4.2 3 T 1-FLT 1001-611 I I 9679 ` REGISTERED 1 ARCHITECT �- cp aD 1A aD O jjD Z LU I— X W O 0 CV W 201-011 1001-01, I 201-011 I I I I CONTINUOUS GUTTER 201-011 _I-0-M mff-iw -N-M F -0-M mff-iw -N-M I Nov* -0-M mff-iw -wim mff-iw -N-M NEF-Wi�F m I 40--im F m m I I I I -- A - - -- - - -- - I I I I - I -- - - -- - - -- I I I I - - I I I I I I I I I -- - - -- I I APPROX. SOLAR READINESS ZONE I AREA OUTLINE: ±1,740 S.F. I I ROOF ASSEMBLY: 24 GA. CPR STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF 0/ METAL BUILDING GIRTS & FRAME SYSTEM WITH INSULATION PER LEVELS OF INSULATION, THIS SHEET OVER CONDITIONED SPACE PER SECTIONS. I I I I I I I I I I I INVERTER MIN. 2.4 SOLAR I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I S.F. ZONE AREA it I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I �1B 2 �---\ ROOF PLAN —WAREHOUSE BLDG FIRE PROTECTION NOTES SEPARATE PERMITS SHALL BE OBTAINED FOR THE NFPA 72 MONITORED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DRAWINGS WITH THE LOCATION OF ALL AUDIBLE AND VISIBLE FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITH THE DESIGN/BUILD SUBMITTAL. LOCATE F/A PANEL ACCESSIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR. THE PROPOSED SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING: • ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CAPABLE OF MONITORING AND SENDING NOTIFICATION OF ALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS WITHIN THE BUILDING TO AN APPROVED CENTRAL STATION. • INTERIOR AUDIBLE/VISUAL ALARM DEVICES FOR THE NOTIFICATION OF THE BUILDING OCCUPANTS THROUGHOUT, • EXTERIOR HORN/STROBE SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE ADDRESS SIDE OF THE BUILDING • VISIBLE DEVICES IN RESTROOMS • MANUAL PULL STATIONS AT EACH EXIT • SMOKE DETECTION IN EXIT WAYS • MONITORING OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 1. A MANUAL FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 907.5 AND 907,E AND SHALL BE INSTALLED THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING PER SECTION 907.2.6 AND 907.2.6.41 WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS. 2, PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WILL BE REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO C OF 0. MAX COVERAGE IS 3000 SQUARE FEET AND SPACED NO MORE THAN 75 FEET OF TRAVEL DISTANCE. LOCATION PER FIRE MARSHALL REQUIREMENTS. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0 2' 4' 8' 12' 16' LEVELS OF INSULATION AT OFFICE AREA ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE PATH: PRESCRIPTIVE PERFORMANCE WITH HIGH COMPONENT PERFORMANCE FENESTRATION U-FACTOR AND SHGC. REFER TO THE WSEC COMPLIANCE FORMS AND NOTES, SHEET A7.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION, DESIGN AND COMPLIANCE REQ. METAL BUILDING PERLINS: PERLIN CAVITY R-VALUE: MIN. R-25; 2ND LAYER R-VALUE: MIN. R-11 PERPENDICULAR TO TOP LATER; THERMAL SPACER BLOCK R-VALUE: MIN. R-3,5 WITH LINER SYSTEM UNDER SECOND LAYER OF INSULATION. EXTERIOR GIRT WALLS: R-21 FIBERGLASS GATT; 4 MIL WRB AT INTERIOR FACE EXTERIOR CMU WALLS: R-21 FIBERGLASS BATT; 4 MIL WRB AT INTERIOR FACE, OR R-21 RIGID INSULATION, FIXED VERTICAL GLAZING: U-FACTOR 0.38, DOUBLE GLAZED, NFRC CERTIFIED. SEE SHGC NOTE AT RIGHT. OPERABLE VERT. GLAZING: U-FACTOR 0.38, DOUBLE GLAZED, NFRC CERTIFIED. SEE SHGC NOTE AT RIGHT. GLAZED ENTRANCE DOORS: U-FACTOR 0,60, DOUBLE GLAZED, NFRC CERTIFIED. SEE SHGC NOTE AT RIGHT. SWINGING OPAQUE DOOR: U-FACTOR 0.37 OPAQUE SECTIONAL DOOR: U-FACTOR 0.34, MIN. R-4,75, INSULATED METAL SLAB ON GRADE: RIGID R-10 FULLY INSULATED SLAB UNDER OFFICE AREA (SLAB EDGE AND UNDERNEATH) GLAZED ENTRY DOOR: U-FACTOR 0.60, DOUBLE GLAZED, NFRC CERTIFIED. SEE SHGC NOTE BELOW. SHCG: THE SHGC OF THE FIXED AND OPERABLE VERTICAL GLAZING AND THE ENTRY DOORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO 0.38 FOR ALL NON -NORTH FACING SIDES, AND 0.51 FOR NORTH PACING SIDE. A. EXPOSED INSUL. MATERIALS INCLUDING FACINGS AND VAPOR BARRIERS, SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 251 AND A SPOKE DENSITY NOT TO EXCEED 450, AND SHALL BE IN SUBSTANTIAL CONTACT WITH THE WALL OR CEILING SURFACE. B. PROVIDE 4 MIL WRB VAPOR BARRIER AT INTERIOR FACE OF STUDS AT ALL BATT INSULATION. OVERALL ROOF AREA: ±4,346 S.F. SOLAR ZONE AREA THE "SOLAR ZONE11 AREA IS EQUAL TO 40% OF THE HORIZONTAL PROJECTED ROOF AREA. (C411,2 (1)). PER C411,7, THE SOLAR ZONE HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR 4 PSF DEAD LOAD FOR FUTURE SOLAR COMPONENTS. AND PER C411,7 FOR PHOTOVOLTAICS, A LOCATION FOR FUTURE INVERTERS HAVE BEEN DESIGNATED EITHER WITHIN OR ADJACENT TO THE SOLAR ZONE AREA, WITH A MINIMUM AREA OF 2 SQUARE FEET FOR EACH 1,000 SQUARE FEET OF SOLAR ZONE AREA, AND ACCOMMODATES AN ASSUMED DEAD LOAD OF 175 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. ROOF AREA: 4,346 X ,4 = 11740 S.F. MIN, SOLAR ZONE AREA. INVERTER AREA: 2.4 S.F. MIN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. EXACT DESIGN AND INSTALLATION PER FUTURE SOLAR PV DESIGN ENGINEER. ROOF DRAINAGE CALCS. OVERALL BUILDING ROOF AREA: *-41346 S.F. INTENSITY: 1.5 (2) (IN/HR LASTING 5 MIN.) 411 DOWNSPOUTS: 2 PER UPC TABLE 1106.21 91200 X (2) NOM. 411 DOWNSPOUTS (37.17 SQ. IN.) = 18,400 ALLOWABLE ROOF SQ, FOOTAGE, THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON 0Cfl— > C:, N E €J O a i C::,m U ao cz ti S N �LLJ ` m 00 V/ N co x 3j ? N Cfl U_ E W > " - c o 3 —_ CV M CD O cU6 Z mco U Y N co o @) C6 N U a CD N L Lm a HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 1 A V ) W U_ L.L ��W VJ J Q ZDEPARTMENT V Z_ 0 J RESUB Aug 05 2024 CITY OF E T ONDS SERVICES DEVELOPMENT SERVICES �4.2 W D 2i co CD O Z W Cfl CD O OCD �� CD 0) 0-1 W CD cc L0 \ O a_ p CD Z � � Z � W Q � } �'W/ I..L U N � rn 0 LU 3: 2i o Cc!) C/)<o U = Q J W Z w N Z O N a)20 UZXLS0z LU r— w cn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY ROOF PLAN NOTES A. SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN (STRUCTURAL) FOR PLYWOOD AND FRAMING INFORMATION, B. REFER TO MECH. DWGS (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITTAL) FOR LOCATION OF ALL HVAC UNITS AND MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. C. REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITTAL), AND DOWNSPOUT PROTECTION DETAIL 4.2 D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE DIFFERENT TRADES FOR INSTALLATION OF ROOF PENETRATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ROOF MEMBRANE. E. CONNECT ROOF DRAINS TO STORM WATER SYSTEM PER CIVIL DWGS, F. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH BUILDING PLUMBING AND SITE UTILITY CONTRACTORS TO INSURE THAT CONNECTIONS BETWEEN RAIN WATER LEADERS, STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS, BUILDING SANITARY AND SITE SEWER SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETED. G. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE ON ROOF TO ALL ROOF DRAINS, A 07/14/23 CITY A 11/28/23 CLIENT A A A A ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A21-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET ROOF PLAN WAREHOUSE BUILDING A203 6 5 I I 201-011 �. T3 2 1 A B C � E T1001-011 501-011 701-011 n I I I 201-011 201-011 201-011 201-011 61 NORTH FACING WAREHOUSE H G F E 4 C B 701-011 I I I I I I I 21-011 81-811 131-011 111-011 111-011 111-011 131-411 I I I -19 I I I I I I I I I I I I EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES & AMENTITIES ABBREV I DESCRIPTION MFR/STYLE, PRODUCT NO EXTERIOR LIGHTING LTC 10" SO x 3" UNDER CANOPY LED LIGHT GLT LED 40W SCL-40W-50K-BZ (5,450 LUMENS) OR EQ. LTW1 9.5" x 11" WALL PACK 80W LED (WEST SIDE & STREET) MAGNALUX 80W SLIM LED FULL -CUTOFF LIGHT (8,800 LUMENS) OR EQ. LTW2 9.5" x 11" WALL PACK 25W LED (OTHER LOCATIONS) MAGNALUX 25W SLIM LED FULL -CUTOFF LIGHT (2,800 LUMENS) OR EQ. LTS1 SECURITY MOTION ACTIVATED OUTDOOR LIGHT LEONLITE 20W DUAL HEAD (1,400 LUMENS) OR EQ. LTP1 POLE SITE LIGHT 21'-6" SINGLE AREA LIGHT w/ CONC BASE EL PK150 20' 150 WATT LED LIGHT POLE KIT (19,500 LUMENS) OR EQ. EXTERIOR PEDESTRIAN AMENITIES AMN1 METAL 24"D x 49"W COMMERCIAL BENCH, STEEL & WPC FESTNIGHT OUTDOOR STEEL FRAME BENCH, BRONZE OR EQ. AMN2 METAL 13" SQ x 32"H TRASH RECEPTACLE, BLACK SAFCO 9474BL RECESSED PANELS WASTE RECEPTACLE OR EQ. BKR1 34"H x 22"D BIKE RACK FOR TWO BIKES, BLACK ROCKYMOUNTS POSTUP INVERTED U 2-BIKE RACK OR EQ. NOTE: EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS TO BE APPROVED UNDER FFICE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION. THIS SHEET IS FC REFERENCE ONLY FOR WAREHOUSE BUILDING PERMIT `_ L 62 SOUTH FACING WAREHOUSE Ul 501_ 011 �iuuuu■■I EMP1 EMP2 E 3 EMP4 EMS1 E SM 3 EMP4 EPT2 CMU2 ni EMP2 EMS4 EMP4 CMU2 E] EAST FACING CHAIN LINK GATES WITH WOOD PRIVACY SLATS •_- CONCRETE CAP ;T EMP4 1 N {' EMS3 -. { EMS1 CMU1 n n 66 ISBN J.' / 111 0 �z��eae a czar_ =-a_s _—�_- - • • n REFER TO SITE PLAN, SHEET A1,1 FOR AVERAGE HEIGHT OF (E) GRADE CALCS, 3 61- 011 121-011 121-011 121-011 © NORTH FACING OFFICE BUILDING �D SOUTH FACING OFFICE BUILDING 1 2 3 4 5 6 1001-011 I I I I I I 201-011 201-011 201-011 201-011 201-011 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LTC 1 LTW 1 /LTW2 LTS 1 LTP 1 AM N 1 F❑ EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES & AMENITIES IMAGES PROPOSED EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1 /8" = 1'-0" 0 4' 8' 16' 24' 32' POSSIBLE EXTERIOR FINISHES SCHEME is EXTERIOR FINISH SPECIFICATIONS EPT1 ABBREV I DESCRIPTION MFR/STYLE, PRODUCT NO EXTERIOR FINISHES CMU1 4" GROUND OR SPLIT -FACE CMU w/ CONCRETE SILL COLOR: MEDIUM GRAY TO MATCH SIM. EPT2 CMU2 8" OR 10" GROUND OR SPLIT -FACE CMU COLOR: MEDIUM GRAY TO MATCH SIM. EPT2 EBR1 CONTEMPORARY BRICK VENEER COLOR: DARK GRAY/CHARCOAL TO MATCH SIM EPT1 EFC1 FIBER CEMENT LAP SIDING SYSTEM COLOR: HARDIE PLANK LIGHT GRAY OR EQ. EFC2 FIBER CEMENT WINDOW & DOOR TRIM COLOR TO MATCH SIM. EPT1 EMP1 26 GA. PRE -FINISHED METAL PARAPET COPING COLOR: DARKER THAN EPT1 OR EXTRA DARK BRONZE EMP2 24 GA. PRE -FINISHED METAL FASCIA/BRAKE METAL/GUTTER COLOR TO MATCH SIM. EPT1 EMP3 METAL CANOPY SYSTEM - EXPOSED METAL COLOR TO MATCH SIM. EPT1 EMP4 STOREFRONT DOOR & EXTERIOR WINDOWS COLOR TO MATCH SIM. EPT1 EMS1 VERTICAL 1" REVEAL METAL SIDING SYSTEM MFR. TBD - COLOR TO MATCH SIM EPT2 EMS2 ACCENT HORIZONTAL 1" REVEAL METAL SIDING SYSTEM MFR. TBD - COLOR: LIGHT GRAYTO MATCH SIM. EFC1 EMS3 HORIZONTAL 2" REVEAL METAL SIDING SYSTEM MFR. TBD - COLOR: WOOD -LOOK OR ANTIQUED COPPER EMS4 HORIZONTAL MBS PANEL SIDING - EXPOSED FASTENERS MFR. TBD - COLOR: LIGHT GRAYTO MATCH SIM. EFC1 EMS5 METAL PANEL SOFFIT SYSTEM - MITER AT CORNERS MFR. TBD - COLOR TO MATCH SIM EPT2 EPT1 EXTERIOR PAINT OR PREFINISHED - ACCENT TRIM / METAL COLOR: DARK GRAY/CHARCOAL OR DARK BRONZE EPT2 EXTERIOR PAINT OR PREFINISHED - H.M. & COILING DOORS COLOR: MEDIUM GRAY - COOL ZINC OR EQ. RMTL METAL ROOFING SYSTEM 26 GA. PBR PANEL OR EQ. COLOR: MEDIUM GRAY RTPO TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM COLOR: WHITE NOTE: GC TO PROVIDE SAMPLES AND DRAW DOWN ALL COLORS FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON } �E E 0 f cO 7o°°cc",)) U w = U 3. 0 5 2 � Z5 ��w m 22 Cfl LL o —o U 9) N m N000 3 N CM a < co _ a) N O (II Z ti m M E d a 0 V Y i� Lo V` C14 U _ '\ � () o 3 �a_y V O E pE co o a HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 VJ W U ry w (n(D J Z_ RESUB Q Aug 05 2024 ZDEPARTMENT J CITY OF EDMONDS DEVELOPMENT SERVICES W W O c:) Z W 0 0) (_0W `0 L.L — O 0- o o > p z ofZ a w w g } N H � rn Z) Q w O O = U U =CLo Q z N Z 0 J W CD Z x W Lo0Z I` W Cn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A31 JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET PROPOSED EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A301 I WE , Ohl Jr to y ,• Th �'.•1 fir' � Li 1C • . r } A ,� alp t 4 It 1 t [ • r` '� • A-16 � sc Is III �1 •.. - ' , !� 0 or 1 .1 � � I ...• � I1 I • r a� t 4 • { ;m 1 Spd 1s I go .F.F :DE) F.F 0.51 LAB A] NORTH -SOUTH SECTION - WAREHOUSE -B A -C B 1 A A4.2 401-311 251_8 3/411 A.F.F. (*-446.24') 3n @ I_qn AVG HTEX , ISTING GRADE CMU *-25'-4" A.F.F T 0 ROOF SHEATHING — T0. BEAM 17 A4.2 20'-511 A.F.F �.0, WINDOW i 17'-4" A.F.F �,0, WINDOW 9A 14'-0" A.F.F A4.2 �,0, ROLL -UP DOOR —� 9B i _ *-21'-0" A_F..F T.O. BEAM (LOW SIDE) aN _ 19'-111 A.F.F R.O. WINDOW � I _ 16'-011 A.F.F hh M f R.O. WINDOW i 4.1 i i — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 8 I W 20'-011 EXTENT OF CMU A4.2 I o O 2 o w T.O. CMU (BEYOND) 11 o z A4.2 I 40'-0" oo ---------------- i I i 1211 o 111 1 I I ' ' I I II I II I I M I I I J � I PRE-FAB METAL BUILDING WAREHOUSE 400 I � I SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0 2' 4' 8' 12' 16' 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K.GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N N CO— E E V Z- LOCM V U } U �a p � I (m rn ti a) = W°' o°=ti=1� U O W 0) i co = N Y M E _ d (m coX m m I..L- -__ U0 � 000 fn a) > Cl)0 3 (D CDM04 = a c d6 _ , o N N o ccu z . m oo EE N Y �m3 w cn O E T o m i ~ U ca H o HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) W U_ L.L ��W VJ V J Z_ RESUB Q 0 Aug 05 2024 ZDEPARTMENT J CITY OF E T ONDS SERVICES DEVELOPMENT SERVICES W D G co o 0 Z W 0 0 W L0 — > a_O p o Z � � Z � W W Q � LL � co CNJ co � W ED o �<O rn U U =c`� = Q J W Z w N N a)20 0 O UZXLS0z LU r— W cn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A41-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET OVERALL BUILDING SECTIONS WAREHOUSE BUILDING A401 STOREFRONT NOTE: INSTALL NEW STOREFRONT I MFR. REQUIREMENTS. PROVII BACKER ROD AND CONT. SEALANT AROUND ALL OPEN 12-14 x 1 1/411 WALL STRUCT FSNR. 1'-0" O.C. PANEL RIB WALL PANEL SECTIOI 12-14 x 1 1/411 WALL STRUCT FSNR. 1'-011 O.C. PANEL RIB WALL PANEL T SEAL WITH WALL STRUCT SKINNING FSNR, 1'-011 O.C. E� SEALANT — SECTION B-B PANEL RIB WALL PANEL FIELD MITER AS REQ'D. 1/4-14 x 7/811 WALL STITCH FSNR. 1'-011 O.C. g °© / DOOR FLASHING B 12-14 x 1 1/411 FSNR. 1'-0" O.C. WALL STRUCT A FSNR, 1'-011 O.C. E / DOOR FLASHING WINDOW SILL WALL TRIM AT OVERHEAD DOOR/WINDOW JAMB WALL TRIM AT OVERHEAD DOOR/WINDOW HEAD WALL TRIM AT WINDOW SILL TYPICAL METAL BUILDING HEAD AND JAMB FLASHING DETAILS WITH STANDARD MBS RIB PANEL NOT TO SCALE DOOR CLOSER TENANT STAB PARALLEL AR MOUNTING SH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SEALANT EA SIDE OF DRIP METAL DRIP SET IN SEALANT (PEMKO 346 C OR D MATCH HRDWR FINISH AT HEAD ONLY) ON ALL EXTERIOR DOORS �A HEAD AT CLOSER MITRE THRESHOLD @ JAMB ALUMINUM STOP w/ EXTERIOR WEATHER STVPING HEAD, JAMB, & SILL o ALUMINUM & GLASS 0 DOOR © JAMB ALUMINUM THRESHOLD SET IN CAULKING VERIFY THRESHOLD PROFILE w/ TENANT 1u o IMPROVEMENT FLOOR Q Z 0 FINISHES Lj CONCRETE SLAB 0 o SLOPE X © THRESHOLD N ;'*,�_EXTER_10R STOR.EFRONT DOOR SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A42-WH DOOR AND GUIDE ASSEMBLY BY DOOR MANUF. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, WEATHERSTRIPPING METAL BLDG SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL 1, THIS SHEET, FOR TYPICAL MBS FLASHING, AND DETAIL 8 FOR FINISHES. 2" BRAKE FLASHING AROUND WINDOW BY STOREFRONT MFR. BACKER ROD & SEALANT SHIM ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOW PER SCHEDULE SHIM BACKER ROD & SEALANT Z-METAL SILL CLOSURE (CUSTOM) COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONTINUOUS BEAD OF NON -SKINNING BUTYL TAPE OR SEALANT © SILL (JAMB SIM.) BACKER ROD & SEALANT SLOPE © BASE CONDITION EXTERIOR STOREFRONT WINDOW SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A42-WH METAL BLDG SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL 1, THIS SHEET, FOR TYPICAL MBS FLASHING, AND DETAIL 8 FOR FINISHES. _ ±14'-011 A,F.F, R.O. SECTIONAL D0 (VERIFY CLEARANCE) OPTIONAL P.T. 1X INTERIOR - JAMB AND HEAD TRIM, PRIME AND PAINT. PROVIDE ADD'L FRAMING AT HEAD FOR TORSION SPRING MOUNTING. A HEAD SLOPE D a 11 a EXTERIOR O.H. DOOR HEAD & JAMB PLYWD TO 8'-0" A.F.F IN WAREHOUSE AREA, TYP. CONTINUOUS BEAD OF NON -SKINNING BUTYL TAPE OR SEALANT WALL CLOSURE co Z-METAL SILL 0 CLOSURE COLOR TO z MATCH STOREFRONT Z-METAL CGRI - z— — — — — — — — - -- :2 GRI - - 12'-011 R.O. AEP SPAN PRESTIGE 1" REVEAL PANEL SYSTEM, VERTICAL EXTERIOR © JAMB INSTALLATION, o/ 1-1/211 HORIZ. HAT CHANNEL o/ WRB BLDG WRAP o/ METAL BLDG SYSTEM SCALE: 3" = V-0° 21-28A42-WH L� HEAD 1 1/2 21-28A42-WH METAL BLDG SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL 1, THIS SHEET, FOR TYPICAL MBS FLASHING, AND DETAIL 8 FOR FINISHES, 211 BRAKE FLASHING AROUND WINDOW BY STOREFRONT MFR, BACKER ROD & SEALANT SHIM ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOW PER SCHEDULE SHIM BACKER ROD & SEALANT EXTERIOR NOTE; PROVIDE SILL PAN AND CONT. SEALANT AT SILL LOCATIONS © SILL CONDITION STOREFRONT WINDOW AT CMU SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A42-WH SEE TYP, NOTES 951 THIS SHEET 12'-0" R.O. PLYWD TO 8'-0" A.F.F IN WAREHOUSE AREA, TYP, R-21, WHERE REQ.? a co 0 a GRID a a GRID NOTCH CMU AS REQUIRED FOR METAL BUILDING JAMB SUPPORT STUD. 11, TYPICAL JAMB AT CMU SCALE: 3" = V-0° STOREFRONT WINDOW JAMB SIMILAR 31lx4-1/411 SHEET METAL DOWNSPOUT ATTACHED TO 111 511 111 EXTERIOR WALL. REFER TO PLANS & ELEVATIONS FOR SECTION LOCATIONS. r, u +4'-0" A.F.F. _ I I 1/411 FORMED GALVANIZED o o STEEL AT ALL DOWNSPOUT O LOCATIONS. PAINT TO J MATCH WALL. I I I O RUBBER GASKET BETWEEN -10 SQUARE METAL DOWNSPOUT AND CLEAN -OUT, TYP. 0 i @4 0'-011 FIN. GRADE LINE hIr, �J ELEVATION RAIN WATER LEADER / CLEAN -OUT TO STORM DRAIN, TYP. COORDINATE W/ MECHANICAL & CIVIL DOWNSPOUT PROTECTOR SCALE: 1-1 /2" = V-0" 21-28A42-WH GRID GRID -- " NOM, 811 NOM. 311 R-21 I L *+-3" NOM, 811 wis R-21 4 V MBS AT CMU METAL BLDG SYSTEM (MBS). REFER TO 1 � FLASHING DETAILS 4 2 AEP SPAN PRESTIGE 211 REVEAL PANEL SYSTEM, HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION, o/ 1-1/211 VERT. HAT CHANNEL o/ WRB COMMERCIAL TYVEK BLDG WRAP (SHOWN DASHED) o/ MBS FRAMING SYSTEM ON FRONT AND SOUTH SIDES OF BLDG, PER ELEVATIONS. TRIM FASTENER OR CIVET AT 1211 O.C. MAX. DRIP FLASHING R-21 RIGID INSULATION AT CMU 5/8" GWB TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF/CEILING SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A42-WH METAL BUILDING SYSTEM STANDARD RIB PANEL o/ METAL BUILDING GIRTS & FRAME PER METAL BUILDING PLANS. SEE DETAIL 1, THIS SHEET. METAL DRIP SET IN SEALANT (PEMKO 346 C OR D MATCH HRDWR FINISH AT HEAD ONLY) ON ALL EXTERIOR DOORS EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR ALUMINUM THRESHOLD SET IN CAULKING VERIFY THRESHOLD PROFILE w/ TENANT IMPROVEMENT FLOOR FINISHES I N Q SLOPE zn a M I. HOLLOW METAL DOOR SCALE: 3" = V-0° 21-28A42-WH 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON > �O CV E 2 J >a UCDM U N M rn ti w - U ��~��¢ uJ Cn 2 2- 0r) Lo m = C\' T Y N N co E C co d ��E — N L 2 .3 M a - N cocoo Q_ Y a U L C\j 2 2.3 E ('6 � Q E O a)U _ E _m cv 2 U o 00,g HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) W U_ 0. rrW VJ V J Z_ RESUB Q Q Aug 05 2024 Z J DEVELOPMENT CITY E SERVICES DEPARTMENT - W o 0 Z W 0 0 O rr^^ v! � rn o co L.L — \ O Lu a_ p o o z=1121- W W Q � � LL Lu co >- oo 0 � w rn O O � < = U U =�`/) J wLf? N M 2 O UZ"1oz LU f-- LLJ C0 REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 0 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A42-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET EXTERIOR SECTIONS & DETAILS WAREHOUSE BUILDING A402 SEE FLOOR PLAN ENLARGED FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULESELEVATIIONS FOR &OCATION(S) ROUGH -IN REQ. TFURN / INSTALL BY NO I QTY DESCRIPTION MFR/STYLE, PRODUCT NO I ELECT I PLM131 GAS I FCIC I FOIC I NIC I REMARKS/LOCATION RESTROOMS R01 1 ADA WHITE TOILET w/MANUAL FLUSHOMETER AMERICAN STD MADERA 3043.001 ADA X X SEE DETAIL 1/A6.1 R02 1 ADA WHITE OPEN TOILET SEAT AMERICAN STD 5901.100 ADA X R03 1 TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER BOBRICK, B-4221 X SEE DETAIL 1/A6.1 R04 1 COMBO PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/RECEPTICAL BOBRICK, B-3942, SEMI -RECESSED OR EQ. X SEE DETAIL 1/A6.1 R05 1 LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER GO-JO 800 ML BLACK BAG -IN -BOX OR EQ. X SEE DETAIL VA6.1 R06 1 GRAB BAR SET (SET: 1-36", 1-42", 1-18") BOBRICK, B-5806 OR EQ. X SEE DETAIL VA6.1 R07 1 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BOBRICK, B-2888 OR EQ. X SEE DETAIL 1/A6.1 R08 1 ADA WALL MOUNTED LAV (WITH PIPE INSULATION) LUCERNE 0356.015 4" HOLE SPACING OR EQ. X X SEE DETAIL 5/A6.1 R09 1 ADA BATTERY POWERED HAND WASHING FAUCET SET SLOAN OPTIMA PLUS, EBF-85-4-BDM OR EQ. X X X SEE DETAIL VA6.1 R10 1 SS FRAMED MIRROR BOBRICK, 24"X36" B165-2436 OR EQ. X SEE DETAIL VA6.1 Rl l 1 ALL -GENDER RESTROOM SIGN (ADA) PER GC, COORD. WITH TENANT X SEE DETAIL 11/A6.1 BREAK ROOM B01 1 BREAK RM ADA S.S. SINGLE BOWL SINK & DRAIN AMERICAN STD COLONY 25x22 ADA X X SEE DETAIL 9/A6.1 B02 1 BREAK RM ADA FAUCET SET AMERICAN STD MONTERREY 7500.170 X X SEE DETAIL 9/A6.1 B03 1 BREAK RM REFRIGERATOR TENANT STANDARD X X SEE DETAIL 9/A6.1 B04 1 BREAK RM MICROWAVE TENANT STANDARD X X SEE DETAIL 9/A6.1 B05 1 BREAK RM PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK, B-5806 X SEE DETAIL 9/A6.1 B06 1 BREAK RM LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER GO-JO 800 ML BLACK BAG -IN -BOX X SEE DETAIL 9/A6.1 B07 1 BREAK RM ADA BUILT-IN DISHWASHER PER GC - BLACK SPECIAL ORDER X X X SEE DETAIL 9/A6.1 MISCELLANEOUS M01 1 WATER HEATER (SEE NOTE BELOW) PER GC X X SEE DETAIL 8/A6.2 M02 1 HVAC UNIT SPLIT SYSTEM (SEE NOTE) PER GC X X M03 1 BIKE RACK STORAGE LOCKER PER GC X NOTE: THE EQUIPMENT WILL REQUIRE COMPLIANCE WITH THE ENERGY AND MECHANICAL CODES FOR INSULATION AND EFFICIENCY. HARDWARE SCHEDULE INTERIOR: WORK ROOM/SHARED OFFICE LATCHSET INTERIOR: OFFICE LOCKSET INTERIOR: STORAGE ROOM LOCKSET SET QTY. TYPE SET QTY. TYPE SET QTY. TYPE 1 SET BUTT HINGES 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 2 SET BUTT HINGES 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 3 SET BUTT HINGES 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 1 LATCHSET w/ LEVER HANDLE 1 OFFICE LOCKSET w/ LEVER HANDLE 1 STORAGE LOCKSET w/ LEVER HANDLE 1 CLOSER 1 CLOSER 1 CLOSER 1 SILENCER 1 SILENCER 1 SILENCER 1 KICKPLATE 1 KICKPLATE 1 KICKPLATE 1 WALL STOP OR FLOOR BUMPER 1 1 WALL STOP OR FLOOR BUMPER 1 1 WALL STOP OR FLOOR BUMPER INTERIOR: HALLWAY TO TENANT AREAS INTERIOR: RESTROOM LOCKSET SET QTY. TYPE SET QTY. TYPE 4 SET BUTT HINGES PER MFR 5 SET BUTT HINGES 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 1 ENTRY LOCKSET w/ ROCKWOOD OFFSET PULLS 1 PRIVACY LOCKSET w/ LEVER HANDLE 1 CLOSER 1 CLOSER 1 SILENCER 1 SILENCER 1 KICKPLATE 1 KICKPLATE 1 WALL STOP OR FLOOR BUMPER F1 WALL STOP OR FLOOR BUMPER 1 RESTROOM SIGNAGE EXTERIOR: MAIN ENTRY PANIC HARDWARE w/ CARDREADER EXTERIOR: EXIT DOOR PANIC HARDWARE w/ CARDREADER SET QTY. TYPE SET QTY. TYPE 7 SET BUTT HINGES PER MFR 8 SET BUTT HINGES PER MFR 1 PANIC HARDWARE - INTERIOR 1 PANIC HARDWARE - INTERIOR 1 ELECTRIC CARD READER 1 ELECTRIC CARD READER 1 ENTRY LOCKSET w/ ROCKWOOD OFFSET PULL 1 ENTRY LOCKSET w/ ROCKWOOD OFFSET PULL 1 CLOSER 1 CLOSER 1 SILENCER 1 SILENCER 1 KICKPLATE 1 KICKPLATE 1 WALL STOP OR FLOOR BUMPER 1 WALL STOP OR FLOOR BUMPER 1 FULL WEATHERSTRIPPING w/ SMOKE SEALS FULL WEATHERSTRIPPING w/ SMOKE SEALS 1 ELECTRIC STRIKE ki 1 ELECTRIC STRIKE SEE PL WINDOW / GLAZING SCHEDULE (DFOR FLOLOCOARTIO (S) R.O. SIZE TOTAL MAX. REF. FURN / INSTALL BY NO QTY (SIZE W X H) MANUFACTURER PRODUCT TYPE FRAME FINISH / COLOR (TGA SF) U FACTOR DETAIL FCIC FOIC NIC REMARKS/LOCATION Al 2 12'-0" X 3'-0" FIXED, HIGH TBD - PER GC STOREFRONT BRONZE ANNODIZED 96 0.38 6/A4.2 X A2 8 12'-0" X 3'-0" FIXED, HIGH TBD - PER GC STOREFRONT BRONZE ANNODIZED N/A* N/A 6/A4.2 X *LOW ENERGY SPACE B 1 12'-0" X 14'-0" FIXED TBD - PER GC STOREFRONT BRONZE ANNODIZED 147 0.38 6/A4.2 X *TEMPERED GLASS REQ. C 1 12'-0" X 10'-0" FIXED TBD - PER GC STOREFRONT BRONZE ANNODIZED 120 0.38 7/A4.2 X D 1 2 1/4" X 4'-0" X 4'-0" TIMELY METAL CLASSIC w/TEMP GLASS PRE -FINISHED N/A N/A 4/A6.2 I X *TEMPERED GLASS REQ. SUM EXTERIOR WINDOW TGA: 363 NOTES: INTERIOR METAL WINDOW FRAMES TO BE TIMELY METAL BRAND OR APPROVED EQ. 12'-0" R.O. 0 0 OA EXTERIOR �r cr) 12'-0" R.O. w 0 0 � o _ a✓ o II II o II o II II 0 OB EXTERIOR MAX U-FACTOR; 0.38 STOREFRONT w/ TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS PER SCHEDULE WINDOW TYPES: SCALE; 1/4" = 1'-0" 16'-0" A.F.F. B.O. SILL EAST SIDE 0 o 0 0 0 d- 0 12'-0" R.0. ❑a❑ (�) EXTERIOR MAX U-FACTOR: 0.38 STOREFRONT w/ TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS PER SCHEDULE F_ 0", , 4'-0" R.O. (§)INTERIOR 1/4" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS 0 0 o ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE WALL ROOM NO ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST CEILING REMARKS/LOCATION 301 MAIN ENTRY LVF1 RB1 GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* OPEN TO ABOVE 302 OPEN OFFICE LVF1 RB1 GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* ACT & GRID 303 ALL -GENDER RESTROOM SVF1 OR TF1 SVF1 OR TB1 GWB, FRP1, PTX* GWB, FRP1, PTX* GWB, FRP1, PTX* GWB, FRP1, PTX* GWB, PTX* 304 OFFICE LVF1 RB1 GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* ACT & GRID 305 OFFICE LVF1 RB1 GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* ACT & GRID 306 EMPLOYEE BREAK ROOM LVF1 RB1 GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* ACT & GRID 307 STORAGE ROOM LVF1 RB1 GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* ACT & GRID 400 WAREHOUSE CONC/EPXY1 NONE GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* GWB, PTX* OPEN CEILING NOTE: USE LIGHT ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE FOR GWB WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INTERIOR FINISH SPECIFICATIONS SF/SQ/LF FURN / INSTALL BY AREAS DESCRIPTION COLOR/MFR/STYLE & PRODUCT NO FCIC FOIC NIC REMARKS/LOCATION FLOOR CONC CONCRETE, SEALED (WHERE OCCURS) MFR: LUSTERSEAL OR APPR. EQ., BROOM FINISH X SEE INT FLOOR FIN. REQ. EPXY1 EPDXY FLOORING SYSTEM MFR: FLOROCK OR APPR. EQ.; SPEC: FLUID -APPLIED FLOORING TYPE FAF 4: EPDXY FLOOR, FOLLOWED BY CHEMICAL RESISTANT HIGH WEAR URETHANE. X LVF1 LUXURY VINYL FLOORING - THROUGHOUT MFR: TBD X SEE INT FLOOR FIN. REQ. TF1 12"X24" PORCELAIN/CERAMIC TILE - CUSTOMER RESTROOM MFR: TBD; 12"X24" TILE; SPEC: TBD; RUNNING BOND; COLOR: TBD; GROUT: GR1 X 1/32" SPACING SEE INT FLOOR FIN. REQ. SVF1 SHEET VINYL FLOORING MFR: TBD X *NOTES: 1. COORDINATE WITH TENANT NECESSARY ADHESIVES AND TRANSITION STRIPS AS REQUIRED WITH NEW FLOORING 2. GC TO REFER TO INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS NOTES, THIS SHEET. BASE RB1 4" CONTINUOUS RUBBER BASE MFR: SHAW COLOR: BLACK VINYL WITH 1/4" COVE BASE X TB1 6" PORCELAIN/CERAMIC BASE TILE MFR: TBD; GROUT: GR2 X CONCAVE SCHLUTER COVE SVF1 SHEET VINYL FLOORING - RUN UP -ONTO WALLS 6" MIN. MFR: TBD X GROUT GR1 1/32" GROUT FOR FLOOR TILE MFR: LATECRETE SPECTRA LOCK EPDXY GROUT; COLOR: TBD X 1/32" SPACING GR2 1/32" GROUT FOR WALL TILE MFR: LATECRETE SPECTRA LOCK EPDXY GROUT; COLOR: TBD X 1/32" SPACING WALLS/SUBSTRATE FRP1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WALL PANELS PER GC X GWB 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PER GC X WR-GWB 5/8" DENSGLASS GOLD OR EXTERIOR GWB PER GC X PAINT NOT ALL LISTED PAINT SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE USED ON THIS PROJECT PT1 INTERIOR - FIELD WALL COLOR MFR: TBD X PT2 INTERIOR - FIELD CEILING COLOR MFR: TBD X PT3 INTERIOR - ACCENT COLOR MFR: TBD X PT4 INTERIOR - ACCENT COLOR MFR: TBD X *NOTES: 1. BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT COLORS SPECIFIED. GC MAY MATCH COLOR WITH DIFFERENT MFR. PER TENANT APPROVAL 2. USE LIGHT ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE FOR INTERIOR GWB WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CEILING GWB 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD (USE GREEN BOARD AT WET AREAS) PER GC X ACT & GRID 2'x4' ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE AND GRID, WHITE ARMSTRONG PRELUDE GRID w/DUNE SECOND LK II ANGLED TEG. TILE. X *NOTE: REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LIGHTING AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS CASEWORK SS1 SOLID SURFACE 2CM QUARTZ COUNTERTOP MFR: TBD X PLM1 PLASTIC LAMINATE - CABINET FACES & DOORS MFR: TBD X MEL1 MELAMINE CASEWORK INTERIOR (WHERE OCCURS) PER CABINET MFR, WHITE X SEE PLAN DOOR SCHEDULE FOR LOCOAR 101A TION(S) DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING GLASS TYPE HDWR FURN / INSTALL BY NO SIZE (W X H) MATERIAL THK TYPE MATERIAL/COLOR SIZE LOCK CLSR REF DTL FCIC FOIC NIC REMARKS/LOCATION 301A 3'-0" X T-0" SWING STOREFRONT 1-3/4" Al DARK BRONZE 2" WA TEMP 7 X 5/A4.2 X MAIN ENTRY - TENANT A 303A 3'-0" X T-0" SWING S.C. WOOD - TENANT 1-3/4" D1 PRE -FINISHED MTL 2" WA 5 X I 3/A6.2 X ALL GENDER RESTROOM 304A 3'-0" X T-0" SWING S.C. WOOD - TENANT 1-3/4" D1 PRE -FINISHED MTL 2" WA 2 3/A6.2 X OFFICE 305A 3'-0" X 7'-0" SWING S.C. WOOD - TENANT 1-3/4" D1 PRE -FINISHED MTL 2" WA 2 3/A6.2 X OFFICE 307A 3'-0" X 7'-0" SWING S.C. WOOD - TENANT 1-3/4" D1 PRE -FINISHED MTL 2" WA 3 3/A6.2 X STORAGE ROOM 400A 12'-0" X 14'-0" COILING MFR. STEEL 1-3/4" Cl MFR. STEEL 2" N/A MFR 9&11/A4.2 X WAREHOUSE 400B 12'-0"X 14'-0" COILING MFR. STEEL 1-3/4" Cl MFR. STEEL 2" WA MFR 9&11/A4.2 X WAREHOUSE 400C 12'-0"X 14'-0" COILING MFR. STEEL 1-3/4" Cl MFR. STEEL 2" WA MFR 9&11/A4.2 X WAREHOUSE 400D 12'-0"X 14'-0" COILING MFR. STEEL 1-3/4" Cl MFR. STEEL 2" WA MFR 9&11/A4.2 X WAREHOUSE 400E 3'-0" X T-0" SWING HOLLOW MTL 1-3/4" B1 HOLLOW MTL 2" WA 8 X 12/A4.2 X WAREHOUSE EXIT DOOR NOTES: INTERIOR METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE TIMELY METAL BRAND OR APPROVED EQ. DOOR TYPES: NOTE: SEE DOOR & SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" WINDOW SCHEDULES FOR DETAIL REFERENCES. Al EXTERIOR MAX U-FACTOR: 0,60 ENTRY STOREFRONT w/ TEMP. SAFETY GLASS g1 EXTERIOR MAX U-FACTOR: 0.37 STEELCRAFT L-SERIES HONEYCOMB CORE, POWDER -COATED SIM. EPT4 w/ TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS FULL WEATHER-STRIPPING 12'-0" R.O. C1 EXTERIOR D1 INTERIOR MIN. R-4.75 SOLID CORE WOOD MAX U-FACTOR: 0.34 DOOR. STAIN COLOR INSULATED COILING ROLL -UP DOOR. PER OWNER PRIME AND PAINT SIM. EPT2 GENERAL SCHEDULE NOTES SAFETY GLAZING SCHEDULE NOTES: A. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FRAME SIZES. B. LOCATIONS OF SAFETY GLAZING: OPENINGS WITH A VERTICAL EDGE WITHIN 24" OF A DOOR OPENING AND THE BOTTOM EDGE BELOW 60" A.F.F., AND; OPENINGS MEETING ALL OF THE FOLLOWING: 1, BOTTOM EDGE LESS THAN 18" FROM FLOOR. 2. TOP EDGE GREATER THAN 36" ABOVE FLOOR. 3. GLASS AREA GREATER THAN 9 SQUARE FEET. 4. WALKING SURFACE WITHIN 36" OF THE GLASS UNIT. OTHER LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE IBC SECTION 2406.41 AS REQUIRED FOR STRENGTH, OR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE GLASS MFR. DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES: A. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS, SHEET A2.1, FOR ADDITIONAL DOOR AND HARDWARE NOTES, B. MAIN ENTRY DOORS SHALL HAVE A KEY LOCKING DEVICE. THERE SHALL BE A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN ADJACENT TO THE DOORWAY STATING, "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED." THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS NOT LESS THAN 1" HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. THE USE OF THE KEY -OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE IS REVOCABLE BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR DUE CAUSE. C. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. D. BARRIER FREE ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: LANDINGS AT DOORS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 60 INCHES IN WIDTH AND IN LENGTH ON THE DOOR SWING SIDE. FLOOR AND/OR LANDING ADJACENT TO DOOR SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" INCH LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. E. EXTERIOR LANDINGS SHALL NOT SLOPE MORE THAN 1/4 INCH PER FOOT. F. NEW SWING DOORS TO BE LOCATED 4" OFF ADJACENT PARTITIONS TO ALLOW FOR DOOR TRIM, U.O.N. G. ALL DOORS IN EGRESS PATH TO PROVIDE FREE EGRESS, H. DOOR SURFACE: DOOR SURFACES WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE FLOOR, MEASURED VERTICALLY, SHALL BE A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR. PARTS CREATING HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL JOINTS IN SUCH SURFACE SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16 INCH OF THE SAME PLANE AS THE OTHER. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDED KICK PLATES SHALL BE CAPPED. I. VISION LITES: DOORS AND SIDELITES ADJACENT TO DOORS CONTAINING ONE OR MORE GLAZING PANELS THAT PERMIT VIEWING THROUGH THE PANELS SHALL HAVE THE BOTTOM OF AT LEAST ONE PANEL ON EITHER THE DOOR OR AN ADJACENT SIDELITE 43 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR, HARDWARE SCHEDULE NOTES: A. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE SINGLE ACTION, LEVER RELEASE TYPE HARDWARE. SCHLAGE A/L SERIES JUPITER STYLE BRUSHED ALUMINUM PASSAGE SET ON ALL INTERIOR DOORS EXCEPT RESTROOM(S). RESTROOM DOOR TO HAVE PRIVACY LOCKSET. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR RH OR LH SWING. B. PROVIDE FULL WEATHER-STRIPPING ON EXTERIOR DOORS, C. ALL CLOSERS TO BE LOCATED ON INTERIOR OF THE SPECIFIED ROOM. DOOR CLOSURES TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS, EXCEPT FOR THE MGR. OFFICE(S). D. 12" STAINLESS STEEL/BRUSHED ALUMINUM KICKPLATES TO BE PROVIDED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF ALL DOORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUESTED BY TENANT. E. DOOR STOPS TO BE ADDED ON WALLS FOR ALL DOORS, ROCKWOOD 409 US32D, SATIN OR BRUSHED STAINLESS FINISH, F. GC AND TENANT TO COORDINATE ALL DOOR AND CABINET HARDWARE. ALL DOOR HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH ADA GUIDELINES. REQUIRED INTERIOR SIGNAGE: A. ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES: ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH STANDARD SIGNS AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNS THAT COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SECTION 704 AND ARE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IS REQUIRED TO IDENTIFY FACILITIES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE, THE SYMBOL IS TO BE A WHITE FIGURE ON BLUE BACKGROUND (COLOR NO. 15090) IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595A B. BRAILLE; CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE IS TO BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED. DOTS TO BE .01 INCH ON CENTERS IN EACH CELL WITH .02 INCH SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS ARE RAISED A MIN. OF 0,025 INCH ABOVE THE BACKGROUND, C. CHARACTERS: LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS ARE TO HAVE A WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1, AND A STROKE WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10. WHEN RAISED OR RECESSED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS ARE USED, THEY ARE TO BE RAISED OR RECESSED A MIN. 1/32 INCH AND ARE TO BE SANS SERIF TYPE PONT. RAISED CHARACTERS ARE TO BE AT LEAST 5/8 INCH HIGH AND RECESSED CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS ARE TO HAVE A 1/4 INCH MIN. STROKE WIDTH. FURN / INSTALL LEGEND FCIC: FURNISHED BY GC, INSTALLED BY GC FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/TENANT, INSTALLED BY GC NIC: NOT IN CONTRACT (ALL FURNITURE SHOWN IS NIC, U.O.N.) 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N a)co- E FJ LoM U} C)poop'? LU U o a O - U) 00 um) a N } O� cB x CU CO IL E N > cy c N m OO m Z .N Q) M O D E 0 ao o a U N Y Lr) U .3 ca U Y a E E t E OU HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) W U_ rW V/ J ZRESUB _ Q Aug 05 2024 CITY OF EDMONDS Z DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT W O O co Z LU O O (1)O H O O M I..L W (o L0 \ O 0- p O Z � a Z a LIJ Q } O N H 0 LU 2i (o rn < O C) O �_U;� = Q Z N z O V Z x W 1 ti 0 LUU) Z REVISIONS NO. DATE BY IL 07/14/23 CITY IL 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 0 0 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A51-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET ROOM, FINISH, EQUIPMENT, DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULES A501 MIN. CLEARANCE AT TOILET: ICC/ANSI SECTION 604.3: 60" MIN. WIDE CLEARANCE, PERP. FROM SIDE WALL ANI MIN, DEEP CLEARANCE PERP, FROM REAF WALL IN SINGLE STALL TOILET ROOMS, 5911 MIN, DEEP CLEARANCE PERP. FROM WALL IN MULTI -STALL TOILET ROOMS„ NO OBSTRUCTIONS WITHIN THIS CLEARA u Q c a NOTE: TL.lTC r)T A /_`D A AA Tr_ =nD AAnI IKITTNI/- 16" MIN. i O I-IL UKYtK �� SIGNAGE '�' ' '�" LFiYVU I ITV KtJ I KVVIVIJ TOILET KR)O2 FOR ADD L MIN. R08 R09 CLEARANCES 6.1 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS DIAGRAM - RESTROOM FIXTURES SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" ILLUSTRATED FOR REQ. CLEARANCES. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR LAYOUT. LINE OF REQUIRED CLEARANCE MIRROR /// INSULATE WATER PIPES AND DRAIN TO PREVENT CONTACT EQUIPMENT PERMITTED IN SHADED AREA X Z - O ! N N N 8" MIN. KNEE CLEARANCE 611 MAX. TOE CLEARANCE 1'-511 MIN, DEPTH 17" MAX, EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES F_ �� �� UNDER LAVATORIES: 30 x48 CLEAR WATER SUPPLY (BOTH HOT AND z FLOOR SPACE COLD) AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER : O LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE 48" MIN. SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES, 1511 MIN. LAV CLEARANCES SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 8 7 A6.1 A6.1 71_�II 71_(�II 71_�II o GIL / n \ O O / co -1 o0 1<�� o B05 B01 B02 _ 00 _ 0 C06 B04 — I � I� Bo3 I I I o 0 0 _o Bo7 N 2'-011 '-0" 2'-6" `-B4O. CEILING DOOR AS SPECIFIED LIGHT SWITCH; DOTTED LINE INDICATES LOCATION OF LARGER PLATE IF z roll roll NEEDED FOR MORE SWITCHES El W THERMOSTAT HANDLE °- 2-3/411 HARDWARE SET AS SCHEDULED Q LL roll NOTE; LOCATE ELECTRICAL 0 0 > & TELEPHONE WALL �t J Q OUTLETS & SWITCH PLATES 0) ° ° ° AT NEAREST STUD FROM (D N _ SCALED LOCATION ON PLAN 0 `� i° UNLESS OTHERWISE m o SPECIFICALLY NOTED. WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER DUPLEX OUTLET AND/OR FIRE EXTINGUISHER WALL TELEPHONE OUTLET CABINET PROVIDE BLOCKING PER MFR, REQ. LOCATE PER FIRE FINISH FLOOR MARSHALL REQUIREMENTS (*-r- MOUNTING HTS DIAGRAM '�TYYP. 21-28A61 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 21-28A61 ADA (PER ICC/ANSI) COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLIANCES: P-LM2 UPPER CABINETS WITH TOP -FREEZER REFRIGERATOR REQUIREMENTS: ADJUSTABLE • 100N. OF THE FRESH FOOD SPACE AVAILABLE BELOW 54 INCHES MEL. SHELVES, • 50% OF THE FREEZER SPACE AVAILABLE BELOW 54 INCHES CONTROLS MUST: • BE BELOW 54 INCHES PROVIDE 1811 • BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, DEEP SHELF PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AT MICROWAVE • REQUIRE FORCE OF LESS THAN 5 LBS TO ACTIVATE DISHWASHER REQUIREMENTS (IF PROPOSED ON THIS PROJECT): P-LM1 COUNTER- • MAXIMUM HIGH FORWARD REACH FOR CONTROLS AND OPERATING TOP W/ MECHANISMS IS 48"; MAXIMUM LOW FORWARD REACH IS 15". BACKSPLASH • CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS MUST BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 5 LBS. • ALL RACK SPACE SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FROM THE FRONT OF THE P-LM2 BASE MACHINE FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING DISHES. CABINETS AT ADA HT. & MICROWAVE REQUIREMENTS: ADJUSTABLE • MAXIMUM HIGH FORWARD REACH FOR CONTROLS AND OPERATING MEL. SHELF MECHANISMS IS 48"; MAXIMUM LOW FORWARD REACH IS 15". (AS SHOWN) • CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS MUST BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 5 LBS. NV 51'1F_Lr L EU SCI.I 1VIV5 BREAK ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 21-28A52 3" WIRE PULLS PLASTIC LAMINATE (PLM AT ALL EXT, SURFACES, TYP 4" RUBBER BAS AT TOE KICK NOTE: PARALLEL APPROACH ALLOWED IN BREAK ROOM AREA PER ADA SECTION 606,2 EXCEPTION 1, NJ I °—° -- 0 ° ° \ J ° 2) N 0 0 0 0 0 ° E PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH (PLM1) PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND CABINET AND IN WALL AS REQUIRED SINK & FIXTUIRES PER TENANT SPEC MELAMINE AT ALL CABINET INTERIORS TYPICAL (MWL) 3/411 ADJUSTABLE SHELF ON 2" O.C. SHELF CLIPS (NO SHELF AT SINK CABINET) III BREAK ROOM BASE CABINET SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" 21-28A61 z rn CENTERLINE OF SIGN: MOUNT ON CENTER OF 6" YIN. DOOR IF SWINGS INTO THE RESTROOM, OR 9" FROM DOOR FRAME ON WALL ADJACENT TO LATCH SIDE OF RESTROOM DOOR TO ALLOW FOR 1811x18" CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF BRAILLE. I 51_Ou •'-011 4I N� GENDER NEUTRAL RESTROOM SIGNAGE PICTOGRAMS SHALL HAVE A FIELD WITH A HEIGHT OF 6" MIN, CHARACTERS OF BRAILLE SHALL NOT BE IN THE PICTOGRAM FIELD. PICTOGRAMS AND THEIR FIELDS SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. PICTOGRAMS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR FIELDS, WITH EITHER A LIGHT PICTOGRAM ON A DARK FIELD OR A DARK PICTOGRAM ON A LIGHT FIELD. SIGN SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI 117.1 SECTION 703, TYP. ADA RESTROOM SIGNAGE IF SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 21-28A61 ILLUSTRATED FOR MIN. CLEARANCES, REFER TO PLAN FOR EXACT FIXTURE ORIENTATION. T-42" CLEAR 5'-011 MIN. 1'-roll ❑A 1'-roll 4'-811 MIN. ICI 5'-111 CLEAR a El F21 TYPICAL RESTROOM ELEVS SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" REFER TO DETAIL 1 FOR FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS Rm PLASTIC LAMINA (PLM2) AT ALL EXPOSED EXTER SURFACES TYPI( 3/411 ADJUSTABL SHELF ON 2" 0.( SHELF CLIPS 3" WIRE PULLS PROVIDE BLOCKI BEHIND CABINET IN WALL AS RE( III BREAK ROOM UPPER CABINET SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" 21-28A61 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N CO > o — N E E 0 Ov a i o00C? O M rn ti ao ti Q W 0') Lo N 16 2 cf) E- Y 00 E vO � _ 6> cu X ILL E c o o Q) Lo cm 4) (D I (n N co0 cr) U CDEO 00 a Y N @ .3 m U) U 4) ¢ m a) a) ! E c- L .m a a, o 0 HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) W U_ L.L VJ J Z_ RESUB Q 0 Aug 05 2024 Z J DEV DEVELOPMENT CITY E SERVICES DEPARTMENT W m o 0 G Z W 0 0 O ") W rn � > O 0- p o o Z � W Z � w a } L.L mow/ LL Q U W � N °° S W o�<o rn U U = = U) U Z N � 0 Z Z 0 J W (n N 0-)2io U Z "'LZ W ti W cn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 0 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A61-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET INTERIOR SECTIONS & DETAILS WAREHOUSE BUILDING A601 SER SI NEW ROOF FRAMING SYSTEM 2X6 WOOD STUDS WITH INTERMEDIATE FRAMING AT 2411 O.C. PROVIDE 5/811 TYPE X GWB, EACH SIDE, APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO STUDS WITH 1 1/411 TYPE W DRYWALL SCREWS AT 1211 O.C, VERTICAL JOINTS STAGGERED 4811 ON OPPOSITE SIDES. FACE OF R-21 MINERAL FIBER INSULATION BLANKETS TOWARD WARM (CONDITIONED) SIDE OF WALL. COPE GWB AROUND BEAM PROFILE AND SEAL (WHERE OCCURS). -CEILING HEIGHT PER PLAN - io R-21 BATT INSULATION SERVICE SIDE; PROVIDE 3/411 PLYWOOD SHEATHING ON OUTSIDE FACE OF WALL TO 81-011 A.F.F. PAINT PER FINISH PLAN. BASE PER SCHEDULE FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE 1/811 FOAM TAPE INTERIOR DEMISING WALL SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A62-WH ICC/ANSI TABLE 404.2.3.1 MANEUVERING AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS TYPE OF USE MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES APPROACH DIRECTION DOOR SIDE (A) PERPENDICULAR TO DOORWAY (B) PARALLEL TO DOORWAY (BEYOND LATCH UNLESS NOTED) FROM FRONT PULL 60 INCHES 18 INCHES FROM FRONT PUSH 48 INCHES 0 INCHES (3) FROM HINGE SIDE PULL 60 INCHES 36 INCHES FROM HINGE SIDE PULL 54 INCHES 42 INCHES FROM HINGE SIDE PUSH 42 INCHES (1) 22 INCHES BEYOND HINGE SIDE (3) FROM LATCH SIDE PULL 48 INCHES (2) 24 INCHES FROM LATCH SIDE PUSH 42 INCHES (3) 24 INCHES NOTES: 1, ADD 6 INCHES IF CLOSER AND LATCH PROVIDED 2. ADD 6 INCHES IF CLOSER PROVIDED 3. ADD 12 INCHES BEYOND LATCH IF CLOSER AND LATCH PROVIDED, E* ._J CL HINGE Q CL N HINGE Q FRONT F_ ---1 I I I (B) I /� PULL \LATCH 21-811 CLR. I I FRONT TYPICAL CLEARANCES AT DOORS LATCH 3/411 PLYWOOD SHEATHING 141-011 A.F.F. PER SECTION 2X6 JOIST CEILING FRAMING AT 1611 O.C. w/ ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION, PROVIDE 5/811 GWB AT CEILING. 2X4 OR 2X6 WOOD STUDS AT 1611 O.C. w/ 5/811 GWB BOTH SIDES AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INSULATION IN WALL CAVITY, ALIGN NEW FINISHES WITH EXISTING. BASE PER SCHEDULE FINISH FLOOR GWB CEILING AT RESTROOMS SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A62-WH 1. DOORS IN A SERIES 3611 MIN. 3. CASED OPENINGS 21_8„ CLR. oo CLR. TURNING DIAMETER \ 5'-011 MIN. ol 2. DOORS IN A SERIES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 21-28A62 PER SCHEI Imo, ■ �� �11: 11 © THRESHOLD INTERIOR DOOR 5/811 GWB BOTH SIDES, U.O.N. WOOD STUD WALL PER PLAN, DOUBLE STUD (INCL. NAILER) AT HEAD AND JAMB. PRE -FINISHED KNOCK -DOWN METAL FRAME AND TRIM. ATTACH TO WOOD NAILER WITH DRYWALL SCREW, (1) NEXT TO EACH RETAINER CLIP PER MFR. REQ. WOOD OR METAL DOOR PER SCHEDULE. DOOR UNDERCUT 3/811 AT HARD SURFACE, FINISH FLOOR ELEV, O'—OII SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A62-WH HOT WATER PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING PER COI COLD WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE DI -ELECTRIC UNION b 1 1/411 X 18 GA. STL STRAP ASME TEMP. AND W/ 5/811 LAG BOLT VALVE EXTENSION TO MTL STUDS OR LINE ANCHOR TO CMU WALL M02 WATER HEATER 2411X 2411X411 DEEP 22 GAUGE GALV, STEEL PAN WITH 111 DRAIN WATER HEATER TO DRAIN PIPE, ROUTE BE PLACED ABOVE TO EXTERIOR OF RESTROOM CEILING BUILDING AN EXPANSION TANK IS REQ. ON THIS PROJECT, GC SUB TO INSTALL PER CODE AND CITY REQ. NOTES: PIPING IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS, ANCHOR OR SUPPORT WATER HEATER TO BUILDING STRUCTURE TO RESIST SEISMIC FORCES PER UPC. GC TO INSTALL WATER HEATER SEISMIC BRACING WITH APPROVED COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE STRAPPING KITS OR PER COUNTY AND WA STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES, WATER HEATER BRACING SCALE: 1" = V-0" 21-28A62-WH PER SCHEI PER SCHEI X cV Q g A❑ HEAD/JAMB SIM. © SILL INTERIOR WINDOW 5/811 GWB BOTH SIDES, U.O.N. WOOD STUD WALL PER PLAN. DOUBLE STUD (INCL. NAILER) AT HEAD AND JAMB. PRE -FINISHED KNOCK -DOWN METAL FRAME AND TRIM. ATTACH TO WOOD NAILER WITH DRYWALL SCREW, (1) NEXT TO EACH RETAINER CLIP PER MFR. REQ. 1/411 CLEAR TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS GLASS STOP SCALE: 3" = V-0" 21-28A62-WH - CARPET LVT PLANK THRESHOLD FLOOR TILE --------�----- �---= TYPICAL TRANSITION THRESHOLD THRESHOLD AT DOOR Q N Q X cV Q g INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR THRESHOLDS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2 INCH ABOVE THE ADJACENT FLOOR LEVELS. EACH EXPOSED EDGE OF THRESHOLDS SHALL BE BEVELED OR SLOPED AT AN ANGLE NOT TO EXCEED 45 DEGREES SO THAT NO VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATION EXCEEDS 1/4 INCH. TYP. THRESHOLD NOT TO SCALE 21-28A62-WH 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON a)co N F Lo2 U} (D c-_mti a= w C � 0 U o I- O 5 w 00 N > Y N _ } cu X X � H Nco IL o U — s _ 04 M f c 66 a)m O U a)CYi a E � o a U Y c'j 8 @) � U Y a E Q) E t E 0 � � moo HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) w U_ I..L ��W VJ J Z_ RESUB Q Aug 05 2024 CITY OF EDMONDS Z DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT W O 0 co Z W 0 OU)>- � 0 rn � w cfl CO — \ O � p o O Z 0-1 a 0- W Q } N H Q00 w O F- < O U �_U;� = Q JI W Z cn N oo z 2 O O CJ Z x w �0Z tiwcn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 0 07/14/23 CITY 0 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 0 0 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A53-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET INTERIOR SECTIONS & DETAILS WAREHOUSE BUILDING A602 NOTES: 1. SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PRESCRIPTIVE PROVISIONS OF THE MOST CURRENT 401 FIELD TECHNICAL INFO BULLETIN "SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILINGS, SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E, & F11 FROM THE NORTHWEST WALL AND CEILING BUREAU. VISIT WEBSITE AT: http://www.nwcb.or53/sites/default/files/resources 2. PROVIDE CROSS -BRACING FOR SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM @ 12'-011 O.C. BOTH WAYS WITH NO. 12 GAUGE WIRES PER ASTM C635 AND ASTM C636. 3. THE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS FOR THE LATERAL FORCE BRACING SHALL BE PLACED NOT MORE THAN 12' O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6' FROM EACH WALL. 4. TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION, MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS MAY BE ATTACHED TO THE PERIMETER MEMBER AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE RUNNERS MAINTAINED AT THE OTHER TWO WALLS IN SUCH WAY AS TO BE INDEPENDENT OF THE WALL STRUCTURE AND SHALL BE BRACED BY LATERAL FORCE BRACING AT 12' O.C, MAXIMUM. 5. ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH IBC 803.9. 6. FOR AREAS EXCEEDING 1,000 S.F., HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT OF THE CEILING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED. 7. FOR AREAS EXCEEDING 2,500 S.F., A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT SHALL BE PROVIDED. 8. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 211 OVERSIZE RING TO PROVIDE FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 111 IN ALL DIRECTIONS. 9. ALL CABLE TRAY AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED SEPARATELY OF THE CEILING. NON-COMBUSTIBLE STRUT CAPABLE OF RESISTING VERTICAL COMPONENTS INDUCED BY BRACING WIRES. FASTEN SECURELY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 12 G.A. VERT. HANGER WIRE @ 4'-011 O.C. BOTH WAYS LATERAL FORCE BRACING 4 EA. 12 GA. WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 211 OF CROSS TEE INTERSECTION & SPLAYED 90° FROM E,A, OTHER 12'-0" O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS W/FIRST POINT WITHIN 4'-0" FROM EA. WALL. ATTACH AT TOP PER THESE SEISMIC DETAILS MAIN RUNNER CROSS TEE AA] LATERAL FORCE BRACING ED ATTACHED 2" WALL MOLDING m�� ARM MAIL ARMS CROE 12 GA. VERT. WIRE (TYP.) 3 TURNS MIN. (TYP.) MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE 811 MAX PROVIDE 3/ SPACE @ 0 WALL ACOUS. TILI 211 PERIMETER WALL ANGLE ATTACH MEMBERS @ PERIMETER & TWO ADJ. WALLS ONLY. BD VERTICAL WIRE SPACING ARMSTRONG ANGLE MOLDING ARMSTRONG STABILIZER BAR, OR OTHER SUITABLE SYSTEM, TO KEEP PERIMETER COMPONENTS FROM SPREADING APART. ARMSTRONG MAIN BEAM ,TTACHED WALLS ARMSTRONG ANGLE MOLDING ARMSTRONG STABILIZER BAR, OR OTHER SUITABLE SYSTEM, TO KEEP PERIMETER COMPONENTS FROM SPREADING APART. ARMSTRONG CROSS TEE TTACHED WALLS F❑ PERIMETER COMPONENTS li TYPICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SEISMIC BRACING DETAILS ARMSTRONG CROSS TEE © COMPRESSION POST ❑D SEPARATION JOINT 12 GA. LATERAL SUPPORT WIRE WITHIN 311 OF EACH CORNER OF LIGHT FIXTURE. SPLAY WIRES AS SHOWN AND FASTEN TO BEAM OR PURLIN. MIN. OF 3 WIRE TURNS EA. CONNECTION POINT. 12 GA, FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRES AT CENTER ENDS OF EA. FIXTURE. FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRE SUPPLIED BY CEILING CONTRACTOR. m ANNEL MOLDING 600 MAX. TYP. 450 45° RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE CROSS TIE MAIN STRUCTURAL © TYPICAL LIGHT FIXTURE BRACINGNER 4'-011 O.C. SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 21-28A53 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON N (1) co — E J 0 M OU > a U} U 0 rn M w� �oti��¢ U w CV ca a N oo rn N C-0 LL_ EE U - (a) CV C .3 a - 66 E a� o c� Coo I o o f Y cN U 2 L 3: E c6 cn � ¢ m D C _E L O o' HALF -SCALE ON 11X17 U) W U_ L.L rrW VJ V J Z_ RESUB Q Q Aug 05 2024 J CITY E Z - DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT W � G co o 0 0 Z LU 0 0 v! rn L.L W o L0 — \ 0 a_ p o o Z a_ a_ a � ^w LL/ U Lu � co oo � 0 LU � O � 0') < O U U =c`� = Q z N o 0 N UZ"Lo LIJ 1oz r-- w C0 REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A 07/14/23 CITY A 11/28/23 CLIENT 0 0 0 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A63-WH JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET INTERIOR SECTIONS & DETAILS WAREHOUSE BUILDING A603 ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE SUMMARY 1111 2018 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including Group R2, R3 & R4 over 3 stories and all Rl Administered by: 02024 NEEA, All rights reserved ENV -SUM PROJECT NOTES PER 2018 WSEC ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE NOTES -LIGHTING, MOTOR, AND ELECTRICAL PERMIT CHECKLIST: 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Project & Applicant Information Project Title Glacier Environmental Services Warehouse Building - 2018 WSEC For Building Department Use: I Date' Aug 05, 2024 Project Address 7509 212th Street SW Edmonds, WA 98026 Applicant Name Theresa Greene Applicant Phone 425-830-3245 Applicant Email tg.architect@comcast.net For questions about this report, contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com General Occupancy All Commercial General Building Use Type(s) Warehouse, General Storage Office, Other Building Cond. Floor Area 4,000 Project Cond. Floor Area 4,000 Project Scope New Building Space Conditioning Categories Fully Conditioned Floors Above Grade 1 Compliance Method General Prescriptive Envelope Project Description 800 s.f. portion of Warehouse Building to be Conditioned for Offices Envelope Compliance Scope Space Conditioning Compliance Method WWR/SRR UA Calculation Adjustment Fenestration Compliance Scope Category per Category Alternates Verification and Method New Building Fully Conditioned Prescriptive 14.64% / 0% None selected No alternates selected COMPLIES Air Barrier Testing I Air barrier testing included in project scope I Air Barrier Comments Project Title Glacier Environmental Services Warehouse Building - 2018 WSEC Date Aug 05, 2024 Scope & Space Conditioning NEW BUILDING - FULLY CONDITIONED Compliance Verification COMPLIES Window -to -wall Ratio 14.64% 1 Skylight -to -roof -ratio 0% Vertical Fenestration Alternate No alternates selected Opaque Envelope Assemblies Insulation R-Values Roof/Ceiling Location in Documents Assembly ID Assembly Location Cavity Continuous (% penetration) 2nd Layer (MB Roof) U-Factor Net Area (SF) Metal building (purlins) A2.3 Table C402.1.4 Exterior R-25 (< 0.04%) R-11 U-0.031 800 Thermal Spacer Block R-Value: R-3.5 Is liner system included?: Yes U-Factor Source: U-Factor Source Description: Is this assembly exterior or interior?: Exterior Walls Location in Documents Assembly ID Assembly Location Cavity Continuous (% penetration) Insulated Wall Furring U-Factor Net Area (SF) Metal building (girts) Levels of Insulation, Sheet A2.3, Building Sections A4.1 Table C402.1.2 Exterior R-21 R-0 (< 0.04%) U-0.052 2,117 Which insulation code target does wall comply with?: Wall Assembly U-factor U-Factor Source: U-Factor Source Description: Framing Depth: Framing Spacing: Is this assembly exterior or interior?: Exterior Slab -on -grade Floors Location in Documents Assembly ID Assembly Location Slab Edge Under Slab F-Factor Perimeter Length (SF) Unheated slab Levels of Insulation, Sheet A2.3 Table C402.1.3 At grade level R-10 R-10 280 Slab Insulation Method: Fully insulated slab (slab edge and underneath) F-Factor Source: F-Factor Source Description: Fenestration & Opaque Door Assemblies Insulation R-Values Vertical Fenestration Location in Documents Assembly ID Assembly Location Shading (PF) Fenestration SHGC Fenestration U-Factor Rough Opening (SF) Fixed - Class AW or site built Levels of Insulation, Sheet A2.3, Schedules, Sheet A5.1 Table C402.4 Exterior PF < 0.2 SHGC-0.38 U-0.38 363 U-Factor & SHGC Source: U-Factor Source Description: Is this assembly exterior or interior?: Exterior C103.6,3: THERMAL ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE PATH: INDICATE ENVELOPE THERMAL PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE PATH TAKEN (PRESCRIPTIVE OR COMPONENT PERFORMANCE) AND PROVIDE CORRESPONDING WSEC ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE REPORTS IN PROJECT DOCUMENTATION. IF COMPLYING PRESCRIPTIVELY, DEMONSTRATE THAT EACH OPAQUE ENVELOPE ASSEMBLY COMPLIES VIA EITHER THE MINIMUM PRESCRIPTIVE R-VALUE PER TABLE C402.1.3 OR THE MAXIMUM PRESCRIPTIVE U-FACTOR/F-FACTOR PER TABLE C402.1.4; INCLUDE U- FACTO R/F-FACTOR SOURCE IN COMPLIANCE. IF COMPLYING VIA TOTAL BUILDING PERFORMANCE, PROVIDE A LIST OF ALL PROPOSED ENVELOPE COMPONENT TYPES, AREAS AND U-VALUES IN ENERGY MODEL DOCUMENTATION. 2. C402,5,6: INDICATE IN AIR BARRIER DOCUMENTATION AND MECHANICAL PLANS THAT ALL RELIEF, OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MECHANICAL SECTION C403.7.8. 3. C103.6; DOCUMENTATION AND SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: INDICATE IN PLANS THAT PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED INCLUDING ENVELOPE RECORD CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, APPLICABLE CALCULATIONS, WSEC ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE REPORTS, AND FENESTRATION NFRC RATING CERTIFICATES. 4. C401.3: THERMAL ENVELOPE CERTIFICATE; INDICATE IN PLANS THAT A THERMAL ENVELOPE CERTIFICATE IS REQUIRED AT PROJECT CLOSE OUT; INDICATE THAT INFORMATION ON THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL INCLUDE THE RATED R-VALUES OF ALL OPAQUE ASSEMBLY INSULATION, U-FACTORS & SHGCS FOR ALL FENESTRATION ASSEMBLIES. THERESA K. GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON E E o > CD co p i c J U} � in 00 C? W 00 o � ti U iD w �� � � � '�" oo cn M cv X T� E 3 m } c LL o — C Cn > N M a - C6 _� CO O So ccoo Z Q (� U L' 0O d a Cq U rn 3 cn `� U — CD < E E E O c- L cu o T O l_ 0)�o HALF -SCALE ON 11X17 0 W U N� rW V! J Z_ RESUB Q C) Aug 05 2024 ZDEPARTMENT J DEVELOPMENT CITY OF EDMONDS SERVICES W D O O Z W O Nt O Nt O�� 0) W t9 \ O 0- 0 O O Z Of a Z a W Lii a L.L Q Lu � N rn i- 0 W 2 o�<o 0 = J W Z U) N �2io Z 0 V Z x w c) tiw� 0 Z REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A 07/14/23 CITY A 11/28/23 CLIENT A A A 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A71 JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET 2018 WSEC ENVELOPE & MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS A701 LIGHTING COMPLIANCE SUMMARY 2018 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including Group R2, R3 & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Administered by: ©2024 NEEA, All rights reserved LTG -SUM PROJECT NOTES PER 2018 WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE NOTES - LIGHTING, MOTOR, AND ELECTRICAL PERMIT CHECKLIST: 9679 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Project & Applicant Information Project Title Glacier Environmental Services Warehouse Building - 2018 WSEC For Building Department Use: I Date' Aug 05, 2024 Project Address 7509 212th Street SW Edmonds, WA 98026 Applicant Name Theresa Greene Applicant Phone 425-830-3245 Applicant Email tg.architect@comcast.net For questions about this report, contact WSEC Commercial Technical Support at 360-539-5300 or via email at com.techsupport@waenergycodes.com General Occupancy All Commercial General Building Use Type Warehouse, General Storage Office, Other Building Cond. Floor Area 4,000 New Building or Project Cond. Floor Area 4,000 Floors Above Grade 1 General Project Types New Building Addition Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Alteration Lighting Scope Compliance Method General Prescriptive Lighting Scope Lighting Project Description New 1-Story Warehouse Building Lighting Compliance Project Type Interior / Exterior (Interior includes both interior Luminaire Replacement Scope Compliance Method LPA Calculation Adjustment J Compliance Verification Scope & parking) New Building Interior Lighting Space by space No Calculation Adjustments selected COMPLIES and Method New Building Exterior Lighting Not applicable to exterior COMPLIES Project Title Glacier Environmental Services Warehouse Building - 2018 WSEC Date Aug 05,20247M Lighting Power Calculation NEW BUILDING - INTERIOR LIGHTING Compliance Verification COMPLIES Compliance Method Space by space LPA Calculation Adjustment none Interior Lighting Power Allowance - Space by Space General Space Type P YP Specific Space Type P P YP Gross Interior Area SF ( ) LPA Watts/SF ( ) Total Watts Allowed (SF x LPA x 1) Total Proposed Watts (LPD +Display LPD) Compliance Status P Office Open plan 800 0.61 488 Warehouse/storage area Smaller hand -carried items 3,200 0.69 2,208 Proposed Total LPD 1,797 Totals 1 2,696 1,797 COMPLIES Proposed Lighting Power Density Fixture Type Fixture ID Quantity of Fixtures (#F) Watts or Wattage Limit per Fixture (WpF) Total Linear Feet (LF) Watts per Linear Foot (WpLF) Total Watts Proposed (#F x WpF) or (LF x WpLF) Individual Fixtures Troffer 2X4 LED Recessed 6 53 318 Recessed downlight 6" Recessed Can Light 2 17 34 Suspended 4' Suspended Warehouse Lighting 24 50 1,200 Suspended Pendant Fixture 4 50 200 Wall -mounted Restroom Lav Fixture 1 36 36 Wall -mounted Exit Sign w/90 minute Battery Backup 1 1 3 3 Other fixture type Exit Sign w/90 minute Battery Backup 2 3 6 Proposed Total LPD 1,797 Project Title Glacier Environmental Services Warehouse Building - 2018 WSEC Date TAug 05, 2024 Proposed Fixtures Details NEW BUILDING - INTERIOR LIGHTING Fixture Type/Application Fixture ID Location in Documents Lamp Type New or Existing -to -Remain Individual Fixtures Troffer 2X4 LED Recessed A2.2 LED New Fixture Description: 2X4 LED Recessed Troffer Are these fixtures located within a daylight zone?: No Do these fixtures require specific application lighting controls?: None required Recessed downlight 6" Recessed Can Light A2.2 LED New Fixture Description: 6" Recessed Can Light Are these fixtures located within a daylight zone?: No Do these fixtures require specific application lighting controls?: None required Suspended 4' Suspended Warehouse Lighting I A2.2 LED New Fixture Description: 4' Suspended Warehouse Lighting Are these fixtures located within a daylight zone?: No Do these fixtures require specific application lighting controls?: None required Suspended Pendant Fixture A2.2 LED New Fixture Description: Are these fixtures located within a daylight zone?: Yes, controls provided Daylight zone location(s): Sidelit daylight zones (primary and/or secondary) Dimming method: Continuous dimming Do these fixtures require specific application lighting controls?: None required Wall -mounted Restroom Lav Fixture A2.2 LED New Fixture Description: Restroom Lav fixture Are these fixtures located within a daylight zone?: No Do these fixtures require specific application lighting controls?: None required Wall -mounted Exit Sign w/90 minute Battery Backup A2.2 LED New Fixture Description: Exit Light Are these fixtures located within a daylight zone?: No Do these fixtures require specific application lighting controls?: None required Other fixture type Exit Sign w/90 minute Battery Backup A2.2 LED New Fixture Description: Exit Light Are these fixtures located within a daylight zone?: No Do these fixtures require specific application lighting controls?: None required Project Title Glacier Environmental Services Warehouse Building - 2018 WSEC VbDate Aug 05, 2024 Lighting Power Calculation NEW BUILDING - EXTERIOR LIGHTING Compliance Verification COMPLIES Exterior Lighting Zone ZONE 3 Base Site Allowance 500 Exterior Tradable Lighting Power Allowance Surface LPA Linear LPA Total Watts Allowed Total Exterior Surface Surface Sub -Type Area (SF) (Watts/SF) Feet (LF) (Watts/LF) (LPA x SF) or Proposed Watts Compliance Status (LPA x LF) Building grounds Landscaping 800 0.04 32 Building grounds I Walkways < 10 feet wide 160 1 0.60 96 Base Site Allowance 500 Totals 628 330 1 COMPLIES Proposed Tradable Lighting Power Density Watts or Total Watts Fixture Type Fixture ID Exterior Surface Type Quantity of Wattage Limit Total Linear Watts per Linear Proposed Fixtures (#F) per Fixture Feet (LF) Foot (WpLF) (#F x WpF) or (WpF) (LF x WpLF) Individual Fixtures Wall -mounted Exterior Wall -Pack Building grounds - Landscaping 1 2 1 30 60 Wall-mountedl Exterior Wall -Pack Building grounds - Walkways < 10 feet wide 9 30 270 Proposed Total LPD 330 1. PER C405.2.2: METHOD OF AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF CONTROL: GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE THE METHOD OF AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF CONTROL DURING UNOCCUPIED PERIODS (OCCUPANCY SENSOR, TIME SWITCH OR DIGITAL TIMER SWITCH) FOR ALL LIGHTING ZONES OR WHICH TIME SWITCH CONTROL EXCEPTION APPLIES 2. PER C405.2.11 C405.2.1.1: OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROLS; GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE THE SPACES SERVED BY OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND WHETHER OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROLS ARE CONFIGURED TO BE MANUAL -ON, AUTOMATIC 50%-ON, OR SERVE A SPACE ELIGIBLE FOR AUTOMATIC 100%-ON PER EXCEPTION. OCCUPANCY SENSORS ARE REQUIRED IN SPACES 300 SQUARE FEET OR LESS THAT ARE ENCLOSED BY FLOOR -TO -CEILING HEIGHT PARTITIONS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: CLASSROOMS/LECTURE/TRAINING ROOMS, CONFERENCE/MEETING/MULTIPURPOSE ROOMS, COPY/PRINT ROOMS, LOUNGES, EMPLOYEE LUNCH AND BREAK ROOMS, PRIVATE OFFICES, RESTROOMS, STORAGE ROOMS, JANITORIAL CLOSETS, LOCKER ROOMS, WAREHOUSE SPACES. 3. PER C405.2.4.21 C405.2.4.3: DAYLIGHT ZONES - SIDELIGHT: SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, SHEET A2.3 FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SIDELIGHT DAYLIGHT ZONE AREAS SERVED BY DAYLIGHT RESPONSIVE CONTROLS, INCLUDING AREAS OF EACH ZONE. REFER TO ENV -SUM NOTE 6 ON SHEET A5.2 REGARDING ADDITIONAL REQ. REGARDING PRESCRIPTIVE MAXIMUM VERTICAL FENESTRATION AREA WITH DAYLIGHT ZONES AND CONTROLS, 4. PER C405.2.4: DAYLIGHT RESPONSIVE CONTROLS; GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE THE LIGHTING LOAD REDUCTION METHOD - CONTINUOUS DIMMING, OR STEPPED DIMMING THAT PROVIDES AT LEAST TWO EVEN STEPS BETWEEN 0%-100% OF RATED POWER. DAYLIGHT SENSING CONTROLS ARE TO BE CONFIGURED TO COMPLETELY SHUT OFF ALL CONTROLLED LIGHTS IN THE LIGHTING ZONE. GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE MANUAL LIGHTING CONTROL AND APPLICABLE AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL 5. PER C405.4.2.2: SPACE -BY -SPACE METHOD: THE REQUIRED WSEC COMPLIANCE FORM HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THIS PERMIT. GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE A TOTAL PROPOSED WATTAGE THAT DOES NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM ALLOWED WATTAGE. 6. PER C405.2.7; EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROLS: GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE THE EXTERIOR LIGHTING PLANS AND FIXTURE SCHEDULES THE AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL METHOD, CONTROL SEQUENCE, AND LOCATIONS SERVED. FOR BUILDING FACADE AND LANDSCAPE LIGHTING, INDICATE AUTOMATIC CONTROLS SHUT OFF LIGHTING AS A FUNCTION OF DAWN/DUSK AND FIXED OPENING/CLOSING TIME. FOR ALL OTHER EXTERIOR LIGHTING, INDICATE AUTOMATIC CONTROLS SHUT OFF LIGHTING AS A FUNCTION OF AVAILABLE DAYLIGHTi INCLUDE CONTROL SEQUENCE THAT ALSO REDUCES LIGHTING POWER BY AT LEAST 30% BETWEEN 12AM-6AM, OR FROM 1 HOUR AFTER CLOSING TO 1 HOUR BEFORE OPENING, OR BASED UPON MOTION SENSOR, 7. PER C405.5.1; EXTERIOR BUILDING GROUNDS LIGHTING CONTROLS: FOR BUILDING GROUNDS FIXTURES GREATER THAN 100 WATTS, GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE WHETHER FIXTURES HAVE EFFICACY GREATER THAN 80 LUMENS OR; ARE CONTROLLED BY MOTION SENSOR, OR ARE EXEMPT LIGHTING PER C405.5.2. 8. PER C405.2.5 (LISTED AFTER C405,2.7); AREA CONTROLS - MASTER CONTROL SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT POWER LIMIT: GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE LOCATIONS) OF MASTER CONTROL SWITCHES) INTENDED TO CONTROL MULTIPLE INDEPENDENT SWITCHES; CIRCUIT BREAKER MAY NOT BE USED AS A MASTER CONTROL SWITCH. VERIFY THAT NO 20 AMP CIRCUIT CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE SWITCH OR AUTOMATIC CONTROL IS LOADED BEYOND 80N. 9. PER C405.5.2: TOTAL CONNECTED EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER: GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INCLUDE ALL LUMINAIRES IN LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE; INDICATE FIXTURE TYPES, LAMPS, BALLASTS, AND MANUFACTURER'S RATED WATTS PER FIXTURE AND COORDINATE WITH THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, SHEET A2.3. IF APPLICABLE, IDENTIFY EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS ELIGIBLE FOR LIGHTING POWER EXEMPTION ON PLANS AND IN COMPLIANCE FORMSi INDICATE EXCEPTION APPLIEDI INDICATE THAT EXEMPT EXTERIOR LIGHTING IS CONTROLLED INDEPENDENTLY FROM NON-EXEMPT EXTERIOR LIGHTINGI INCLUDE EXCEPTION CLAIMED FOR EACH FIXTURE OR GROUP OF FIXTURES UNDER EXCEPTION CATEGORY. 10. PER TABLE C405.5.2(1): EXTERIOR LIGHTING ZONE: GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE BUILDING EXTERIOR LIGHTING ZONE. 11. PER C405.5.1; EXTERIOR BUILDING GROUNDS LIGHTING: FOR BUILDING GROUNDS FIXTURES RATED AT GREATER THAN 100 WATTS THAT ARE COMPLYING BASED ON EFFICACY, GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE RATED LAMP EFFICACY (IN LUMENS PER WATT) IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 12. PER C405.5.2: EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER CALCULATIONS; THE REQUIRED LTG -SUM COMPLIANCE FORM HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THIS PERMIT. GC TO VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL PERMIT PLANS INDICATE PROPOSED WATTAGE FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING PLUS BASE SITE ALLOWED DOES NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM ALLOWED. 13. PER C103.6.3: PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED INCLUDING WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE FORMS AND CALCULATIONS THAT DOCUMENT ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING AREA AND / OR SURFACE TYPES, LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES AND INSTALLED DENSITIES. THERESA K.GREENE STATE OF WASHINGTON E} > O M CO c J N �rnI— C00 ;)I QE W L � -::1-;, o ti < U i0 W � � to C00 T! c LL E U �' — �_ � Cn > M N o 3 a - 60 N E5 O m M Z < _ _N (� E o a Y LoiD U m 3 / ^ C a Q E 0 O cu o a HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 V W U N� L.L ��W VJ J Z_ RESUB Q C) Aug 05 2024 ZDEPARTMENT J DEVELOPMENT CITY OF EDMONDS SERVICES W M I.J.J o O Z W 0 O v! rn W O t9 — \ / O a � o o z W a Mw I..L Cfl N rn H 0 W o�<o U = U;L in 1:U 2 Q JWu)m2o Z N Z 0 V Z x W tnLUZ ti W (n REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 07/14/23 CITY 11/28/23 CLIENT A A A A ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: 11/10/22 PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: AS NOTED PLOT DATE: 08/05/24 CAD FILE: 21-28A72 JOB NUMBER: 21-28 CHECKED: TKG DRAWN: TKG STATUS: PERMIT SET 2018 WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE SUMMARY FORM A702 General Structural Notes CRITERIA 1. ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2021 EDITION). 2. DESIGN LOADING CRITERIA: STORAGE WAREHOUSES HEAVY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 PSF 3. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE THE PRIME CONTRACT DRAWINGS. ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND AMONG THE DRAWINGS, THE SPECIFICATION, THESE GENERAL NOTES AND THE SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT, WHO SHALL CORRECT SUCH DISCREPANCY IN WRITING. ANY WORK DONE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFTER DISCOVERY OF SUCH DISCREPANCY SHALL BE DONE AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RISK. 4. PRIMARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS NOT DIMENSIONED ON THE STRUCTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS SHALL BE LOCATED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS. VERTICAL DIMENSION CONTROL IS DEFINED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL WALL SECTIONS, BUILDING SECTION, AND PLANS. DETAILING AND SHOP DRAWING PRODUCTION FOR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WILL REQUIRE DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN BOTH ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE CONTRACTORS WORK. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER HAS NO OVERALL SUPERVISORY AUTHORITY OR ACTUAL AND/OR DIRECT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SPECIFIC WORKING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE AND/OR FOR ANY HAZARDS RESULTING FROM THE ACTIONS OF ANY TRADE CONTRACTOR. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER HAS NO DUTY TO INSPECT, SUPERVISE, NOTE, CORRECT, OR REPORT ANY HEALTH OR SAFETY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER, CONTRACTORS, OR OTHER ENTITIES OR PERSONS AT THE PROJECT SITE. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS. CONFORM TO ASCE 37-14 "DESIGN LOADS ON STRUCTURES DURING CONSTRUCTION". 7. CONTRACTOR -INITIATED CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION. CHANGES SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS ONLY WILL NOT SATISFY THIS REQUIREMENT. 8. DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN, SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED, SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. ALL TYPICAL NOTES AND DETAILS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL APPLY, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TYPICAL DETAILS MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE INDICATED ON THE PLANS BUT SHALL STILL APPLY AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED IN THE DETAILS. WHERE TYPICAL DETAILS ARE NOTED ON THE PLANS, THE SPECIFIED TYPICAL DETAIL SHALL BE USED. WHERE NO TYPICAL DETAIL IS NOTED, IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHOOSE THE APPROPRIATE TYPICAL DETAIL FROM THOSE PROVIDED OR REQUEST ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL PROPOSED ALTERNATE TYPICAL DETAILS TO THOSE PROVIDED WITH RELATED CALCULATIONS TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO SHOP DRAWING PRODUCTION AND FIELD USE. 9. ALL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS, WHICH ARE TO BE COMPOSED OF COMPONENTS TO BE FIELD ERECTED, SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY THE SUPPLIER DURING MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE AND ERECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS PREPARED BY THE SUPPLIER. 10. SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THESE ITEMS. REINFORCING STEEL (FOR BOTH CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION) PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS DESIGN BUILD ELEMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT WALL ELEVATION DRAWINGS OF AT LEAST 1/8" = 1'-0" SCALE INDICATING LOCATIONS OF CONNECTION EMBEDMENT'S AND WALL OPENINGS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WALL ELEVATION DRAWINGS WITH REINFORCEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS. APPROVED SETS OF ALL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL ALSO BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 11. SHOP DRAWING REVIEW: DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE NOT REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, THEREFORE MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO REVIEW BY ENGINEER OF RECORD. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND OPERATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION, AND ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS INCIDENTAL THERETO. SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE A REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE COPY; REPRODUCIBLE WILL BE MARKED AND RETURNED WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF RECEIPT WITH A NOTATION INDICATING THAT THE SUBMITTAL HAS BEEN FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING. THE SUBMITTED ITEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THEY HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS. THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT, BY INDICATING WHICH MATERIAL IS INTENDED TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AND BY DETAILING THE INTENDED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS. IF DEVIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES, OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE DISCOVERED EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS 12. SHOP DRAWINGS OF DESIGN BUILD COMPONENTS INCLUDING PRE-ENGINEERED SYSTEMS SHALL BE STAMPED AND SIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE COMPONENT DESIGNER PRIOR TO REVIEW OF THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING. THE COMPONENT DESIGNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CODE CONFORMANCE AND ALL NECESSARY CONNECTIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT ON ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE MAGNITUDE AND DIRECTION OF ALL LOADS IMPOSED ON BASIC STRUCTURE. DESIGN CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SHOP DRAWINGS. 13. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS OF DEFERRED SUBMITTAL COMPONENTS SHALL BE STAMPED AND SIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE COMPONENT DESIGNER PRIOR TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE. ALL NECESSARY CONNECTIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT ON THE ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCLUDED. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE THE MAGNITUDE AND DIRECTION OF ALL LOADS IMPOSED ON THE BASIC STRUCTURE. DESIGN CALCULATIONS SHALL ACCOMPANY ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS. THE ARCHITECT OR CONTRACTOR SHALL FORWARD DEFERRED SUBMITTALS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL WHERE REQUIRED. DEFERRED SUBMITTAL BUILDING COMPONENTS FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE: ANCHORAGE OF NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. QUALITY ASSURANCE 14. SPECIAL INSPECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND SECTIONS 110 AND 1705 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY DESIGNATED BY THE ARCHITECT, AND RETAINED BY THE BUILDING OWNER. THE ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH COPIES OF ALL INSPECTION AND TEST RESULTS. SPECIAL INSPECTION OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION IS REQUIRED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SOIL CONDITIONS, FILL PLACEMENT, AND DENSITY EXPANSION BOLTS AND THREADED EXPANSION INSERTS EPDXY GROUTED INSTALLATIONS PER TABLE 1705.3 PER TMS 402-16 TABLE 3.1 & PER TMS 602-16 TABLE 3 & 4 PER TABLE 1705.6 PER MANUFACTURER PER MANUFACTURER PERIODIC INSPECTION: INSPECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED AT INTERVALS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM THAT WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. CONTINUOUS INSPECTION: INSPECTOR SHALL BE ONSITE AND OBSERVE THE WORK REQUIRING INSPECTION AT ALL TIMES THAT WORK IS PERFORMED. GEOTECHNICAL 15. FOUNDATION NOTES: SUBGRADE PREPARATION INCLUDING DRAINAGE, EXCAVATION, COMPACTION, AND FILLING REQUIREMENTS, SHALL CONFORM STRICTLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS GIVEN IN THE SOILS REPORT OR AS DIRECTED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER. FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON SOLID UNDISTURBED EARTH OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL AT LEAST 18" BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE. FOOTING DEPTHS/ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS (OR IN DETAILS) ARE MINIMUM AND FOR GUIDANCE ONLY; THE ACTUAL ELEVATIONS OF FOOTINGS MUST BE ESTABLISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE FIELD WORKING WITH THE TESTING LAB AND SOILS ENGINEER. BACKFILL BEHIND ALL RETAINING WALLS WITH FREE DRAINING GRANULAR FILL AND PROVIDE FOR SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE AS NOTED IN THE SOILS REPORT. ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE (NATIVE SOILS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3500 PSF LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE (RESTRAINED/UNRESTRAINED). . . . . . . 55 PCF/35 PCF ALLOWABLE PASSIVE EARTH PRESSURE (FS OF 1.5 INCLUDED). . . . . . 300 PCF COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (FS OF 1.5 INCLUDED). . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 SEISMIC SURCHARGE PRESSURE (UNIFORM LOAD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7H PSF SOILS REPORT REFERENCE: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING INVESTIGATION, PROPOSED GALCIER OFFICES AND WAREHOUSE, PREPARED BY KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES DATED FEBRUARY 4, 2022. CONCRETE 16. CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED, PROPORTIONED, CONVEYED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301. STRENGTHS AT 28 DAYS AND MIX CRITERIA SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: MEMBER TYPE/CONSTRUCTION STRENGTH TEST MAX MAX AIR F' C AGE AGG W/C CONT. -PSI- -DAYS- -INCH- RATIO SLABS ON GRADE 3000 28 1 .45 5 ALL STRUCTURAL CONCRETE, UNO 3000 28 1 .50 -- MIX DESIGN NOTES: A. W/C RATIO: WATER-CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL RATIOS SHALL BE BASED ON THE TOTAL WEIGHT OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. RATIOS NOT NOTED IN TABLE ABOVE ARE CONTROLLED BY STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS. B. CEMENTITIOUS CONTENT: THE USE OF FLY ASH, OTHER POZZOLANS, SILICA FUME, OR SLAG SHALL CONFORM TO AC I 301 SEC 4. 2. 2. 1. CEMENT CONTENT IS CONTINGENT ON PROVIDING SUPPORTING DATA TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE. C. AIR CONTENT SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SEC 4. 2. 2. 4. HORIZONTAL EXTERIOR SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH THE SOIL REQUIRE ENTRAINED AIR. USE "MODERATE EXPOSURE". VERTICAL EXTERIOR SURFACES REQUIRE "MODERATE EXPOSURE". TOLERANCE IS +/- 1.5 PERCENT. AIR CONTENT SHALL BE MEASURED AT POINT OF PLACEMENT. D. SLUMP SHALL CONFORM TO AC I 301 SEC 4. 2.2. 1. SLUMP SHALL BE DETERM I NED AT THE POINT OF PLACEMENT. E. CHLOR I DE CONTENT SHALL CONFORM TO AC I 301 SEC 4. 2. 2. 6( e) AND TABLE 4. 2.2. 6(e) . 17. A CONCRETE PERFORMANCE MIX SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING ANY CONCRETE. THE PERFORMANCE MIX SHALL INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS OF CEMENT, FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE, WATER AND ADMIXTURES AS WELL AS THE WATER CEMENT RATIO, SLUMP, CONCRETE YIELD AND SUBSTANTIATING STRENGTH DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-14, SECTIONS 26. 4. 3 AND 26. 4. 4. THE USE OF A PERFORMANCE MIX REQUIRES BATCH PLANT INSPECTION, THE COST OF WHICH SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REVIEW OF MIX SUBMITTALS BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD INDICATES ONLY THAT INFORMATION PRESENTED CONFORMS GENERALLY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER MAINTAINS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE. 18. ALL CONCRETE WITH SURFACES EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR STANDING WATER SHALL BE AIR -ENTRAINED WITH AN AIR -ENTRAINING AGENT CONFORMING TO ASTM C260, C494, AND C618. TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR FROST -RESISTANT CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-14, TABLE 19.3.2.1 MODERATE EXPOSURE, F1. 19. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 (INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT S1), GRADE 60, FY = 60,000 PSI. EXCEPTIONS: ANY BARS SPECIFICALLY SO NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE GRADE 40, FY = 40,000 PSI. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-185. SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE DEFORMED WIRE CONFORMING TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60, FY = 60,000 PSI. 20. DETAILING OF REINFORCING STEEL (INCLUDING HOOKS AND BENDS) SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315R-18 AND 318-14. LAP ALL REINFORCEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE REINFORCING SPLICE AND DEVELOPMENT LENGTH SCHEDULE." PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL AND FOOTING INTERSECTIONS. NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SO DETAILED OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 21. CONCRETE PROTECTION (COVER) FOR REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: FOOTINGS AND OTHER UNFORMED SURFACES CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . �, 3 FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER (#6 BARS OR LARGER) . . . . 2" FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER (#5 BARS OR SMALLER). . 1-1/2" SLABS & WALLS (INT. FACE). . . . GREATER OF BAR DIAMETER PLUS 1/8" OR 3/4" -IN-PLACE CONCRETE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND 22. CAST DIMENSIONS OF DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS IN ALL CONCRETE WALLS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL OPENINGS THROUGH CONCRETE WALLS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL GROOVES, NOTCHES, CHAMFERS, FEATURE STRIPS, COLOR, TEXTURE, AND OTHER FINISH DETAILS AT ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES, BOTH CAST -IN -PLACE AND PRECAST. 23. NON -SHRINK GROUT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY AN APPROVED MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE MIXED AND PLACED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS. GROUT STRENGTH SHALL BE AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE MATERIAL ON WHICH IT IS PLACED (3000 PSI MINIMUM). ANCHORAGE 24.CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE "TITEN HD" SCREW ANCHOR AS MANUFACTURED BY THE SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY, INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ES REPORT NO. ESR-2713 (CONCRETE), NO. ESR-1056 (CMU), INCLUDING MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIREMENTS. SCREW ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE INTO FULLY GROUTED CELLS. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. 25.EXPANSION BOLTS INTO CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE "KWIK BOLT TZ2" AS MANUFACTURED BY THE HILTI CORP. IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ES REPORT NO. ESR-4266 FOR CONCRETE, AND ESR-4561 FOR MASONRY, INCLUDING MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIREMENTS. BOLTS INTO CONCRETE MASONRY OR BRICK MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE INTO FULLY GROUTED CELLS. SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WITH ICC REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED TO VERIFY ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR DIMENSIONS, ANCHOR LOCATION, TIGHTENING TORQUE, HOLE DIMENSIONS, ANCHOR EMBEDMENT, AND ADHERENCE TO THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 26. EPDXY -GROUTED ITEMS (THREADED RODS OR REINFORCING BAR) INTO CONCRETE AND MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING "HIT-HY 200 V3" AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI CORP. IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ES REPORT NO. ESR-4868 FOR CONCRETE, AND ESR-4878 FOR MASONRY. BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE SHALL BE BETWEEN 14 DEGREES AND 104 DEGREES, F. RODS SHALL BE ASTM A-36 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION OF INSTALLATION IS REQUIRED TO VERIFY ANCHOR OR EMBEDDED BAR TYPE AND DIMENSIONS, LOCATION, ADHESIVE IDENTIFICATION AND EXPIRATION, HOLE DIMENSIONS, HOLE CLEANING PROCEDURE, ANCHOR EMBEDMENT, AND ADHERENCE TO THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. OVERHEAD INSTALLATIONS REQUIRE THE USE OF PISTON PLUGS (HIT-SZ,-IP) DURING INJECTION. OVERHEAD ANCHORS OR BARS MUST BE SUPPORTED WITH HIT-OWH, OR EQUIVALENT, UNTIL FULLY CURED. CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR HORIZONTAL AND OVERHEAD INSTALLATIONS. ANCHORAGE INTO CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE INTO FULLY GROUTED CELLS. SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WITH ICC REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. MASONRY 27.CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GRADE N, MEDIUM WEIGHT UNITS, CONFORMING TO ASTM C90, LAID IN A RUNNING BOND. MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE "S" CONFORMING TO ASTM C270. GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476 AND ATTAIN A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF fLm, WITH A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,000 PSI, AT 28 DAYS. DESIGN f Zm = 2000 PSI. STRENGTH SHALL BE VERIFIED BY EITHER THE UNIT STRENGTH METHOD OR PRISM TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH TMS 602-2016 SECTION 1.4. WHEN VERIFIED BY THE UNIT STRENGTH METHOD, MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE CHOSEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH TMS 602-2016, TABLE 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REINFORCEMENT: 8" WALLS #5 @ 48" 0. C. VERT. ( 2) #4 @ 48" 0. C. HOR I Z. 10" WALLS #5 @ 40" 0. C. VERT. (2) #5 @ 48" 0. C. HOR I Z. 12" WALLS #5 @ 32" 0. C. VERT. (2) #5 @ 40" 0. C. HOR I Z. IN ADDITION, PROVIDE (1) #5 VERT. AT EACH SIDE OF OPENINGS, AT WALL CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS AND AT FREE ENDS OF WALLS AND (2) #4 HORIZ. AT ELEVATED FLOOR AND ROOF LEVELS, AT TOPS OF WALLS AND ABOVE AND BELOW ALL OPENINGS. ALL HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN BOND BEAMS. EXTEND REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS 2'-0" BEYOND FACE OF OPENING. IF 2'-0" IS UNAVAILABLE EXTEND AS FAR AS POSSIBLE AND HOOK. PROVIDE CORNER BARS TO LAP HORIZONTAL REINFORCING AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS. LAP ALL REINFORCING STEEL 48 BAR DIAMETERS OR 24" MINIMUM. FILL ALL CELLS CONTAINING REINFORCEMENT OR EMBEDDED ITEMS AND ALL CELLS BELOW GRADE WITH GROUT. PROVIDE CLEANOUT HOLES AT BOTTOM OF ALL CELLS CONTAINING REINFORCEMENT FOR ALL GROUT POURS OVER 5 FEET IN HEIGHT. UNITS MAY BE LAID TO THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE GROUT POUR AND GROUT SHALL BE PLACED IN A CONTINUOUS POUR IN GROUT LIFTS NOT EXCEEDING 5 FEET. ALL PREPARATION A AND PLACING OF MASONRY SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 2104 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND TMS 602-2016. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 (INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT S1), GRADE 60, FY = 60,000 PSI. EXCEPTIONS: ANY BARS SPECIFICALLY SO NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE GRADE 40, FY = 40,000 PSI. .L 4EN INEE21INGG 2124 Third Avenue - Suite ioo - Seattle, WA 98121 p:2o6.443.6212 ssfengineers.com 934 Broadway - Tacoma, WA 98402 P:253•z84.9470 ssfengineers.com Copyright 2022 Swenson Say Faget - All Rights Reserved PERMIT SET HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 v! W U > 0. �IJJ v� J RESUB Q Aug 05 2024 Z CITY OF E DEVELOPMENTT SERVICES DEPARTMENT W Z O o Zo C:)U O 0 rn - w D_ `0 o Z p� a_z o W rr� vJ Q Q 0. Z5 Lu �j 00 } j O Wrn UoU)�o U Q U z 2 U z 0 W co M2o rJ V z X w LO ti in w cn REVISIONS NO. DATE BY ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: PLOT DATE: 07/19/24 CAD FILE: JOB NUMBER: 10846-2022-01 CHECKED:BPR DRAWN: CFG STATUS: General Structural Notes S1.1 4EN .L INEEMNG 2124 Third Avenue - Suite ioo - Seattle, WA 98121 p:2o6.443.6212 ssfengineers.com 934 Broadway - Tacoma, WA 98402 P:253•z84.9470 ssfengineers.com Copyright 2022 Swenson Say Faget - All Rights Reserved PERMIT SET HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 v! W U ry W J RESUB Q Aug 05 2024 Z CITY OF E DEVELOPMENTT SERVICES DEPARTMENT WZ O ZO o O O U 0 — > Lu a_ L0 o Z 0-1 a_ z W U)Q Q ZC) Lu � co } Z) 0 UoU)3o UU Q z 2 �zo U co J W FNo Cn o2O ZLULOoz wtiwU) REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A A A A ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: PLOT DATE: 07/19/24 CAD FILE: 1/4"= 1'-0" U.N.O. JOB NUMBER: 10846-2022-01 CHECKED:BPR DRAWN: CFG STATUS: Foundation Plan S2,01 CORNER BARS TO MATCH EXTERIOR HORIZ. REINF. CORNER BARS TO MATCH CROSS WALL HORIZ. REINF. ADDITIONAL VERT. BARS TYP BAF CRC Double Curtain WALL ABOVE BY OTHERS 8" FULLY GROUTED CMU - W/ #5 @ 16"oc VERT. & (2)#4 HORIZ. @ 24"oc DOWELS TO MATCH CMU VERT. REINF. (alt. hooks) ADDITIONAL REINF. PER PLAN CONT. REINF. TOP & BOT. PER PLAN, TYP. EXTEND CONT. REINF. IN BEYOND INTO FTG. S-0" TYP. TRANSVERSE REINF. TOP & BOT. PER PLAN, TYP. •I• 3" dr. CORNER S: 24 SS WALL 5 col. & ftg. CORNER BARS TO MATCH HORIZ. RE Single Curtain r r ""'ER BARS TO H CROSS WALL ?. REINF. hooks) CORNER �F S WALL Typical Corner Bars at Stem Walls and Footings 2 yp g vwnvniiviv 11Vi ALLOWED BELOW THIS LINE Pipe and Trench Locations 6 GROUT BOLT HOLES, FIELD WELD R WASHER TO B.P. COLUMN, BASE PLATE & ANCHOR BOLT SPECS BY OTHERS, ORIENTATION VARIES SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN HAIRPINS PER PLAN AROUND ANCHOR BOLT GROUP L1 #4 x _F @ 12"oc o A.B. EMBED \/\\� — 1'— 3" TYP. ;T• ;; — 1 —8 @ WIND BENT & X—BRACE COLS. \el, \//\//\//\// HEAVY HEX NUT TACK WELDED TO END OF A.B. TYP. PROVIDE, R 5/8"x3"x3" WASHER W/ DOUBLE per plan HEX NUT @ WIND BENT & X—BRACE A.B. � O Typical Column Footing SEE PLAN FOR SLA THICKNESS AND REINFORCING (typ. PLACE REINF. WITF TOP 2" OF SLAB TERMINATE EVERY OTHER BAR AT JOI PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER AND COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL PER PLAN WALL ABOVE BY OTHERS 8" FULL #5 @ 1( #4 HOR DOWELS VERT. R #4@1, E #5 @ 1, Control Joint CAIA1 ri IT CONTROL JOINT. FILL / SEMI —RIGID EPDXY UREA W/ MIN. SHORE IFS. - Rn SEE PLAN FOR SLAT THICKNESS AND REINFORCING (typ., 0 0 FOR D GREATER THAN 4" IN THICKNESS, PLACE REINFORCING WITHIN TOP 2" OF SLAB PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS IN SLABS ON GRADE TO BREAK UP SLAB INTO RECTANGULAR AREAS OF 250 SQUARE FEET OR LESS. AREAS TO BE APPROX. SQUARE AND HAVE NO ACUTE ANGLES. JOINT LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN 21 #4 x _F @ 18"oc E 0 (3)#5 CONT. Typical Partial Height CMU Wall Foundation 7 WALL ABOVE BY OTHERS (where nnni irci #5 CON SLOPE OVERHE PREFAB c E i 24 #4 x _F @ 18"oc SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN E E 0 (2)#5 CONT. Typical Turned -Down Slab Edge O SECOND POUR FIRST POUR Construction Joint —>> "" @ 12"oc GREASED DOWEL, CENTERED RUCTION JOINT rLhJllU VAPOR BARRIER AND COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL PER PLAN Typical Slab Joints Reinforcing Splice and Development Length Schedule For f'c = 4000 psi, Grade 60 Reinforcing Minimum Straight Development Length (ed) Bar Size Top Bars Other Bars #3 19" 15" #4 25" 19» #5 31" 24" #6 37" 29" #7 54" 42» #8 62" 48» #9 70" 54» #10 79" 6111 #11 87" 67" Minimum Lap Splice Lengths (es) Bar Size Top Bars Other Bars 19» #3 24" #4 32" 25" #5 40" 31" #6 48" 37» #7 70" 54» #8 81» 62» #9 91» 70» #10 102" 79" 87" #11 113" TOP BARS ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12" DEPTH OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM. IF CLEAR CONCRETE COVER IS NOT GREATER THAN THE DIAMETER OF THE BAR, OR THE CENTER TO CENTER SPACING IS NOT GREATER THAN 3 BAR DIAMETERS, THEN LENGTHS SHALL BE INCREASED BY 50% I& Minimum Embedment Lengths (edh) For Standard End Hooks 12db Bar Size Length #3 6» #4 7» #5 9" #6 10" #7 12" #8 14" #9 15" #10 17" #11 19" gj 1. SIDE COVER MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 21/2" 2. END COVER FOR 90° HOOKS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 2" Reinforcing Splice Length & Development Length (4000psi) 12 L ENINEEMNG 2124 Third Avenue - Suite too - Seattle, WA 98121 P:2o6.443.6212 ssfengineers.com 934 Broadway - Tacoma, WA 98402 P:253•z84.9470 ssfengineers.com Copyright 2022 Swenson Say Faget - All Rights Reserved PERMIT SET HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 U) W U_ > W VJ J Q RESUB Aug 05 2024 Z CITY OF E DEVELOPMENTT SERVICES DEPARTMENT WZ O o Z Co o CDnN O U � CD CD CD o > w a co LID Zia po a WU)Q Q ZCO 2 ��0 N } 0 WUo��� U Q z N �� Z J LIJ F__ N oo O 2 O = O cDZW`�' r` Wz 0 REVISIONS NO. DATE BY 0 0 0 0 ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: PLOT DATE: 07/19/24 CAD FILE: JOB NUMBER: 10846-2022-01 CHECKED:BPR DRAWN: CFG STATUS: Concrete Details S4,01 WF BEAM BY — 11„ GYP. OVER WALL PER PLAN OTHERS 2 typ. 2x6 @ 16"oc DBL. TOP PLATE 2x NAILER W/ (2) ROWS TBP1460 MTL SDPW19600 SCREWS @32"oc 2x6 LEDGER W/ (3)16d " DEFLECTOR STAGGERED TO EA. STUD (16oc max.) SCREW @ 16"oc WALL PER PLAN ACT CEILING BELOW PER ARCH. To Plate to WF Beam 3 Ledger to Full Height Wall p 9 9 2x6 @ 16"oc 2x RIM GYP. SCREWS PER PLAN ACT CEILING BELOW GYP. OVER WALL PER PLAN [_/PER ARCH. 5 6 7 CeilingJoists to Partial Height Wall 9 GYP. WALL PER PLAN P.T. 2x PLATE W/ PER GYP. SCREWS PER PLAN 5/8"x6" TITEN HD ANCHORS 48"oc SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN _L ° v a 4 9 10 Interior Wall w/ Thickened Slab 12 2124 Third Avenue - Suite ioo - Seattle, WA 98121 p:2o6.443.6212 ssfengineers.com 934 Broadway - Tacoma, WA 98402 P:253•z84.9470 ssfengineers.com Copyright 2022 Swenson Say Faget - All Rights Reserved PERMIT SET HALF -SCALE ON 11 X17 v! W U W Cn J RESUB Q Aug 05 2024 Z CITY OF E DEVELOPMENTT SERVICES DEPARTMENT WZ O o Zo o O U 0 QD QD Lu a `0 o / Z 0 a_ o z WUQ Q L.L Zc) W 3j CCD,} 80 j O W UoU)3o U Q�z�zo U 2 U J W FNo (n oo2O Z" wtiwU) �oz REVISIONS NO. DATE BY A A A A ISSUE DATES DESIGN APPROVAL: PERMIT SUBMITTAL: PERMIT RECEIVED: BID DOCS: CONSTR. DOCS: SHEET INFORMATION 22"x34" SCALE: PLOT DATE: 07/19/24 CAD FILE: JOB NUMBER: 10846-2022-01 CHECKED:BPR DRAWN: CFG STATUS: Typical Wood Details S5,al GENERAL NOTES: BUILDING INFORMATION MATFRIAI S STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE ASTM DESCRIPTION A529 A572 A1011 HOT ROLLED MILL SHAPES A36 A529 A500 HHS ROUND A500 HHS RECTANGULAR A500 COLD FORM SHAPES A653 / A1011 ROOF AND WALL SHEETING A653 / A792 BOLTS A307 / A325 / A490 CABLE A475 RODS A529 / A572 91611:i1lNL1J:7_1111111=31s10:;•ZN)1:9 SHOP COAT PRIMER IS INTENDED TO PROTECT THE STEEL FRAMING FOR A SHORT PERIOD OF TIME. STORAGE IN EXTREME COLD TEMPERATURES OR WINTER SNOW CONDITIONS, INCLUDING TRANSPORTATION ON SALTED OR CHEMICALLY TREATED ROADS WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT THE DURABILITY AND LONGEVITY OF THE PRIMER. THE COAT OF SHOP PRIMER DOES NOT PROVIDE THE UNIFORMITY OF APPEARANCE, OR THE DURABILITY AND CORROSION RESISTANCE OF A FIELD APPLIED FINISH COAT OF PAINT OVER A SHOP PRIMER. MINOR ABRASIONS TO THE SHOP COAT PRIMER CAUSED BY HANDLING, LOADING, SHIPPING, UNLOADING AND ERECTION ARE UNAVOIDABLE AND ARE NOT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER. METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DETERIORATION OF THE PRIMER OR CORROSION THAT MAY RESULT FROM ATMOSPHERIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS NOR THE COMPATIBILITY OF THE PRIMER TO ANY FIELD APPLIED COATING. 3. BUILDING ERECTION NOTES: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR ERECTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO SAFELY AND PROPERLY ERECT THE METAL BUILDING SYSTEM IN CONFORMANCE WITH THESE DRAWINGS, OSHA REQUIREMENTS, AND EITHER MBMA OR CSA S16 STANDARDS PERTAINING TO PROPER ERECTION. TEMPORARY SUPPORTS SUCH AS GUYS, BRACES, FALSEWORK, CRIBBING OR OTHER ELEMENTS FOR ERECTION ARE TO BE DETERMINED, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ERECTOR. THESE SUPPORTS MUST SECURE THE STEEL FRAMING, OR PARTLY ASSEMBLED STEEL FRAMING, AGAINST LOADS COMPARABLE IN INTENSITY TO THOSE FOR WHICH THE STRUCTURE WAS DESIGNED IN ADDITION TO LOADS RESULTING FROM THE ERECTION OPERATION. SECONDARY WALL AND ROOF FRAMING PURLINS, GIRTS AND/OR JOIST) ARE NOT DESIGNED TO FUNCTION AS A WORKING PLATFORM OR TO PROVIDE AS AN ANCHORAGE POINT FOR A FALL ARREST /SAFETY TIE OFF. 4. SPECIAL INSPECTION: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY GOVERNMENTAL OR OTHER AUTHORITY DURING CONSTRUCTION AND/OR STEEL FABRICATION (COLLECTIVELY, INSPECTIONS ARE NOT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PEMB MANUFACTURER, AND TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER AND/OR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTITIVE. IN THE EVENT INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED, THE OWNER AND/OR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTITIVE SHALL EMPLOY A THIRD PARTY QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AGENCY APPROVED BY THE RELEVANT AUTHORITY. IF SUCH REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE PEMB MANUFACTURER'S SALES DOCUMENTS, NO INSPECTIONS BY THE PEMB MANUFACTURER OR AT THE PEMB MANUFACTURER'S FACILITY SHALL BE MADE. THE PEMB MANUFACTURER'S FACILITIES ARE ACCREDITED BY AS AC472. 5. A325 & A490 BOLT TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ERECTOR TO ENSURE PROPER BOLT TIGHTNESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. FOR PROJECTS IN THE UNITED STATES, SEE THE RCSC SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING A325 OR A490 BOLTS OR FOR PROJECTS IN CANADA, SEE THE CAN/CSA S16 LIMIT STATES DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES FOR MORE INFORMATION. THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA MAY BE USED TO DETERMINE THE BOLT TIGHTNESS (I.E., SNUG -TIGHT" OR "FULLY-PRETENSIONED'), UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY LOCAL JURISDICTION OR CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS: A ALL A490 BOLTS SHALL BE "FULLY-PRETENSIONED". B ALL A325 BOLTS IN PRIMARY FRAMING (RIGID FRAMES AND BRACING) MAY BE "SNUG -TIGHT", EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS: FULLY -PRETENSION" A325 BOLTS IF: a) BUILDING SUPPORTS A CRANE SYSTEM WITH A CAPACITY GREATER THAN 5 TONS. b) BUILDING SUPPORTS MACHINERY THAT CREATES VIBRATION, IMPACT, OR STRESS -REVERSALS ON THE CONNECTIONS. THE ENGINEER -OF -RECORD FOR THE PROJECT SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO EVALUATE FOR THIS CONDITION. c) THE PROJECT SITE IS LOCATED IN A HIGH SEISMIC AREA. FOR IBC -BASED CODES, "HIGH SEISMIC AREA" IS DEFINED AS "SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY" OF 'D', 'E', OR 'F'. SEE THE BUILDING LOADS" SECTION ON THIS PAGE FOR THE DEFINED SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY FOR THIS PROJECT. d) ANY CONNECTION DESIGNATED IN THESE DRAWINGS AS "A325-SC". "SUP -CRITICAL (SC)" CONNECTIONS MUST BE FREE OF PAINT, OIL, OR OTHER MATERIALS THAT REDUCE FRICTION AT CONTACT SURFACES. GALVANIZED OR LIGHTLY -RUSTED SURFACES ARE ACCEPTABLE. C IN CANADA, ALL A325 AND A490 BOLTS SHALL BE "FULLY-PRETENSIONED", EXCEPT FOR SECONDARY MEMBERS (PURLINS, GIRTS, OPENING FRAMING, ETC.) AND FLANGE BRACES. SECONDARY MEMBERS PURUNSA GIRTS, OPENING FRAMING, ETC.) AND FLANGE BRACE CONNECTIONS MAY ALWAYS BE SNUG -TIGHT", UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THESE DRAWINGS. 1) ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS AND WELDED PLATE MEMBERS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/AISC 360 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" OR THE CAN CSA S16 "UMIT STATES DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIED BUILDING CODE. 2) ALL WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL IS BASED ON EITHER AWS D1.1 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL" OR CAN/CSA W59 "WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION (METAL ARC WELDING)", AS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIED BUILDING CODE. 3) ALL COLD FORMED MEMBERS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/AISI S100 OR CAN/CSA S136 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS", AS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIED BUILDING CODE. 4) ALL WELDING OF COLD FORMED STEEL IS BASED ON AWS D1.3 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - SHEET STEEL" OR CAN/CSA W59 "WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION (METAL ARC WELDING)% AS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIED BUILDING CODE. 5) ALL NUCOR BUILDING GROUP FACILITIES ARE [AS AC-472 ACCREDITED FOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION OF METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS. FOR PROJECTS IN CANADA, DESIGN AND FABRICATION ARE DONE ONLY IN FACILITIES THAT ARE ALSO CAN/CSA A660 AND W47.1 CERTIFIED. 6) IF JOISTS ARE INCLUDED WITH THIS PROJECT, THEY ARE SUPPLIED AS A PART OF THE SYSTEMS ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING AND ARE FABRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1926.758 OF THE OSHA SAFETY STANDARDS FOR STEEL ERECTION, DATED JANUARY 18, 2001. 7) COLUMN BASE PLATES ARE DESIGNED NOT TO EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE BEARING STRESS OF CONCRETE THAT HAS A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3000 P.S.I. AT 28 DAYS. PRIMER COLORS PRIMARY PRIMER COLOR: RED SECONDARY PRIMER COLOR: RED ROOF SHEETING TYPE: CFR GAUGE: 24 FINISH: Pearl Gray PVDF CUP TYPE: Tall Fixed THERMAL BLOCKS: Yes EPS FOAM SPACER: No ROOF LINE TRIM, PAINTED: Slate Gray PVDF YES® NO[-] DOWNSPOUTS PAINTED: Pearl Gray PVDF GUTTERS PAINTED: Slate Gray PVDF YES® NO❑ INSULATION 6 INCH (NOT BY MBS) YES[-] NO® PIPE JACKS, SIZE: QUANTITY. YES❑ NO® RIDGE VENTS, 10'-0" LONG X 9" THROAT. QUANTITY-. YES[-] NO® ROOF FRAMED OPENINGS, SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN FOR SIZES YES❑ NO® COMPOSITE CFR DECK, TYPE: GAUGE: FINISH: WALL SHEETING TYPE: RRW GAUGE: 26 FINISH: Pearl Gray PVDF CORNER TRIM, PAINTED: Pearl Gray PVDF BASE TRIM, PAINTED: Pearl Gray PVDF YES❑ NO® WALKDOORS, QUANTITY: PAINTED: YES[-] NO® WINDOWS, QUANTITY: PAINTED: YES® NO❑ INSULATION 6 INCH (NOT BY MBS) WALL FRAMED OPENINGS YES® NO❑ FRAMED OPENING TRIM, PAINTED: Dark Bronze PVDF BUILDING OPTIONS YES® No❑ SAVE EXTENSION PROJ:3'-0" TYPE: RRS GAUGE: 26 0 I0 �, M 1 at BUILDING SYSTEMS M M A DIVISION OF NUCOR CORPORATION 3 o_ MBMA o M E M B E R ACCREDITED" m '5 Metal Building Systms /C 472 t m u BUILDING LOADS DESIGN CODE: IBC 2021 ROOF LIVE LOAD: 20.00 PSF RISK CATEGORY: II FINISH: Slate Gray PVDF SOFFIT TRIM AT BUILDING LINE PAINTED: Slate Gray PVDF LIVE LOAD REDUCIBLE No FOR OCCUPANCY (RISK) CATEGORY I OR II, IBC PROVISIONS INDICATE THAT SINGLE -STORY BUILDINGS SHALL HAVE "NO DRIFT LIMIT" PROVIDED THAT INTERIOR WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, AND EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THE SEISMIC STORY DRIFTS. INTERIOR WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, OR EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEMS NOT PROVIDED BY THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER SHALL BE DESIGNED AND DETAILED BY OTHERS TO ACCOMMODATE THE SEISMIC STORY DRIFTS. SEISMIC DRIFT VALUES MAYBE OBTAINED FROM THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER. THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER'S WALL PANELS ABOVE THE TOP OF THE MASONRY/CONCRETE WALLS MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE WALLS WITH A SPACING AS SHOWN. THE MASONRY/CONCRETE WALLS AS WELL AS THE FASTENERS ATTACHING THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER'S WALL PANELS TO THE MASONRY/CONCRETE WALLS ARE DESIGNED AND PROVIDED BY OTHERS NOT BY THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER). THE MASONRY/CONCRETE WALL IS SELF-SUPPORTING AND MUST BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE LOADS AS SHOWN. WALL PANEL THIS BUILDING SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON UNIFORMLY APPLYING THE Y CONTRACT -SPECIFIED LIVE LOAD AND ROOF SNOW LOAD. IN ADDITION, THE BASE ANGLE SHOWN DESIGN IS BASED ON APPLYING A CODE -DEFINED LIVE LOAD (INCLUDING FOR REFERENCE. APPLICABLE REDUCTIONS) AND A CODE -DEFINED SNOW LOAD (BASED ON ACTUAL MEMBER CONTRACT-SPECI FI ED GROUND SNOW FOR ALL PARTIAL LOADING AND TATTHETO OF THHTYPE WALL MAY VARY. UNBALANCED SNOW LOAD CONDITIONS. 21 ACCESSORIES (DOORS, WINDOWS, ETC.) NOT PROVIDED BY THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER MUST BE DESIGNED AS "COMPONENTS AND CLADDING" IN 60.0 (PLF) ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFIC WIND PROVISIONS OF THE REFERENCED BUILDING CODE DISPLAYED ON THE COVER PAGE OF THIS DRAWING PACKET. PRESSURE OR SUCTION DUE TO WALL PANEL ONLY FRAMED OPENINGS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO SUPPORT WIND LOAD NORMAL TO THE WALL BASED ON THE STANDARD BUILDING CODE CRITERIA. FRAMED OPENINGS HAVE NOT BEEN DESIGNED FOR ANY ADDITIONAL MOMENT OR BASE TRIM No SHOWN CATENARY FORCES FROM THE DOOR. ANY CHANGE TO THE INFORMATION SHOWN HERE WILL REQUIRE AN ENGINEERING INVESTIGATION AND POSSIBLE BUILDING STEEL LINE AND REINFORCEMENT. OUTSIDE FACE of WALL THE WALL SYSTEM BY OTHERS MUST WEIGH NO MORE THAN 5 PSF. MBS ZEE GIRT MBS GIRT CLIP ABOVE WALL) MBS COLUMN SUPPORTED WALL) GROUND SNOW LOAD: 25.0 PSF SNOW EXP. FACTOR, Ce: 1.00 SNOW IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Is: 1.00 RAINFALL INTENSITY (IN/HR): 4.00 WIND: 110 / 85 MPH ult asd C & C PRESSURES (PSF): 26 / -34 EXPOSURE: C UL 90 NO R-PoneRoof-Const. No.161 ; R-Panel Roof w/ Translucent Panel-Const. No.167 CFR Roof-Const. No.552 ; CFR Roof w/ Translucent Panel-Const. No.590 ; Composite CFR Roof-Const. No.552A ; LS9 Roof-Const. No.332 . SEISMIC INFORMATION Ss:1.450 S1:0.530 Design Sds/Sd1: 1.160 / 0.938 Site Class: D Seismic Imp. Factor: 1.00 Seismic Design Category: D Analysis Procedure: Equivalent Lateral Force Method Basic SFRS: Ordinary Steel Moment Frames & Ordinary Steel Conc. - Braced Frames FASTEN AT 3-0" O.C. NOTES: (FASTENERS NOT BY MBS) 1 COLLATERAL DEAD LOADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ARE ASSUMED TO BE UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED. WHEN SUSPENDED SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, LIGHTING, HVAC EQUIPMENT, CEILINGS, ETC., ARE SUSPENDED FROM ROOF MEMBERS, CONSULT THE M.B.S. SELF -SUPPORTED WALL BY IF THESE CONCENTRATED LOADS EXCEED 500 POUNDS (USING THE WEB MOUNT DETAIL) OTHERS OR 200 POUNDS (USING THE FLANGE MOUNT DETAIL), OR IF INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS ARE LOADED SIGNIFICANTLY MORE THAN OTHERS. MBS WALL PANEL LOADS SELF -SUPPORTED WALL BY OTHERS THE PROJECT "ENGINEER OF RECORD" FOR NOT THE METAL BUILDING 3 MANUFACTURER, IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSURING THAT THE ROOFIWALL ERECTOR NOTE: ALTERNATE FASTENERS HAVE BEEN SUBSTITUTED SHEETING NOT PROVIDED BY THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER IS DESIGNED ON THIS BUILDING. WHERE THE DRAWINGS INDICATE AN H1040 2) THE DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING GRAVITY LOADS IS CONTROLLED BY THE MORE CRITICAL EFFECT OF ROOF LIVE LOAD OR ROOF SNOW LOAD, AS DETERMINED BY THE APPLICABLE CODE. 3) Pm IS BASED ON THE MINIMUM ROOF SNOW LOAD CALCULATED PER BUILDING CODE OR THE CONTRACT SPECIFIED SNOW LOAD, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. THIS VALUE, Pm, IS ONLY APPLIED IN COMBINATION WITH THE DEAD AND COLLATERAL LOADS. ROOF SNOW IN OTHER LOADING CONDITIONS IS DETERMINED PER THE SPECIFIED BUILDING CODE � � n n0,4 -'�7 N'W 8�LL�8 lot g >L 0 W U (Y W 0 _J z W 2 z O orf Q >� Z CO IY W R Z W U-1 TO SAFELY WITHSTAND ALL CODE REQUIRED LOADINGS ASSOCIATED WITH THE STRUCTURAL FASTENER, H 1047 (2" WASHERED WALL FASTENERS) W U W W Q PURLIN/GIRT SPACING PROVIDED. ALL TRIM AND FLASHING FOR THE WALLS AND ROOFNOTTHE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER ARE TO BE HAVE BEEN SUPPLIED. WHERE DRAWINGS INDICATE AN H 1030 STRUCTURAL FASTENER, 0 w LUI LU ~ W BY OTHERS. ROOF DEAD (PSF): 4.00 ROOF SNOWPm25.00 a O z (� W w MO H1035 (1 1/2" WASHERED ROOF FASTENERS) HAVE BEEN Z U w m SUPPLIED. PRI. COL (PSF): 5.00 WIND ENCLOSURE: Enclosed */-0.18 w Q 0 0 = Q WHERE THE DRAWINGS INDICATE AN H1060 FASTENER, H1061 SEC. COL (PSF): 5.00 GC is o J W � 06 J m N (WASHERED FASTENERS) HAVE BEEN SUPPLIED. SNOW Ct: 1.10 SEISMIC R: 3.25 a (D " = o = THE DRAWINGS AND THE METAL BUILDING THEY REPRESENT ARE THE PRODUCT OF THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER. THE REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S SEAL PERTAINS ONLY TO THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED HEREIN FOR THE MATERIALS DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER. THE REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER WHOSE SEAL APPEARS ON THESE DRAWINGS IS EMPLOYED OR ENGAGED BY THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER AND DOES NOT SERVE AS OR REPRESENT THE PROJECT ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS SUCH. 7 APL = A -PANEL FOR THE LINER H.S.B. = HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS N.S. = NEAR SIDE APS = A -PANEL FOR THE SOFFIT HT. = HEIGHT O.A.L. = OVERALL LENGTH APW = A -PANEL FOR THE WALL LLV = LONG LEG VERTICAL O.C. = ON CENTER A.R. = ANCHOR RODS LSN = LOC SEAM NON -SWAGED ROOF PANELS PL = PLATE BS = BOTH SIDES LSS = LOC SEAM SWAGED ROOF PANELS REQ'D = REQUIRED B.U. = BUILT-UP MAX = MAXIMUM REV. = REVISION CFR = CONCEALED FASTENED ROOF PANEL M.B. = MACHINE BOLTS RPL = R-PANEL FOR THE LINER DIA = DIAMETER MBS = METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER RPR = R-PANEL FOR THE ROOF FLG = FLANGE MIN = MINIMUM RPS = R-PANEL FOR THE SOFFIT F.S = FAR SIDE N/A = NOT APPLICABLE RPW = R-PANEL FOR THE WALL GA. = GAUGE NIC = NOT IN CONTRACT RRL = REVERSE R-PANEL FOR THE LINER ?? = PART MARK TO BE DETERMINED AND WILL BE UPDATED ON CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS SNOW Cs: 1.00 SEISMIC Cs: 0.357 ROOF SNOW Ps (PSF):I 19.25 BASE SHEAR (KIPS):I 28.33 �M / DRAWING INDEX 05/17/z424 - PG R21009201v �^ C1 +#� ss10,NAL e COVERSHEET �` RRS = REVERSE R-PANEL FOR THE SOFFIT ANCHOR BOLT DRAWINGS F1. F2 RRW = REVERSE R-PANEL FOR THE WALL SL = STEEL LINE COLUMN BASE REACTIONS F2 d w SLV = SHORT LEG VERTICAL SIM = SIMILAR STRUCTURAL/SHEETING DRAWINGS E1 - E8 a Z 2 = SS2 = STANDING SEAM II ROOF PANEL d 6 � 9 d9 „ y SS3 = STANDING SEAM 360 ROOF PANEL Ta TBD = TO BE DETERMINED DETAILS D7 - D78 32_ a�oa LL TYP = TYPICAL „a°= z�T�do O U.N.O. = UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE U an _ey�Eo'3ao8N mUE m�do`m��� \VI 6 High Eave 2 3 4 5 20'-0" 20'-0" 20'-0' 20'-0" 20'-o" 12'-0" 4'-O" 4'-0" 4'-0" HA C I MM B.M. I AH C C D D C C L� C� HB BH L-3 n 17-1 HA I I X-Bracing I I AH u 0 Dia= 3/4" 19 Dia=1" u b b ANCHOR BOLT PLAN NOTE: All Base Plates ® 100'-0" (U.N.) L a A ANCHOR BOLT SUMMARY Via Pro Qty Locate (in) Type 0$ 024 Endwall 3/4" F1554 3.00 ffi 32 Frame 1F1554 3.00 118 WndOol 1" F1554 3.00 ANCHOR BOLT PLAN GENERAL NOTES THE SPECIFIED ANCHOR ROD DIAMETER ASSUMES F1554 GRADE 55 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ANCHOR ROD MATERIAL OF EQUAL DIAMETER MEETING OR EXCEEDING THE STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH ON THESE DRAWINGS MAY BE UTILIZED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE FOUNDATION DESIGN ENGINEER. ANCHOR ROD EMBED— MENT LENGTH SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE FOUNDATION DESIGN ENGINEER. 2. METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR PROJECT FOUNDATION DESIGN. THE FOUNDATION DESIGN IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, FAMILIAR WITH LOCAL SITE CONDITIONS. 3. ANCHOR RODS, NUTS, FLAT WASHERS FOR ANCHOR RODS, EXPANSION BOLTS, AND CONCRETE/MASONRY EMBEDMENT PLATES ARE NOT BY METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER. B 4. THE ANCHOR ROD LOCATIONS PROVIDED BY 3'-0' METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER SATISFY PERTINENT REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN OF THE MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FOUNDATION m ENGINEER TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT SUFFICIENT EDGE DISTANCE IS PROVIDED FOR ALL ANCHOR RODS IN THE DETAILS OF THE (V FOUNDATION DESIGN. 5. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. SEE DETAILS FOR COLUMN ORIENTATION. d) Low Eave 6. THE ANCHOR ROD PLAN INDICATES WHERE THE ANCHOR RODS ARE TO BE PLACED AS WELL AS THE FOOTPRINT OF THE METAL C BUILDING. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THESE ANCHOR ROD PATTERNS BE FOLLOWED. IF THESE SETTINGS DIFFER FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL FOUNDATION PLANS, THE METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER MUST BE CONTACTED IMMEDIATELY — BEFORE CONCRETE IS PLACED. 7. "SINGLE" CEE COLUMNS SHALL BE ORIENTED WITH THE 'TOES" TOWARD THE LOW EAVE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT OF STEEL. IF CONCRETE NOTCH IS REQUIRED THEN THE REQUIRED DIMENSION SHOULD BE ADDED TO OBTAIN THE OUT TO OUT OF CONTRETE DIMENSIONS. 9. FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION = 100'-0" BOTTOM OF BASE PLATE = 100'-0" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 41 n 8- n N'W 8�LL�8 RUE W U_ W' W J Z C7 W W' w 2 0 Z H Q w 0 U W U) Z W W W Cn W W Q W' 0 w W i— ~ W Z a H U) M FUowcgW wo = Y C3 V W U= Q m 04 0 ��'el1lJJ M l KF� y 05/17/-102'4 11009201 A •PG��S`SIptiAL ���`��� �e. z o iu x - ono N T E2— LL �a d WE 0 LL _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�do`m��� Diu= 3/4" cn 8" 9� -T- `a 010 13" ro 010 _1_ 3 1/2" 1 1/2�U 1 1/2" 8" EW 1 -4 DETAIL A Dia= 3/4" off@ 90 -T- 010 0 1 3" 010 _1_ 3 1/2" EW See Plan DETAIL B Dia= 1" -T- a) �I 0 1 4" 4" LW 2' 2" 8" SW See Plan DETAIL C Dia= 1" 6 1/4" I I i ;SE ;Si 0 I - 4" SW 10 1 4" 4" DETAIL D FRAME LINES: 2 3 4 5 T- L COLUMN LINE r I H H IV IV RIGID FRAME: ANCHOR BOLTS & BASE PLATES Frm Col Anc._BOR Base -Plate (in) Elev. Line Line Qty Via Width Length "thick (in) 2* A 4 1.000 8.000 12.56 0.500 0.0 2* C 4 1.000 8.000 12.56 0.500 0.0 2* Frame lines: 2 3 4 5 ENDWALL COLUMN: Frm Col Anc._Bolt Line Line oty Via 1 A 4 0.750 1 B 4 0.750 1 C 4 0.750 6 C 4 0.750 6 B 4 0.750 6 A 4 0.750 ANCHOR BOLTS & BASE PLATES Base (in Elev. -Plate Width Length Lk (in) 8.000 8.250 0.375 0.0 8.000 12.25 0.375 0.0 8.000 8.250 0.375 0.0 8.000 8.250 0.375 0.0 8.000 12.25 0.375 0.0 8.000 8.250 0.375 0.0 GENERAL NOTES 1 ING S CONDITIONS ONDN VERTICAL (V) OR HORIZONTAL (H) REACTIONSAMINED. THE MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM HORIZONTAL (HU REPORTEDL ND VERTICACV)REACTIONANDTHE CORRESPONDING 2. REACTIONS ARE PROVIDED BY LOAD CASE IN ORDER TO AID THE FOUNDATION ENGINEER IN DETERMINING THE APPROPRIATE LOAD FACTORS AND COMBINATIONS TO BE USED WTIH EITHER WORKING STRESS OR ULTIMATE STRENGTH DESIGN METHODS. WIND LOAD CASES ARE GIVEN FOR EACH PRIMARY WIND DIRECTION. 3. FOR ASCE7-10 AND LATER BASED BUILDING CODES, THE UNFACTORED LOAD CASE REACTIONS DUE TO WIND ARE GENERATED USING THE ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (Vult). 4. POSITIVE (+) REACTIONS ARE AS SHOWN ABOVE. FOUNDATION LOADS ARE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS. 5BRACING REACTIONS ARE IN THE PLANE OF THE BRACE WITH THE HORIZONTAL REACTION (H) ACTING AWAY FROM THE BRACED BAY AND THE VERTICAL REACTION(V)ACTING DOWNWARD. ****** RIGID FRAME LOAD CASE ABBREVIATIONS: ****** Wind_L1/Nnd_R1: LATERAL WIND FROM THE LEFT/RIGHT, CASE 1 Wind_L2/Wind_R2: LATERAL WIND FROM THE LEFY/RIGHT, CASE 2 ic i2LONGITUDINAL CASE 1 / SeimSeismcRLLATERALMICLOAD FM LEFT RIGHT // LONGITUF PA LL PA75i RPUARTIALDUVE% NIOWNBALANCED FEDGE ZONES LOADSNOW WITH NG FOR BEAAHT MFROM ISYSTEMS ENDWALL COLUMN LOAD CASE ABBREVIATIONS: Collat: COLLATERAL LOAD Rafter Wind_L/Rafter Wind_R: LATERAL WIND FROM THE LEFT RIGHT Brace Wind_L/Brace Wind_R: LATERAL WIND FROM THE LEFT RIGHT Seis_L/Seis_R• LATERAL SEISMIC LOAD FROM LEFT RIGHT 4UNEI-SLFTRT PATJ_L E PATBSL�R PARTIAL LIVE/SNOWFLOAD LOADING FORCIONTINUOUSSNOW WITH WND FROM �BEAMIGHSYSTEMS Z O U w O Of o_ M RIGID FRAME: BASIC COLUMN REACTIONS (k ) Frame Column ----- Dead -----Collateral- ----- Live --------- Snow-----Wind_Leftt- -Wind_Ri l- Line Line Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert 2* A 0.5 3.7 0.6 2.1 2.2 10.3 2.1 10.5 -6.4 -15.0 3.9 -8.7 2* C -0.5 2.5 -0.6 2.1 -2.2 8.2 -2.1 7.8 -5.9 -0.1 7.3 -12.3 Frame Column--Wind-Left2- -Wind-Right2- --Wind_Longl- --Wind_Long2- -Seismic-Left Seismic -Right Line Line Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert 2* A -7.3 -11.4 2.8 -5.1 1.8 -5.4 0.7 -8.9 -4.7 -6.0 4.7 6.0 2* C -5.0 3.5 8.4 -8.7 -1.7 -5.6 -1.1 -8.4 -5.8 6.0 5.8 -6.0 Frame Column -Seismic -Long -MIN-SNOW-- Line Line Horz Vert Horz Vert 2* A -2.4 -3.1 2.7 13.6 2* C -3.0 3.1 -2.7 10.2 2* Frame lines: 2 3 4 5 ENDWALL COLUMN: BASIC COLUMN REACTIONS (k ) Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Frm Col Dead Collat Live Snow Left1 Rights Left2 Right2 Press Suct Longs Long2 Line Line Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Vert 1 A 1.8 0.4 2.8 3.0 -4.1 -2.8 -3.5 -2.1 -2.0 2.3 -1.2 -2.2 1 B 1.9 1.3 5.2 4.9 -3.7 -7.0 -1.4 -4.7 -5.7 6.3 -4.1 -7.1 1 C 0.8 0.4 1.8 1.7 -1.3 -2.2 -0.5 -1.4 -1.7 2.0 -1.4 -2.4 Seis Seis Seis Frm Col Left Right Long -MIN_SNOW--EIPAT_SLi- E1PAT_SL-2- Line Line Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert 1 A -0.1 -0.3 0.2 0.0 3.9 0.0 1.0 0.0 -0.1 1 B -0.3 0.3 0.6 0.0 6.4 0.0 1.3 0.0 1.3 1 C 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.0 2.2 0.0 -0.1 0.0 1.0 Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Wind Frm Col Dead Collat Live Snow Leftl Rightl Left2 Right2 Press Suct Longl Long2 Line Line Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Vert 6 C 0.8 0.4 1.8 1.7 -2.2 -1.3 -1.4 -0.5 -1.7 2.0 -1.4 -2.4 6 B 1.9 1.3 4.9 4.9 -7.0 -3.7 -4.7 -1.4 -5.7 6.3 -4.1 -7.1 6 A 1.4 0.4 2.8 3.0 -2.8 -4.1 -2.1 -3.5 -2.0 2.3 -1.2 -2.2 Seis Selo Selo Frm Col Left Right Long -MIN_SNOW--E2PAT_SL_1- E2PAT_SL_2- Line Line Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Horz Vert Horz Vert 6 C 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.0 2.2 0.0 1.0 0.0 -0.1 6 B 0.3 -0.3 0.6 0.0 6.4 0.0 1.3 0.0 1.3 6 A -0.3 -0.1 0.2 0.0 3.9 0.0 -0.1 0.0 1.0 BUILDING BRACING REACTIONS t Reactions(k ) Pane Shear -Wall - Col -Wind - -Seismic- (Iblft) Loc Line Line Horz Vert Horz Vert Wind Seis Note 1 (1) FEN SW C 3,4 4.8 4.7 25.2 27.3 R-EW 6 i) B_SW A 3,4 a) a)Wind bent in bay i)9Brocing in roof c rigid frame Reactions for seismic represent shear force, Eh Reaction values shown are unfactored WIND BENT REACTIONS t Reactions -Wall - Col Wind k) Seismic k Bolt(in Base-Plate(in) Loc Line Line Horz art Horz a Qty is Width Lengt Thick FH B_SW A 4 3.0 7.9 10.6 28.1 4 1.00010.000 22.000 1.000 A 3 3.0 7.9 10.6 28.1 4 1.00010.000 22.000 1.000 H HB_SW H iV V A 2"r: 1* 1 CLR. OPENING VARIES: COLUMN '-` 21"-3J" FINISH FLOOR •"� �•f M ANCHOR BOLT t'f A . ` < TYPICAL COLUMN BASE PLATE DETAIL (USE DOLTS PER IJ GIRT DEPTH + 2" .•SECTION•A.N (RECOMMENDED) TYPICAL OVERHEAD DOOR FRAMED OPENING FOUNDATION DESIGN NOTES: 1. THE ORIENTATION OF THE ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE MAY NOT COINCIDE WITH THE ACTUAL COLUMN ORIENTATION SHOWN ON THE ANCHOR BOLT DRAWING. PLEASE REFERENCE THE SIDEWALL (SW) AND ENDWALL (EW) STEEL LINES SHOWN ON THE ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS WITH THE ANCHOR BOLT PLAN DURING LAYOUT OF COLUMN AND ANCHOR BOLT LOCATIONS. 2. COLUMN BASE PLATES MAY HAVE MORE HOLES THAN ARE REQUIRED DUE TO PRODUCTION LIMITATIONS. PLEASE FOLLOW ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS FOR QUANTITY OF ANCHOR BOLTS REQUIRED. EXTRA BASE PLATE HOLES DO NOT NEED INFILLED PER THE MBS DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS. 41 c m v l;n W U_ W l;n J Z C/) w 0� w 2 O z Q w O IU fn Z w w w US w w Q wl- ~ W Z a H U) M FU�wcgw wo 2 Y Z 04 W V U = m 0 ��'�l1lJJ "4 0§/1af2pza 11009201 A •PG��S`SIptiAL ���`��� _ Zn w E$oa - ono N NaE O ode N ILL. _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�.4. 2. PURLIN LAP 100'-0" OUT -TO -OUT OF STEEL I EB 3 i-7 EB 3-7 EB 3 High Eave F-a" E-7 Eg-3 EB-2 EB-1 2 E-6 12 c -11 I i P-12 P-12 P-12 -11 -4 i - - ) RF1-1 E-5 F1-1 E-5 - - EC�-1 -_� P-5 P-6 Typ g OB P-13 ST-1 Strut P-9 IP-10(TYP) h c� ER-1 `s I I SI-1 P-1 P-2(TYP) I P-3 P-7 SI-1 P-4 Typ P-8 TYP ER-1 �L P� G0 a SI-1 I RF1-2 RF1-2 RF1-2 I RF1-2 SI-1 � cB G0 `2 SI-1 - 1 I as L-I vi RrI -o L-L m RrI-o L-L mri-o L-L ,-3" ROOF FRAMING PLAN vi RrI -o L-o Y-0I 2'-a" � A w (2) PB854 `ol (2) PB854 � o N �(2) PB854 Lo � e W EXTENSION CANOPY BOLTS ROOF PLAN MARK QUAN TYPE DIA LENGTH EB-2 4 A325 5 8 2 1 4 EB-3 4 A325 5/8" 2 1 /4" EB-4 4 A325 5,18 2 1 4" MEMBER TABLE ROOF PLAN MARK PART I LENGTH EB-1 J08CO60 51.625 EB-2 W8x18 53.625 EB-3 W8x18 53.625 EB-4 W8x18 53.625 EB-5 J08C060 51.625 P-1 08Z105 263.750 P-2 08ZO60 263.750 P-3 08Z105 279.000 P-4 08ZO60 279.000 P-5 08Z105 270.000 P-6 08ZO60 270.000 P-7 08Z105 279.000 P-8 08ZO60 279.000 P-9 08Z105 263.750 P-10 08ZO60 263.750 P-11 08ZO60 215.250 P-12 08ZO60 227.250 P-13 08ZO67 270.000 E-1 08EO99 239.625 E-2 08EO99 239.750 E-3 08EO99 239.625 E-4 08HE099 216.000 E-5 08HE099 228.000 E-6 08CO99 239.000 E-7 08CO99 238.500 ST-1 W08SBO75 234.750 CB-2 RD05- 322.000 CB-3 RD05- 318.000 CB -4 RD05- 319.000 CB-5 RD05- 331.000 CB-6 RD05- 321.000 SI-1 PB854 56.560 SE-1 PBX-1 28.625 SE-2 I PBX-2 29.000 a_ `2, m v s& all I N'W 8�LL�8 i €2E R_E U) W o N �(2) PB854 CONNECTION PLATES ROOF PLAN U w U) ❑ID MARK PART 1 2 1 EEC01 ESCO2 ia (2) PB854 LZL.I w (1) PBX-1, (1) PBX-2 Q ~ z O Uw �w.w Low Eave PURLIN BRACING W cli REQUIRED w w LOCATE AS SHOWN SEE SHEET 'D6' z W u W W Q G PLAN ROOFAGENERA of U o z w w o w Y 1. PLACE TAGGED END OF RAFTERS TOWARDS THE LOW EAVE. w Q 0 0 = Q z of woo 2. STD. ROD/CABLE SIZES PER PART PREFIX ARE: mCV a (D = o ROD CABLE RD05- = 5/8" ROD CA02- = 1/4" CABLE �►►��-�� RD06- = 3/4" ROD CA03- = 3/8" CABLE �� M I RD07- = 7/8" ROD CA04- = 1/2" CABLE RD08- = 1" ROD RD09- = 1 1/8" ROD l✓ /i RD10- = 1 1/4" ROD 05(i624 3. PURLIN AND EAVE STRUT CONNECTIONS UTILIZE BOTH 11009201 1 POT R'ci srtn�v" �� A �i�9siovnL ��4 A307 AND A325 BOLTS. REFER TO THE DETAILS FOR SPECIFIC USAGE REQUIREMENTS. 4. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE. - - ea ILL. NaE�No�o�t 0 �o.3�rn odL'i r W _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�do`m��� `0- 100'-0"OUi"-TO-OUT OF STEEL 3 High Eave 2 � 2 O [A] O 58 7 --------------------------------------------------------------- -- — -- — -- — -- -- — -- — -- — -- n =[7 17= —t I t- -t- —1 J7 =17 I t= I =1 t7= t -t —1 t-- --t-' I 1— -1777 =17 J L 17 J L -17 J L I 0 -.1 1 - 77777 2'—� PANEL START/FINISH ~ ROOF SHEETING PLAN PANELS: 24 Ga. CFR - Pearl Gray PVDF [A] SOFFIT PANELS: 26 Ga. RRS - Slate Gray PVDF PANEL START/FINISH 2,_0„ TRIM TABLE ROOF PLAN OID PART LENGTH DETAIL 1 SCT121 121.000 TRIM_486 2 RTR121 121.000 TRIM_490 3 ETC1121 121.000 TRIM_486 4 RSN121 121.000 TRIM_490 5 HTSN121 121.000 TRIM_486 6 HTSN242 242.000 TRIM_486 7 H4000N 10.120 TRIM_900 Low Eave START DIMENSION (SEE ROOF SHEETING F MAY VARY, I REFER TO DETAILS i I P-61/2" 12 112" I CUT DIM. FIELD CUT START PANEL FROM FULL LENGTH PANEL • WHEN FIELD CUTTING OR MITERING ROOF PANELS, NON-ABRASIVE CUTTING TOOLS SUCH AS NIBBLERS OR TIN -SNIPS SHALL BE USED. ABRASIVE CUTTING TOOLS SUCH AS MECHANICAL GRINDERS, SAWS, SHEARS OR SCISSORS CAN DAMAGE THE PANEL FINISH AND CREATE EXCESS METAL SHAVINGS THAT CAN CORRODE THE PANELS. THE USE OF NON -APPROVED CUTTING DEVICES MAY VOID YOUR FACTORY WARRANTY. d N'W 8�LL�8 c go' -g No q W U_ W J z cn W O w 2 0 z I Q w 0 U W cl Z W w W uS w w Q or- 0 M w W ti u W a H� z z �(/) W w0 Y w Q 0= Q Z a(D W U= J m 04 O y ,, o5l�alz�la P loavzol e�(- - w E$oa axj C) o�0 00 LL NaELNo�o�t@ 0 �a��m ode N W _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�do`m�P� ( ) "PERIMETER IN THIS ZONE. STANDARD CLIP ---------------------------------------------------------------- � O � INSULATION FASTENER CLIP R_ THICK PURLIN JOIST NONE 0" H1020 H1070 ALL R7 2" H1020 H1070 SHORT R10 33/8" H1020 H1070 SHORT Rll 33/4" H1020 H1070 SHORT R13 43/8" H1020 H1070 SHORT/TALL R16 5 1/4" H1020 H1070 TALL R19 63/8" H1020 H1070 TALL R25 8" H1025 H1075 TALL R30 9 1/4'. H1025 H1075 SUPERTALL R32 10" H1025 H1075 SUPERTALL R35 11 1/2" H1025 H1075 SUPERTALL R38 12" H1025 H1071 SUPERTALL 1001-01, ROOF CLIP AND FASTENER PLAN STANDARD CLIPS PART # PART DESCRIPTION H2500 SHORT FIXED CLIP H2510 TALL FIXED CLIP H2520 SHORT SLIDING CLIP H2530 TALL SLIDING CLIP H2540 SUPER TALL SLIDING ROOF SEAMING PLAN 1. U NUCOR ROLL LOCK""' CLIP 2. ® NUCOR VISE LOCK(R) 3. NUCOR VISE LOCK 360(R) u LLI U) J z C0 w w o 0 w CRITICAL SEAMER ORDERING INFORMATION US ROOF TYPE CFR w z w LLI u l W Q PANEL GAUGE 24 GA. L or- 0 w w 1-- ~o W o < ma c'') C) SQUARE FOOTAGE (ENTIRE ROOF) 4014 SQ. FT U w Y m U Q 0 2 z w= J 04 ROOF PITCH 1 :12 a UI o SEAM HEIGHT 3" ENDLAPS YES ❑X NO GALVALUME OR PAINTED ROOF GALVALUME ❑X PAINTED o5100- a y 2toa)20J 0� � SIONAL � PERIMETER CLIPS REQUIRED YES ❑X NO PLEASE NOTE THAT ALL SEAMER ORDERS WILL TAKE APPROXIMATELY 5-7 WORKING DAYS. DELIVERY TO JOB SITE FROM DATE OF ORDER. VISE LOCK OPTOINS INCLUDE A 3 STATION SINGLE DIRECTION OR 5 STATION BI-DIRECTIONSL. VISE LOCK 360 ONLY HAS (5) STATION - SINGLE DIRECTION AVAILABLE. 00 T9g DIROOFSEAMERS.COM did=aa ILL d -O (888) 343-0456 us-2-3, M - a R� w VE —o8N 2UEm�do`222 SPLICE PLATE & BOLT TABLE Mark Qty Top Bat Int Type Dia Length Width Thick Length SP-1 4 4 0 A325 0.750 3.00 6" 5/8" 3'-1 " z —s 7/8- 2'-0" 2 01'-6 1/16" 1'-1" MEMBER TABLE Web De th Web Plate Outside Flange Inside Flange Mark W x Thk x Len th W x Thk x Length Start End Thick Length RF1-1 12.0 24.0 0.188 290.2 6 x 1 4 x 290.2 6 x 5/16" x 254.9 8 x 5/8" x 32.1 RF1-2 30.0/13.5 0.150 135.3 6 x 5/16" x 135.3 6 x 1 /4" x 133.8 13.5/13.5 0.150 144.0 6 x 1/4' x 144.0 6 x 1/4 x 144.0 13.5/30.0 0.150 137.6 6 x 5/16" x 135.1 6 x 1 /4" x 138.6 RF1-3 24.0/12.0 0.188 253.5 6 x 5/8" x 32.1 6 x 5/16" x 220.4 6 x 1 /4" x 251.5 EB-3 W8x18 RIGID FRAME ELEVATION: FRAME LINE 2 3 4 5 2''—...1 11/16" I I 12 2'-0 9/is" GENERAL NOTES 1. 0 INDICATES FLANGE BRACING LOCATIONS. (1) = ONE SIDE; (2) = TWO SIDES. 2. IF FLANGE BRACING IS REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF AN EXPANDABLE RIGID FRAME, THE OPPOSITE SIDE FLANGE BRACES WILL HAVE TO BE INSTALLED AT THE TIME OF FUTURE EXPANSION. THESE FLANGE BRACES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED, AS REQUIRED, FOR THIS FUTURE CONDITION. 3. RIGID FRAMES SHALL HAVE 50% OF THEIR BOLTS INSTALLED AND TIGHTENED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WEB ADJACENT TO EACH FLANGE BEFORE THE HOISTING EQUIPMENT IS RELEASED. 4. INTERIOR COLUMN METAL TAG IS ORIENTED TOWARD THE LOW EAVE OF THE BUILDING. om �T w U_ w J z cn W 0 w 2 O z I— Q w O U w uS Z W w w US w w Q (Y z w w ~ �W ZaI—U) M FU�wcgw wo YoIf w Q 0= Q Z 04 a(D w U= J m O ��lilJ,J MIKF 05A7/Z02a 11009201 A •��rs10NAL �'��`��� w - oYo 00 LL NaELNo��o�t= O a V N W _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�do`m��� s 16 E-1 MI'a E-2 100'-0"OUT-TO-OUT OF STEEL E-2 E-2 E-3 (DO, G-16 m -16 n n n n �Ial Ll **G-15 o**G-,8 I **G-18 v ::G-,8 a :*G-,5 G-14 m 31 - - m G-19 m III 10 * * * HI G-14 Im TI G-17 TITI G-17 m 11 G-19 IM * * G-13 * * 00" N * * ?Pe s s s * G-13 GIRT 1:=� 1'+ LAPS 1 -3" 1 -3" SIDEWALL FRAMING: FRAME LINE C **TOED DOWN CEE GIRT 1=i- 1 -3" TRIM FRAME TABLE LINE C *ID PART LENGTH DETAIL 1 BSB121 121.000 TRIM-366 2 COA121 121.000 TRIM-355 3 GSN121 121.000 TRIM-452 4 GSN242 242.000 TRIM_452 5 H4000N 10.120 TRIM_522 6 RSCE 9.250 TRIM_522 7 RSCL 9.250 TRIM_522 8 RSCR 9.250 TRIM-522 9 CC8121 121.000 TRIM-375 10 HTD096 96.000 TRIM-802 12 CC8145 145.000 TRIM_375 13 HTA148 148.000 TRIM_803 14 HTD146 146.000 TRIM_804 MEMBER TABLE FRAME LINE C MARK PART LENGTH DJ-3 J08CO60 37.000 E-1 08EO99 239.625 E-2 08E099 239.750 E-3 08E099 239.625 G-13 08SO75 239.000 G-14 08ZO89 254.750 G-15 08CO60 239.000 G-16 08CO60 239.000 G-17 08Z060 270.000 G-18 08C060 238.500 G-19 08ZO89 254.750 * 80C-99 FIELD CUT CB-1 I RD10- 346.000 *VERTICAL BLOCKING PROVIDED FOR HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL ATTACHMENT. BLOCKING SPACED NO MORE THAN 7'-0" APART. 4 4 Q 4 4 4 (Gutter with 3 downspouts) REF 'TRIM-350' 5 8 7 3 4 5 8 8 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 400.00" 44 404.00" 40 46 400.00" 04 s s 400.00' 7.T 404.06 s s s a 400.00 s s t 400.00" t t 1 1 1 1 t t 400.00" t 1 1 1 1 1 404.00 t 1 1 t t 400.00" 404.00" 4,00.00" 400.00" 404.00" 400.00" 400.00" 404.00" 400.00" 400.00" 404.00" 400.00" 400.00" 404.00" 400.00" SIDEWALL SHEETING & TRIM: FRAME LINE C PANELS: 26 Go. RRW - Pearl Gray PVDF CONNECTION FRAME PLATES LINE C ❑ID MARK PART 1 GCC03&bt 2 ESCO2 3 JCE01 4 F00O2 5 HCJ01 6y1111 INTJ/_1Im0IN_ AI I►[e»I_1II GENERAL NOTES 1. STD. ROD/CABLE SIZES PER PART PREFIX ARE: RD05- = 5/8" ROD CA02- = 1/4" CABLE RD06- = 3/4" ROD CA03- = 3/8" CABLE RD07- = 7/8" ROD CA04- = 1/2" CABLE RD08- = 1" ROD RDO9- = 1 1/8" ROD RD10- = 1 1/4" ROD 2. ROD/CABLE BRACING THAT OCCURS IN FLUSH OR INSET GIRT CONDITIONS WILL REQUIRE FIELD SLOTTING OF GIRT WEBS TO ALLOW FOR BRACING. 3. FRAMED OPENINGS WHICH ARE FIELD LOCATED WILL REQUIRE FIELD CUTTING OF GIRTS AND SHEETING. 4. FOR WALL PANEL, USE 0" START DIMENSION IF NO START/FINISH DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN. 5. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE. W U W U) J Z CO W 0 w 2 O Z H Q w O U W Of C/i Z W w w US w w Q w W 1-- ~ W Z a H U) M FU�wU)W wo fS = Y E3 V W U= Q m 04 0 Ask y 05/17002a 11009201 A •��rs10NAL �'��`��� z o Lu _ x o�0 00 �d�a LL NaELNo;�o�t= O �a��m ode In a Q�3 N W _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�do`m��� s 1 100'-0"OUT—TO—OUT OF STEEL 5 4 3 2 20'-0" 20'-0" 20'-0" 20'-0" 20'-0" E-5 E-4 G-27 Eave Extension ' WF-2 I Io DH-1 ,n DH-1 ,n DH-1 Lo Lo DH-1 N n DH-1 L s i m 4 *G-22 al *G-26 "� o *G-26 o *G-26 0 *G-22 o JB-1 JB-1 JB-1 JB-1 m �m JB-1 JB-1 JB-1 �JB-1 ""-25 ��-25 G921 @wrG-25 G-21 I I � lz I I G-20 a G-24 a G-24 v G-24 o v G-24 ? G-29 > cl o� i in 0 0 m o I 3 3 I © O i UL H ] c 2 ] c IH ] c HI ] C I ] c H EC-6 RFt —1 RF1-1 RF1-1 SIDEWALL FRAMING: FRAME LINE A *TOED DOWN CEE GIRT **FIELD LOCATE RF1-1 EC-1 6 T T IT 1 T ------------ --------------------------------------------------- -------------------- I I I I I I Eave Extension ................................ I I I I I I I I I C--------- ----------- ---- SHEETING AND - TRIMS BY OTHERS: FRAME LINE ------------------------ A I I I 1 BOLT TABLE FRAME LINE A LOCATION I QUAN TYPE DIA LENGTH WF-1 — WF-2 8 A325 1 3 1/4" WF-1 — RF1-1 8 A325 1" 3 1/4" MEMBER TABLE FRAME LINE A MARK I PART LENGTH WF-1 W2225050 285.000 WF-2 W2619050 183.000 DJ-4 J08CO60 168.000 DJ-5 J08CO60 79.000 DH-1 J08CO60 144.000 DH-99 J08CO89 144.000 E-4 08HE099 216.000 E-5 08HE099 228.000 G-20 08Z060 44.750 G-21 08CO89 239.000 G-22 08CO75 239.000 G-23 08ZO99 239.000 G-24 08ZO60 90.000 G-25 08C067 238.500 G-26 08CO89 238.500 G-27 08ZO99 238.500 G-28 08ZO99 239.000 G-29 08ZO60 44.750 JB-1 J08CO60 40.000 CONNECTION FRAME PLATES LINE A ❑ID MARK PART 1 MXH- 2 GCC03&bt 3 FOC94 4 HCJ01 5 JCA24 6y1111 INTi%1Im0IN_ A I I I =aW-11II GENERAL NOTES 1. STD. ROD/CABLE SIZES PER PART PREFIX ARE: RD05— = 5/8" ROD CA02— = 1/4" CABLE RDO6— = 3/4" ROD CA03— = 3/8" CABLE RD07— = 7/8" ROD CA04— = 1/2" CABLE RDO8— = 1" ROD RD09— = 1 1/8" ROD RD10— = 1 1/4" ROD 2. ROD/CABLE BRACING THAT OCCURS IN FLUSH OR INSET GIRT CONDITIONS WILL REQUIRE FIELD SLOTTING OF GIRT WEBS TO ALLOW FOR BRACING. 3. FRAMED OPENINGS WHICH ARE FIELD LOCATED WILL REQUIRE FIELD CUTTING OF GIRTS AND SHEETING. 4. FOR WALL PANEL, USE 0" START DIMENSION IF NO START/FINISH DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN. 5. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE. a 8- n O ragg��� LL N>_' m ? oV8 Am ri U) W U_ W 07 J z cn W 0 w 2 O z ¢w O U w cli z� ww w uS w w Q �zwwl— I,_W Z a H U) M FU�wcgw wo = Y U = Q m 04 0 y 04(170024 A a1009z01 •*4!'rs10NAL * z o Lu x E$oa a9�C� (� o.0 00 �E §dRa LL NaELNoM-6 O us-2-3, de a Q�3 N w _ney�Eo'3a 67 1 1 ] L 1 EC-1 EC-2 EC-3 L'-O" 1. 12'-0"-4'-0- �3'-4"1 13'-8" 3 -0 GIRT 2'-e 1 LAPS 2 -e" ENDWALL FRAMING: FRAME LINE 1 *VERTICAL BLOCKING PROVIDED FOR HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL ATTACHMENT. BLOCKING SPACED NO MORE THAN 7'-0" APART. 74.25_ eye I 476.00" - - - - I 476.00" I I I 476.00" I I 476.00" I 46.00" s e ' , I 286.00" 46.00" I ' I 286.00" I + 476.00" 0 238.00" ENDWALL SHEETING & TRIM: FRAME LINE 1 PANELS: 26 Ga. RRW - Pearl Gray PVDF BOLT TABLE FRAME LINE 1 LOCATION I QUAN TYPE DIA LENGTH Columns Raf 1 4 A325 1 2 2 12 TRIM FRAME TABLE LINE 1 OID PART LENGTH DETAIL 1 BSB121 121.000 TRIM-366 2 HTD121 121.000 TRIM-364 3 COA121 121.000 TRIM-355 4 HTD096 96.000 TRIM-364 5 BSC121 121.000 TRIM-368 6 RSN121 121.000 TRIM-399 7 RSN242 242.000 TRIM-399 8 RTR121 121.000 TRIM-399 9 CC8121 121.000 TRIM-375 10 HTD121 121.000 TRIM-802 11 CC8145 145.000 TRIM-375 12 HTA148 148.000 TRIM-803 13 HTD146 146.000 TRIM-804 14 HTD096 96.000 TRIM-802 16 HTA044 44.000 TRIM 803 MEMBER TABLE FRAME LINE 1 MARK PART LENGTH EB-4 W8x18 53.625 EC-1 W8x24 278.688 EC-2 W 12x 14 259.875 EC-3 W8x10 241.250 ER-1 W12x26 480.125 DJ-1 J08CO60 120.000 DJ-2 J08C060 90.000 ** 80Z-99 FIELD CUT G-2 08ZO60 44.750 G-3 08SO99 230.750 G-4 08ZO75 261.500 G-5 08ZO89 276.500 G-6 08ZO89 284.750 G-7 08Z089 269.750 * 80C-99 FIELD CUT FLANGE BRACE TABLE FRAME LINE 1 D ID SIDES MARK CLIP 1 1 FBC32 CONNECTION FRAME PLATES LINE 1 ❑ID MARK PART 1 GCC03&bt 2 JCS01 3 F00O2 4 HCJ01 ENDWALL FRAMING PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. STD. ROD/CABLE SIZES PER PART PREFIX ARE: ROD CABLE RD05- = 5/8" ROD CA02- = 1/4" CABLE RD06- = 3/4" ROD CA03- = 3/8" CABLE RD07- = 7/8" ROD CA04- = 1/2" CABLE RD08- = 1" ROD RD09- = 1 1/8" ROD RD10- = 1 1/4" ROD 2. ROD/CABLE BRACING THAT OCCURS IN FLUSH OR INSET GIRT CONDITIONS WILL REQUIRE FIELD SLOTTING OF GIRT WEBS TO ALLOW FOR BRACING. 3. FRAMED OPENINGS WHICH ARE FIELD LOCATED WILL REQUIRE FIELD CUTTING OF GIRTS AND SHEETING. 4. FOR WALL PANEL, USE 0" START DIMENSION IF NO START/FINISH DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN. 5. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE. om �T w U W J Z (n W 0 w 2 O Z I- Q w O U wcli z� ww W U) w w Q w W ti W Z a H U) M FU2fS wcgw wo = Y 0 V U= Q m 04 0 MIKF 05/17002a 11009201 A •��rs10NAL �'��`��� z o Lu x E$oa a9�C� (/) a3a�a�ea LL NaE�No�o�t= O aa�3 N W _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�do`m��� 1 ] L 1 1 EC-4 EC-5 EC-6 13'-8" �3'-4- � 3'-0"I GIRT 4'-6; LAPS 4'-6- ENDWALL FRAMING: FRAME LINE 6 6 74.25" — — 476.00" I 476.00" I I 476.00" I I 476.00" I I 476.00" I I 476.00" ' I I 476.00" ON , ----- ----- e 0 238.00" *VERTICAL BLOCKING PROVIDED FOR HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL ENDWALL SHEETING & TRIM: FRAME LINE 6 ATTACHMENT. BLOCKING SPACED PANELS: 26 Ga. RRW - Pearl Gray PVDF NO MORE THAN 7'-0" APART. BOLT TABLE FRAME LINE 6 LOCATION I QUAN TYPE DIA LENGTH Columns Raf 1 4 A325 1 2 2 TRIM FRAME TABLE LINE 6 OID PART LENGTH DETAIL 1 BSB121 121.000 TRIM-366 3 COA121 121.000 TRIM-355 4 HTD121 121.000 TRIM-364 5 HTD096 96.000 TRIM-364 6 BSC121 121.000 TRIM-368 7 RSN242 242.000 TRIM-399 8 RTR121 121.000 TRIM-399 10 HTD096 96.000 TRIM-802 12 1 HTA044 44.000 TRIM 803 MEMBER TABLE FRAME LINE 6 MARK PART LENGTH EB-2 W8x18 53.625 EC-4 W8x10 241.250 EC-5 W 12x 14 259.875 EC-6 W8x10 278.563 ER-1 W12x26 480.125 DJ-2 J08CO60 90.000 G-8 08ZO89 285.500 G-9 08Z067 293.750 G-10 08ZO60 285.500 G-11 08ZO67 293.750 G-12 08ZO99 285.500 * 80C-99 FIELD CUT FLANGE BRACE TABLE FRAME LINE 6 V ID SIDES MARK CLIP 1 1 FBC32 CONNECTION FRAME PLATES LINE 6 ❑ID MARK PART 1 GCCO &bt 2 JCS01 3 F00O2 4 HCJ01 ENDWALL FRAMING PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. STD. ROD/CABLE SIZES PER PART PREFIX ARE: ROD CABLE RD05— = 5/8" ROD CA02— = 1/4" CABLE RD06— = 3/4" ROD CA03— = 3/8" CABLE RD07— = 7/8" ROD CA04— = 1/2" CABLE RD08— = 1" ROD RD09— = 1 1/8" ROD RD10— = 1 1/4" ROD 2. ROD/CABLE BRACING THAT OCCURS IN FLUSH OR INSET GIRT CONDITIONS WILL REQUIRE FIELD SLOTTING OF GIRT WEBS TO ALLOW FOR BRACING. 3. FRAMED OPENINGS WHICH ARE FIELD LOCATED WILL REQUIRE FIELD CUTTING OF GIRTS AND SHEETING. 4. FOR WALL PANEL, USE 0" START DIMENSION IF NO START/FINISH DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN. 5. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE. w U W J z (n W 0 w 2 O z I— Q w O U w z w w W U) w w Q z w W ti �W ZaH G7 M FUowcgw wo = Y W' 0 V U= Q m 04 0 MIKF 05/17002a 11009201 A •��rs10NAL �'��`��� z o Lu x E$oa a9�C� (/) a3a�a�ea LL NaE�No�o�t= O �a��m dodgy 00 aa�3 N W _�ey�Eo'3ao8N mUEm�do`m��� E� RAKE ANGLE (L.L.V.) HOT —ROLLED MK. MAR01 BUILT UP (4) 1/2"0 X 2" BOLTS - TYP. FASTENER MK. H1020 RAFTER A325 BOLTS H0603 / NUTS H0300 AT EACH SUPPORT PURLIN $ OF 4" 1 RAFTER A 1 1/2 ERECTOR NOTE: CLIP IS SHOP WELDED IN PLACE. HOT -ROLLED or BUILT-UP RAFTER ENDWALL COLUMN SECTION A WELDED CLIP @ ENDWALL RAFTER USE (4) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS H0500 / NUTS H0400 A7 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS COLUMN ENDWALL COLUMN CUP USE (2) 1 2" X 2" GCCo3 A325 BOL H0603 / NUTS H0300 N CUP TO COLUMN bc lV io a 3 3 3 a a a � M 7 N N I I I Zt W N 1/2"- GIRT ANGLE MK. MAGO1 WITH (2) H1020 (FIELD CUT TO LENGTH) LOCATIONS n•. ^'RT GIRT CLIP �V BYPASS ENDWALL GIRT AT CORNER USE (6) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS H0400 REFERENCEOER/ O`R NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS D 1 2 USE (2) 1 /2" X 2' A325 BOL H0603 CUP UTO COLUMN W LOCATIONS I'7 1 -0 89 12 GCC12 1 -4 8 9 12 GCCo3 1 -8 89 12 GCC20 1 -9 9 1/2- OCC20 1 -9 8.12 IGGG21 COLUMN CLIP GCC_* o VARIES VARIES EW/SW GIRT 0'-10 1/4" 1 ® 8" GIRTS 1'-0" ® 9 1/2" GIRTS 1'-2 1/4" ® 12" GIRTS GIRT TERMINATION DETAIL AT BYPASS USE 2 1 2 x 1 1 4 A307 BOLTS H0500 NUTS H0400 REFS C ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS D 28 ENDWALL COLUMN TO RAFTER HOT -ROLLED or BUILT-UP COLUMN to RAFTER REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS 133 DIM. A" = 4" AT 8", 9 1/2" & 1 " GIRTS = 8" AT 12" GIRTS LEFT I RIGHT GIRT TERMINATION DETAIL USE 4 1 2" x i 1 4 A307 BOLTS HO500 NUTS H0400 REFE C ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS D27 RIGHT HAND DETAIL SHOWN, LEFT HAND OPPOSITE CLIP MK. HCJ01 AT 8" MK. HCJ01AT9U2" SECTION"A" �� 1 1/4" 11 MK. HCJ02 AT 12" (ATTACHMENTTO I I SLAB BY OTHERS) *FIELD DRILL cy HOLES STEEL LINE YGY i10181INIII=[OR I11E.y0011D»Itell] Z USE (2) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS/NUTS BOLTS H0500 / NUTS H0400 E -ATTACHMENT TO SLAB BY OTHERS" REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS DIM. "A" = 4" AT 8", 91/2" & 10" GIRTS - 8" AT 12" GIRTS ZEE GIRT -,,,,,,.DIM. "A" = 4" AT 8", 9 1/2" & 10" GIRTS = 8" AT 12" GIRTS RIGHT HAND DETAIL SHOWN, LEFT HAND OPPOSITE WELDED CLIP SECT. "A" Y I 0 0 CONTINUOUS GIRT AT COLUMN (WELDED) U CONTINOUS BYPASS GIRTS AT INTERIOR BAY COLUMNS NOTE: USE (4) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS HO500/NUTS H0400 C23 REFERENCE STANDARD WASHER DETAIL FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS DOORJAMB CLEAR €. OPENING O (2) 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BUTTON HEAD BOLT (110510) NUT (110400) SECTION A SECTION B ONLY REQUIRED AT WALL HEIGHTS OF> 2'-0" (2) 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BUTTON HEAD BOLT (110510) NUT (110400)• JAMB TO FIN FLR CONN SECTION A CLIP MK.JCA24 (ATTACHMENT TO WALL BY OTHERS) WALL SYSTEM BY OTHERS SHOP WELDI CLIP Y 0 0 GIRT TERMIN. (WELDED CLIP) C> BYPASS GIRT TERMINATION AT INTERIOR BAY COLUMNS NOTE: USE (4) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS H0500/NUTS H0400 REFERENCE STANDARD WASHER DETAIL FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS ZEE GIRT ,SHOP WELDED CUP SECT. "A" GLIP o L MK.JCA24 a (ATTACHMENT TO WALL BY OTHERS) z m IT o X BASE ANGLE OR - BASE CHANNEL h: iS•Y+.. 1' iti' .... 1: iti' ;1' il' . JAMB AT MASONRY WALL WITH BASE ANGLE OR BASE CHANNEL REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS C24 CLIP MK. HCJ01 AT 8" MK. HCJ01 AT 91/2" MK. HCJ02 AT 12" (BOLTED VERT. TO JAMB) DOORJA SECTION B ONLY REQUIRED AT WALL HEIGHTS OF GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2'-0" USE (2) 1/2"X 1 1/4" A307 BUTTON HEAD BOLTS (H0510) AND NUTS (H0400) CLIP MK.JCA24 (ATTACHMENT TO WALL BY OTHERS) 0 m "a rg����� "- I 81LL28 €8g� 9 €g� E-E RS I U 1 MB ry W 0 J z (n W O w 2 O z Q w O U W u Z W w W Tn W W Q 0wLI ~ u W 0 a H U) M �U2wY �mC) w Q 00 = Q Z a V W U= J m 04 O �•�y MIKF MK. HCJ01 AT 8" MK. HCJ01 AT 9112" �'��' < 'v MK. HCJ02 AT 12" y (BOLTED VERT. TO JAMB) ,•���...vr'� o5'YTaY�'6Ya '.p2100920/ ALTERNATE SECTION BF S� NAL ONLY REQUIRED AT WALL HEIGHTS OF GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2'-0" ,,,� USE (1) 1/2"X 1 1/4" A307 BUTTON HEAD BOLTS (H0510) AND NUTS (H0400) * ERECTOR NOTE: - SET ANCHORS IN CONCRETE, ATTACH CLIP TO JAMB, INSTALL CLIP OVER d 8 a d9 „ B -2 00 ANCHORS, NO NUTS REQUIRED. IF STEEL IS ERECTED BEFORE THE - T9.3 FINISHED FLOOR IS POURED, USE THE ALTERNATE BASE DETAIL. - d ;- oa NaE25V.: t= O E8 -nee-Em3a8 mUEm. do`m'1.2 N O N O EAVE LINE N N PURLIN LAP PURLIN LAP 1, SEE PLAN SEE PLAN 0 0 1 1 2, o CLIP a at SHOP WELDED ® ® ® ® TO JAMB Lu LLa M V q WQ L PURLIN SHOP WELDED CLEAR OPENING CLIPfj H 13 CV (8) 1.00" 0 A325 PORTAL RAFTER E STEEL LINE BOLTS: H0640 0 a = NUTS: H0330 0 4 w .3 a DOOR JAMB RAFTER > `o z 3 a• or CHANNEL _ m 3 5 8 FLANGE w 0 w FRAME COLUMN FRAME COLUMN x w JAMB TO FINISHED FLOOR PURLIN TO INTERIOR FRAME RA RAFTER _ < r w rn Q PORTAL COLUMN PORTAL COLUMN N U N Q S� W-� **ATTACHMENT TO SLAB BY OTHERS** E9 p BOLTS H0500e/ NUTS H04007 m REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS G2 0 14 ^ a $ m M $ W ERECTOR NOTE: AT EACH LAPPED GIRT CONNECTION, (1) 1/2" X 1 1/4" THIN HEAD BOLT H0510/NUT H0400 MUST BE USED TO ATTACH THE>_LL� FIRST GIRT TO THE GIRT CLIP. THE BOLT/NUT ASSEMBLY MUST BE WRENCH TIGHT PRIOR TO THE LAPPED GIRT BEING INSTALLED. REFERENCE THE STANDARD "LAPPED GIRT DETAIL" FOR MORE COLUMN Oa u igop INFORMATION. p gg COLUMN ' JziJ �61� e1 g Ta F SHOP FINISHED FLOOR FL FL g a ` WELDED CLIP GIRT SHOP WELDED CLIP GIRT ® ® ® ® ® ® 61/4" 1'-10" 15'-31/2' 1'-10" 61/4" (COLUMN (CLEAR) (COLUMN DEPTH) DEPTH) 20'-0" (n ® ® ® ® 1 (CENTER OF FRAME TO CENTER OF FRAME) U r L i GIRT LAP GIRT LAP 0-1 SEE ELEVATION SEE ELEVATION w _J GIRT TO COLUMN SIMPLE SPAN GIRT TO COLUMN FULL HEIGHT PORTAL FRAME DETAIL @ FINISHED FLOOR z (n USE (7) 1/2• x 1 1/4• A307 USE (4) 1/2• x 1 1/4• A307 SEE PLANS AND/OR ELEVATIONS FOR MARK NUMBERS H 1 1 _ _ N BOLTS H0500 / NUTS H0400 p REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS H 2 _ _ BOLTS H0500 / NUTS H0400 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS _ H 4 W � u' O v Q w O FRAME COLUMN BOLTS REQUIRED AS SHOWN, W 0-1Q STUB MK.MXH_ H0603 BOLT >> z Z > W TOP OF PORTAL COLUMN SHOWN. (W8X24) (1) W ATTACHMENT AT OTHER ELEVATIONS (1) H0300 NUT W u W W Q AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS SIMILAR. (1) H0200 WASHERS W Z a H U M z o�(/) W w0 SEE ELEVATION FOR PART MK. m F U w = Y w 0 p a W ��Jrr�� O a V U= m= _ CO (1) H0603 BOLT (1) H0300 NUT (1) H0200 WASHERS COLUMN � M I KF�� PORTAL COLUMN o (h — PORTAL COLUMN_2'4 a100920 _1009201 v. e% s rtnc �� �. SIQUAL HORIZONTAL STIFFENER OR FRAME COLUMN �_ FLANGE BRACE PLATE " a ~ � "-"�" --" _ PLATE WASHER MK. ESW01 2 EW RAFTER CAP PLATE SHOP -WELDED SHELF .:; oco FRAME TO PORTAL COLUMN ATTACHMENT FLANGE BRACE AT COLUMN & PORTAL COLUMN EAVE STRUT TO ENDWALL RAFTER d�d�aa aa��3od��E-= o d='�=�'°'" USE (8)1"x31/4"A325BOLTS (MK.H0640)AND NUTS (MK.H0330) USE (4) 1/2• x 2• A325 BOLTS H0603 /NUTS H0300 USE (8) 1" WASHERS (MK. H0340) AT SLOTS H 1 2 p _ _ OD p 18 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS a�r3"Nn ma Q - e� o� ' SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR FLANGE BRACE PART MARKS H 13 - - �E__-a'. PART MTRL SIZE MTRL THICK. JAMB JAMB HOLDBACK ERECTOR NOTES: N N H1020 AT EACH END AT IMP WALL, USE H1220 BOLTS REQ'D AS SHOWN DEPTH SHAPE DIMENSION 8^ C 3^ -IF THE T-CLIP IS LOCATED IN THE SAME LOCATION AS NESTED GIRT BOLTS, THE N a N NESTED GIRT BOLTS CAN BE REMOVED. °O n .Q6Q MIN. 9 z"ts3 z -PRE-DRILL HOLES AT NESTED ZEE GIRTS AND DOUBLE CEE GIRTS AS REQUIRED. o 0 NMI 1 9 z 4 9^ CLIP ANGLE MK. MAH_su 12" 4 e SHOP WELDED SEC. A 4 CLIP VARIES DIMENSION H0� TO JAMB 9 a ROOF PART SLOPE ' • CLEAR OPENING m m MAH01 1:12 MAH02 2:12 ® m � MAH03 3:12 �FLATPLATE • • DOOR JAMB MK.ESCO2 ® TOED DOWN 51ti 4 1/4" CEE GIRT o a a H S_84 GIRT (NzP)0 L/4" 4,34- 1 TO � OF FIRST SET OF HOLES GIRT o m `o PLATE WASHER m MK. ESWo1(4) RAFTER/CAP PLATE/ LENGTH OF FIELD CUT GIRT SHOP WELDED SHELF ORIENTATION VARIES SHOP WELDED CLIP JAMB EXTENSION GIRT TO JAMB (IF REQ'D) EAVE STRUT WITH STRUT PLATE UNPUNCHED SHORT ZEE CEE DETAIL MK. JB = K2 USE (2) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 Low EAVEsw GIRT CONDITION J4 FIELD CUT TO LENGTH AND FASTEN BOLTS H0500 / NUTS H0400 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS K3 ,BYPASS USE (8) 1/2' X 2" A325 BOLT H0603/NUT H0300 U.N.O. WITH (3) H 1020 AT EACH END _. (3) TEK 3 : n u+ 5 ^' : •• •• LEFT HAND DETAIL SHOWN, 2" 4" 2" 8" GIRTS RIGHT HAND OPPOSITE "A" 6" 12" GIRTS SCREWS H1020 SHOP ~ LL LL SECTION ERECTOR NOTE: FIELD LOCATEDSLOTS OESOCATEO 2314' 4" 2314' 9112"GIRTS _ CLIP M ' EAVE STRUT *FIELD DRILL HOLES CREATE 916A IND JAMB ASSHOWN ,NTHE DETAILATRIGHT oa�� 3 J ri No q fj ENDWALL STEEL LINE 4 1/4' i L ged ' 2 1/4'� CEE GIRT PURLIN EXTENDS AT RAKE 0„ EXTENSIONS (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY T—CLIP PURLIN 1 MK. JCE__ JAMB (6) TEK 3 (6) SCREWS SCREWS H1020 W/ SHOP WELDED CLIP5 (4)H1020SCREWSPER MK. H1020 FASTENERS END SHOP WELDED (6) H1020 CHANNEL (DEPTH MATCHES CLIP W U A C.F./H.R. JAMB DEPTH) FRAMED 80C-99 BLOCKING CEE GIRT OPENING FIELD CUT TO LENGTH W U) J BLOCKING TO EAVE STRUT JAMB TO TOED -DOWN CEE GIRT (WELDED) RAFTER (TYPE VARIES) DOOR JAMB TO GIRT Z U F LLI DO NOT ALIGN SCREWS WITH HOLES IN CUP USE (2) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS H0500 /NUTS H0400 L4 BOTTOM OF JAMB TO TOED -DOWN C.F./H.R. CEE GIRT L6 n O L8 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS _ ENDWALL STEEL LINE o _ z O Q O U T ERECTOR NOTE: PRE —DRILL HOLES ® NESTED ZEE GIRTS INTERMEDIATE GIRT BRACING SECTION "A" 11-1Q LU [)� cn & DOUBLE CEE GIRTS IF REQUIRED. W w Z PURLIN SPAN = (6) TEK 3 GIRT • W (n W w Q LU Z w 1--(CHANNEL SCREWS H1020 LENGTH) PURLIN (TYPICAL) f Cn M u W OaW W w0 ROOF �zCn w m of = Q STEEL LINE O J LU�-6 J Z CV ZEE GIRT ADDITIONAL CHANNEL (ONLY IF a (D = o NECESSARY) 4 1/4" 80C-99 BLOCKING FIELD CUT TO LENGTH = CEE CHANNEL ATTACH TO PURLINS WITH (4) H1020 SCREWS M� AT EACH END. CLIP MK. JCS_ y SHOP CTYP LIP MK. F0002 . • • ( ) ATTACH HCHANNEL I WITH (6) H020 SCREWS `.. oB iaJznla ?� R21009201� WELDED (8) H1020 SCREWS • • �w T r s� SA__�� CLIP �� t FRAMED OPENING CHANNEL (IF REQIRED) 80C-99 BLOCKING FIELD CUT TO LENGTH (2) 112" x 1 114" A307 BOLTS (H0500) & o - B w NUTS (H0400) (HAND TIGHTEN & BURR THREADS) _ 00 DOOR JAMB TO GIRT FIELD DRILL HOLES aaEg 2z�jao 9�=� BLOCKING INSTALLATION BLOCKING TO PURLIN CONNECTION 0 � � �d�` 9 co C L9 AT INTERMEDIATE SPACES L q 1 O (BYPASS ENDWALL GIRTS) a~3yN i . E d mmd �'M_ 8 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS JAM CLIP SHOP WELDED i iu \/ HEADER SILL TO JAMB USE (2) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS H0500 / NuTS H0400 M3 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS ROD DIAMETER MARK NUMBER TURNBUCKLES COUPLING NUTS QTY, VARIES PADDLE BRACE AT TURNBUCKLE) PADDLE BRACE (AT COUPLING NUT 5/810 RD05- (1) H0715 H0810 (1) BCS02 (1) BCS07 3/4"0 RD06- (1) H0725 H0820 (1) BCS03 (1) BCS08 7/8'0 RD07- (1) H0735 H0830 (1) BCSO4 (1) BCS09 110 RD08- (1) H0745 H0840 (1) BCL05 (1) BCL06 11/8"0 RD09- (1) H0755 H0850 (1) BCL01 (1) BCL03 11/4"0 RD10- (1)H0765 H0860 (1)BCL02 (1)BCL04 ® COUPLING NUT ALWAYS \ p^nn c REQ'D PADDLE BRACE BOLT AND NUT PART NUMBERS ROD DIAMETER BOLT DIAMETER AND LENGTH A325 BOLTS A325 NUTS 518"-718" (2)1"x 31/4" (2)HOW (2)H0330 1"- 1 114" (2) 1 1/4" z 31/2" (2) H0660 (2) H0340 SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR BRACING MARK NUMBERS BRACE I COLUMN OR RAFTER ROD ASSEMBLY MK. RD_- COUPLING NUT IF REQUIRED (QUANTITY VARIES) ROD BRACE DETAIL PADDLE BRACE TO PADDLE BRACE SHOP WELDED PLATE TYP. TURNBUCKLE PADDLE BRACE NOTE. THE DRUM/LINER SUPPORT CHANNEL HAS NOT BEEN DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE ROLL -UP DOOR. THIS CHANNEL HAS BEEN SUPPLIED FOR S%F ATTACHMENT OF THE DOOR DRUM COVER AND/OR LINER PANEL ONLY. CLIP MK. FOC94 8"/9 112" CEE CLIP MK. FOC95 12" CEE CLIP MK. FOC96 8"/91/2" "S" " (2) H1020 FASTENERS JAMB (2) H1070 FASTENERS IF HOT -ROLL JAMB DRUM COVER/LINER SUPPORT CHANNEL H1020 FASTENER (12" O.C.) GIRT dp STEEL w LINE HEADER WRAP o a MK. HW___ w U LL O 4" JAMB EXTENSION LEFT HAND DETAIL SHOWN, H1020 FASTENER SECTION RIGHT HAND OPPOSITE (12" O.C.) "A" DRUM COVER/LINER SUPPORT TO JAMB EXT. DETAIL g HEADER WRAP DETAIL SUPPORT CHANNEL TO JAMB CONNECTION AT ROLL -UP DOOR U NOTE: USE (2) 1/2" x 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS H0500/NUTS H0400 M 5 REFERENCE STANDARD WASHER DETAIL FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS JAMB GIRT M16 T-PLATE DIMENSIONS KNIFE PLATE DIMENSIONS INSIDE FLANGE 9 118" 8 114" 5 3/8" 3 3/4" I 3 3/4" 41/2" OUTSIDE FLANGE END OF CEE END OF PIPE/CEE BOX CEE STRUT PIPE/ BOX WITH T-PLATE CEE STRUT WITH KNIFE a ;PAEOPE T= PLATE TURNBUCKLES/ COUPLING NUTS PADDLE BRACE BRACE PLATESHWELDED) ERECTOR NOTE COLUMN OR FOR DOUBLE ROD BRACING, THE PADDLE BRACE(S) MUST RAFTER BE ATTACHED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE 1" SPECIAL PLATE. TOED OPPOSITE ONE ANOTHER, AS SHOWN. RODS NEED TO BE TENSIONED EQUALLY. DOUBLE ROD PADDLE BRACING DETAIL � Q4 Q5 SHOP WELDED COLUMN OR RAFTER PLATE � o 0 � O o BOX CEE STRUT BOX CEE STRUT PIPE STRUT WITH T-PLATE WITH KNIFE PLATE WITH KNIFE PLATE NOTE: USE (2) 1" X 3 1/4" A325 BOLTS H0640/NUTS H0330 2-BOLT 6" PIPE OR BOX STRUT AT WEB OF COLUMN/RAFTER 8" MIN. COLUMNIRAFTER ('\(� SEE PLANS 8 ELEVATIONS FOR MARK NUMBERS AND LOCATIONS 09 ROD DIAMETER MARK NUMBER HILLSIDE WASHERS FLAT WASHERS A307/A325 NUTS COUPLING NUTS (QTYVARIES) 5/8" 0 RD05- (2) H0280 (2) H0210 (2) H0310 H0810 3/4" 0 RD06- (2) H0285 (2) H0220 (2) H0320 H0820 7/8" 0 RD07- (2) H0285 (2) H0230 (2) H0325 H0830 1"0 RD08- (2) H0290 (2) H0240 (2) H0330 H0840 1 1/8" 0 RD09- (2) H0290 (2) H0250 (2) H0450 H0850 1 1/4" 0 RD10- (2) H0295 (2) H0260 (2) H0340 H0860 WEB OF COLUMN OR RAFTER ROD BRACE DETAIL WEB TO WEB COUPLING NUT IF REQUIRED SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR BRACING MARK NUMBERS ROD ASSEMBLY MK. RD . HILLSIDE WASHER, o FLAT WASHER, AND m v NUT o m L LL AF0011 Q3 U) w U w O7 J z cf) w w 2E O F Q w O U�w z�LLJ ww w vS w w Q w� �wza�� «� ZUU�c)w Wo w Q o o= Q Z o' J LLI 06 J m N a0 Fu EBpa - 00 �z�'8 o r =9�`$s"�n�pa LL wn m'3z mNE=� O � p . ycy �'e fl- N-5 €a5U IN CLIP MK.E CEE CHAN SEE PLAN FOI INOI�i�U ANGLE FIELD CUT A FASTEN WE FRAME OFFSET rL FRAME SEE PLAN BLDG. SIDEWALL HIGH EAVE EXTENSION © ENDWALL NOTE: USE 1/2"X 2" A325 BOLTS H0603/NUTS H0300 ( U.N.O. ) * * EXTEND MARDI TO STEEL LINE HIGH EAVE STRUT EXTENSION BEAM SEE PLAN FOR 1 CEE IF I j REF BOLT SCHEDULE ON ROOF FRAMING PUN FOR BOLT & NUT MK/ RAFTER AND QUANTITY COLUMN TYPE, VARIES LOCATION, AND ORIENTATION VARY O EAVE EXT. £ O BLDG. (SEE PLANS) R EAVE STRUT BLDG. rL INT. PURLIN REQUIRED) PURUN EXTENSION BEAM FRAME (SEE Y48' FOR BOLT QTY) T(SHOP WELDED CLIP Y4H "N' 1 3/8" 6' IS Y4B 6" I 3/4" 6 3/8" 3/4' Y2 P 6 3/8" 3/4"—AIR" 3/ ' 3/4" 3/4" CEE CHANNEL —EAVE STRUT `2- m `o L Q v m' lei BLDG. all _ INT. PURLIN (IF REQUIRED) $ u �a s o�g ( Jz Jx1F W L:g�� EAVE EXTENSION rt FRAME U) W U SIDEWALL W U) HIGH EAVE EXTENSION @ MAIN FRAMES X4 H NOTE: USE 1/2"X 2" A325 BOLTS H0603/NUTS H0300 ( U.N.O. > X6I-I O L.E. H.E. I ROOF PART # PART # SLOPE SHOP WELDED CLIP — ANGLE MK. MAH_ WI(2) H1020 I I EXTENSION BEAM (SEE PLAN FOR SHOP WELDED CLIP MARK NUMBER) ANGLE MK. MAH_ o W/(2) H1020 I I CI; it £113 "W 101,111, 1,11\1 - I I EAVE STRUT FRAME OROR I. IF REQUIRED ENDWALL RAFTER 11/2"-L J1318" 1318" H.E. EXT. @ POST & BEAM ENDWALL 4 BOLT EAVE STRUT AT EAVE EXTENSION POST AND BEAM ENDWALL INT. PURLIN EAVE EXTENSION NOTE: USE 1/2"X 2" A325 BOLTS H0803/NUTS H0300 U.N.O. �J NOTE: USE (4) 1/2"X 2" A325 BOLTS H0603/NUTS H0300 - Q NOTE: USE (8) 1/2" x 2" A325 BOLTS H06031NUTS H0300 REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS Y 1 H REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS Y2 P REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS. EAVE STRUT m Y4B Z Q w • STIFFNER AND BOLT PLACEMENT W/ KNEE < V-3" w O U ** STIFFNER AND BOLT PLACEMENT WITH KNEE > 1'-3" De W ww z� HIGH EAVE STRUT W in J i Q EXTENSION BEAM o w w ~O SEE PLAN FOR MK/ � W Z a M ZUU�U)w wo WELDED�Q CUP ® ��=Y �E w O Q Z It of w�o2S mN � a v. = IF REQ. \ CEE � I� ly M I KF oSKiz�'gTa '.p 2100920/REF ¢� OLT SCHEDULE FRAMING ON PLAN ROOF FOR BOLT & NUT MK# AND QUANTITY EAVE EXTENSION PROJECTION SEE PLAN = d --2 w (SEE PLAN) L ® EAVE EXT. ® BLDG. "' d E e a a „ 8 ` `) CO MAIN FRAME COLUMN v - 0 3t _ LL. HIGH EAVE EXTENSION ® RIGID FRAMES NaEd3od° oEt o BYPASS GIRTS AT RIGID FRAME LINES _ m Q /� NOTE: USE 1/2"X 2" A325 BOLTS H0603/NUTS H0300 U.N.O. Y4H a edmmdp' REFERENCE ERECTOR NOTE FOR TYPICAL WASHER REQUIREMENTS \.__ - ed Tm�a „ 8 „ mUEmm mammPm '-5 1/4" OR 3'-5 1/4" - PURLIN ' IHO603 BOLT 1HH0300 NUT 0200 WASHERS 9DWGSAS LANGE BRACE MARK FB RAFTER NOTE: 1/2 X 2" A325 BOLTS ARE REQ'D T FOR BOLTING FLANGE BRACES. HERS FLANGE BE SIDE REQUIREDATED ON ERECT"NS & FS" I�'I��I_L[e1�:3:7_ty�c►�I�J:��I�E'_�:7_li�� C NOTE: SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR o a FLANGE BRACE PART MARKS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1) FOR PURUN BRACE "X", INSERT ANGLES "BACK-TO-BACK" INTO THE FACTORY PUNCHED SLOTS. BEND TABS AS SHOWN AND FASTEN THROUGH TAB WITH (1) H1020 FASTENER PER END. 2) CONNECT PURLIN BRACE "X" AT THE ANGLE INTERSECTION WITH (1) H1020 FASTENER. 3) PURUN BRACING IS NOT TO DISTORT OR ALTER PURUNS FROM THEIR INTENDED SHAPE OR LOCATION. 4) SEE DETAILS BELOW FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WHEN ATTACHING TO ALTERNATE FRAMING MEMBERS. X.PURUN \ BRACES `EAVE STRUT BRACES EAVE CEE PURUN BRACES (1) H10170 BEAM OR CHANNEL FASTENER TYPICAL O p NOTE: IF CHANNEL, IT MAY O BE TOED UP OR DOWN. w m PURUN BRACES REVERSE EAVE PURUN --r--" PURUN BRACES / HIGH SIDE SAVE-- STRUT JGE BRACE OPPOSITE SIDE UIRED WHERE INDICATED ERECTION DWGS. AS "NS & FS" NOTE: 1 2 X 2' A325 BOLTS ARE REQ'D FOR BOLTING FLANGE BRACES. FLANGE BRACE MARK FB COLUMN �H0603 BO H0300 NI H0200 WASHERS 2'-5 1/4" LWALL GIRT OR 3'-5 1/4") TYP FLANGE BRACE @ BU COL & GIRT NOTE: SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR FLANGE BRACE PART MARKS 4 H1020 FASTENER ROOF STEEL LINE ICAQ PURUN BRACE "X" MK. SEE PLAN PURU (1) H1020 FASTENER FBC-- ''—INDICATES LENGTH OF FLANGE BRACE IN INCHES BLANK LEN FBH- COUNTER (1-999) SPECIAL LENGTH FLANGE BRACE FBE-- COUNTER (01-07) I FBJ- COUNTER (1-999) COPED FLANGE BRACE SPECIAL LENGTH COPED FLANGE BRACE FBF— COUNTER (1-999) FBK-- 3" X 3" 1/4" BRACE ANGLE '-'—INDICATES LENGTH OF FLANGE BRACE IN INCHES BLANK UENGTH—, 13LANK LENGTH M FLANGE BRACE MARK NUMBERS STANDARD ANGLE SCHEDULE MAEO— EAVE ANGLE MALO 1 LINER LOW EAVE ANGLE GALVANIZED 4" x 5" x 120" GALVANIZED 6" x 7-3/4" x 120" ANG. (SLOPE) CO 5" 7-3/4" MAFO_ EAVE ANGLE MALO LINER EAVE ANGLE ;n ANG. (SLOPE) GALVANIZED 5" x 8" x 120" GALVANIZED ANG. (SLOPE) 3" x 3" x 120" 8 3" NOTE: PURUN BRACING MAGO 1 GIRT ANGLE MALLINER EAVE ANGLE ATTACHMENT METHOD IS GALVANIZED GALVANIZED THE SAME REGARDLESS _ 1" x 2-1/2" x 12" 3" x 5" x 120" OF THE SECONDARY ANG. (SLOPE) MEMBER TYPE (ZEE, CEE, EAVE STRUT, BEAM. ETC.) 2-1/2" 5" PLAN VIEW OF PURLIN BRACING LOCATIONS PER BAY 1) SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN(S) FOR PURUN BRACE MARK NUMBERS, QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS. 2) (2) ROWS OF PURUN BRACING IS SHOWN BELOW FOR REFERENCE ONLY, ACTUAL NUMBER OF ROWS MAY VARY PER BAY AND PER PROJECT, SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN(S) FOR SPACING. FRAMELINE PURLIN BRACE4 PURU PURUN LAP SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN FOR SPACING SEE ROOF FRAMING SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN FOR SPACING PLAN FOR SPACING BAY LENGTH PURLIN BRACING ATTACHMENT METHODS COLLATERAL DEAD LOADS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ARE ASSUMED TO BE UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED. WHEN SUSPENDED SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, LIGHTING, WAC EQUIPMENT, CEILINGS, ETC. ARE SUSPENDED FROM ROOF MEMBERS, CONSULT ENGINEER OF RECORD IF THESE CONCENTRATED LOADS EXCEED 500 POUNDS (USING THE WEB MOUNT DETAIL) OR 200 POUNDS (USING THE FLAN( MOUNT DETAIL), OR IF INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS ARE LOADED SIGNIFICANTLY MORE THAN OTHERS. PURUN STIFFENING UP PURLIN FLANGE PURLIN WEB GENERAL RESTRICTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES CAN THE PURLIN STIFFENING LIP BE FIELD MODIFIED FROM THE FACTORY SUPPLIED CONDITION. ALSO DO NOT HANG ANYTHING FROM PURLIN STIFFENING LIP. OPTIONS FOR SUPPORT ATTACHMENTS OPTION A OPTION B (200 LBS MAX) (500 LBS MAX) DRILL SUPPORT SUPPORT ANGLE OR SOME THROUGH THE OTHER TYPE OF BOTTOM FLANGE OF BRACKET. (NOT BY NBS) THE PURLIN. SUPPORT THROUGH PURLIN WEB. 1/2"0 MAXIMUM BOLT (NOT BY MBS) ANGLE SUPPORT (NOT BY MBS) 1" MAXIMUM FROM �1 �1 j 1" MAXIMUM FROM OENTNKILIAE�T rERTEI<❑Nt Ut- FDI<LTf - WEB TO CENTERLINE OF WEB TO CENTERUNE OF SUPPORT SUPPORT OPTION C: X. 200 LBS MAX IF PURLIN FLANGE±1" SUPPORT CLAMPS "X" = TOTAL PROJECTED ARE USED. DISTANCE FROM THE CENTERUNE OF THE PURUN WEB TO THE END OF THE END OF STIFFENER UP. (= 3 5/8" +/— 1/16") CLAMP / 1" MAXIMUM NOTE: (NOT BY NBS) THE CENTERLINE OF THE SUPPOR MUST BE WITHIN 1" FROM CENTERUNE OF THE PURUN WEB. CENTERUNE OF SUPPORT CENTERUNE OF PURLIN MAG02 GIRT ANGLE MAL1 LINEREAVEANGLE o PURLIN SUPPORT METHODS GALVANIZED GALVANIZED O 1" x 2-1/2" x 24" _ 3" x 7-3/4" x 120" O ANG. (SLOPE) m 2-1/2" 7-3/4" MAG 0 3 GIRT ANGLE MAP 0 1 RAKE PARAPET ANGLE GALVANIZED GALVANIZED _ 1" x 2-1/2" x 30" 2" x 12" x 120" N 2-1/2" 12" MAG 1 0 GIRT ANGLE MAP 0 2 RAKE PARAPET ANGLE GALVANIZED GALVANIZED 1" x 2-1/2" x 120" 6" x 6" x 120" = 2-1/2" cD 6" = MAHO_ EAVE STRUT ANGLE MARO1 GALVANIZED ANG. (SLOPE) 1" x 2-112" x 12" 2-1/2" 5" MAH 1 EAVE STRUT ANGLE MAR 0 2 GALVANIZED ANG. (SLOPE) 1" x 2-112" x 12" _ N 2-1/2" 3" RAKE ANGLE GALVANIZED 3" x 5" x 242" STANDING SEAM RAKE/ BASE ANGLE GALVANIZED 2" x 3" x 242" A00030 3 o= -AIm 'v co W U W' W J z W (n w 0 z 0 I— ¢ w U W � z 3: W LU W u W W w W ti 1--Q W z a H U) M c/) �U�wY U Q Q W mC) Z Z a 04 a V m o= 0 04 m l r 05(17Jzti2a R2,1009201 z Lu x CO NaE�No��d=� LL. 0 - -a a~3NN o CID mUEjtill 2� FASTENER SPECIFICATIONS USAGE NOTES FASTENER SPECIFICATIONS USAGE NOTES TYPICAL FIELD WELD N N cn o M Self -Drilling Screw 1/4-14x11/4"TCP 3w/oWasher Panel Clips RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES 2000RPM MAX SELF -TAPPING SCREW SCREW) "Goof Screw" RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES 2000RPM MAX REQUIREMENTS ERECTOR NOTE: (GOOF (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS) W 0 No 5/16' Head Attach panel clips, rake angle clips, eave plate to Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher DO NOT use impacting tools o o0 17-14 x 1" w/ Washer 5/16" UltiMate Head Used at locations on roof, where fastener has Torque adjustable clutch DO NOT use impacting tools o 0 Z purlins with insulation <_ DRILLING CAPACITY . stripped out DRILLING CAPACITY W = Color: Available in "No Paint" Only R19 0.110 MIN / 0.250 MAX = Color: All Standard SMP & PVDF N/A ALL FIELD WELDING MUST BE PERFORMED BY AWS/CWB CERTIFIED WELDERS 0 Attach misc light gauge material to secondary Check local plant stock inventory WHO ARE QUALIFIED FOR THE WELDING PROCESSES AND POSITIONS INDICATED. 3 3 pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" 0 Self -Drilling Screw Panel Clips - Long RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES Self -Drilling Screw Vented ridge RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES LL ALL WORK MUST BE COMPLETED AND INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 1/4-14 x 2" TCP 3 w/o Washer 2000 RPM MAX 12-14 x 2" TCP 3 w/ Washer -To accomodate the 2000 RPM MAX APPLICABLE AWS/CWB SPECIFICATIONS. LZLI No 3/8' Head Attach panel clips, rake angle clips, save plate to Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher DO NOT use impacting tools o 5/16" UltiMate Head thickness of Purlin Vent from Cor-A-Vent Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher DO NOT use impacting tools WELD ELECTRODES USED FOR THE SMAW (OR STICK) WELD PROCESS MUST BE 70 KSI/483 MPa MATERIAL AND LOW HYDROGEN CONTENT. m m = Tpurlins "No with insulation DRILLING CAPACITY DRILLING CAPACITY d Color: Available in Paint" Only >R19 and <_ R38 0.110 MIN / 0.250 MAX = Color: All Standard SMP & PVDF 0.090 MIN / 0.210 MAX = Pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" 0 � Check local plant stock inventory I Pre -Drill Diameter: 3116" 0 GALVANIZED STEEL FIELD WELDING •> ° � Q 0� Self -Drilling Screw Panel Clips - Hot Roll RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES Self -Drilling Screw Roof Structural RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES RECOMMENDATIONS LU 12-24 x 1 1/2" TCP 5 w/o Washer 1800 RPM MAX Z 1/4-14 x 1 1/4" TCP 3 w/ Washer 2000 RPM MAX Q p 5/16" Head Attach panel clips, rake Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher LU o 5/16" UltiMate Head Used to attach roof panel, Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher PREPARATION OF WELD AREA o angle clips, save plate to DO NOT use impacting tools Mo roof flashing, end laps DO NOT use impacting tools — joist with insulations R19 DRILLING CAPACITY in _ and light gauge parts with DRILLING CAPACITY AWS D-19.0, WELDING ZINC COATED STEEL, CALLS FOR WELDS TO BE c rn 'v Q = Color: Check w/ local plant 0.250 MIN / 0.500 MAX = Color: All Standard SMP &PVDF insulation s R16 0.110 MIN / 0.250 MAX MADE ON STEEL THAT IS FREE OF ZINC IN THE AREA TO BE WELDED. FOR m Q Attach misc light gauge Check local plant stock inventory GALVANIZED STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, THE ZINC COATING SHOULD BE t m Z material to HR secondary Pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" fd W O Pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" PJ REMOVED AT LEAST ONE TO FOUR INCHES (2.5-10 cm) FROM EITHER SIDE d` � Self -Drilling Screw Panel Clips - Hot Roll RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES Self -Drilling Screw Roof Structural - Long RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES O O OF THE INTENDED WELD ZONE AND ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WORKPIECE. U 12-24 x 2" TCP 5 w/o Washer - Long 1800 RPM MAX 12-14 x 1 1/2" TCP 3 w/ Washer 2000 RPM MAX GRINDING BACK THE ZINC COATING IS THE PREFERRED AND MOST COMMON W L0 5116" Head Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher L0 5/16" UltiMate Head Used to attach roof panel, Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher 0 o Attach panel clips, rake DO NOT use impacting tools Mo roof flashing, end laps DO NOT use impacting tools METHOD; BURNING THE ZINC AWAY OR PUSHING BACK THE MOLTEN ZINC $ n = angle clips, eave plate to insulation > R19 DRILLING CAPACITY = and light gauge parts with insulation = R19 DRILLING CAPACITY FROM THE WELD AREA ARE ALSO EFFECTIVE. m & S n r & 012 Color: Check w/ local plant joist with 0.250 MIN / 0.500 MAX Color: All Standard SMP & PVDF 0.050 MIN / 0.140 MAX TOUCH-UP OF WELD AREA $ 0- ands R38 Check local plant stock inventory WELDING ON GALVANIZED SURFACES DESTROYS THE ZINC COATING ON J U Pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" 0 Pre -Drill Diameter: 5/32" 0 AND AROUND THE WELD AREA. RESTORATION OF THE AREA WILL BE m M$ m r $ Self -Drilling Screw SDI 12-24 x 1 1/2" #5 Drilltite w/o Wash Used to attach deck to joist with high seismic RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES 1800 RPM MAX Self -Drilling Screw 1/4-14 x 7/8" TCP 1 w/ Washer Roof Stitch RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES 2000 RPM MAX J PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 780, STANDARD PRACTICE FOR �� •• W '� IJ rn 5/16" Head (Painted Orange) loads Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher o 5/16' UltiMate Head Used to attach roof trim Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher REPAIR OF DAMAGED AND UNCOATED AREAS OF HOT —DIP GALVANIZED Z o (Vendor: Black & Decker) DO NOT use impacting tools o end laps and trim to roof DO NOT use impacting tools COATINGS, WHICH SPECIFIES THE USE OF PAINTS CONTAINING ZINC DUST, M ` P i 7 Q = Color: Available in "No Paint" Only NOT to be used for roof clips DRILLING CAPACITY = Color: All Standard SMP &PVDF panel DRILLING CAPACITY ZINC -BASED SOLDERS OR SPRAYED ZINC. ALL TOUCHUP AND REPAIR q W 8 9 y u It, 0.250 MIN / 0.500 MAX Check local inventory 0.035 MIN / 0.090 MAX METHODS ARE CAPABLE OF BUILDING A PROTECTIVE LAYER TO THE N � g 3 g G Available for Utah only Pre -Drill Diameter: 3116" 0 plant stock p ry Pre -Drill Diameter: 1/8" 0 THICKNESS REQUIRED BY ASTM A 780. SAFETY & HEALTH ' Co 0 m `v �? Self -Drilling Screw Wall Structural RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES Pop Rivet Used at trim laps, comer RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES 0 12-14 x 1 1/4" TCP 3 5/16" Head 2000 RPM MAX 1/8" x 3/16" caps, and attaching trim to Manual or electric rivet tool WHEN WELDING DIRECTLY ON GALVANIZED STEEL IS UNAVOIDABLE, OSHA H1040 - w/o Washer Used to attach wall panel, Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher o Stainless Steel Blind Pop Rivet panel where stitch DO NOT use impacting tools PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS (PEES) MAY BE EXCEEDED AND EVERY = H1041 - w/ Washer wall flashing and light DO NOT use impacting tools CD fasteners can't be used o gauge parts with insulation CAPACITY �_ PRECAUTION, INCLUDING HIGH —VELOCITY CIRCULATING FANS WITH FILTERS, o Color: All Standard SMP & PVDF < R13 DRILLING 0.050 MIN / 0.140 MAX = Color: All Standard SMP & PVDF AIR RESPIRATORS AND FUME —EXTRACTION SYSTEMS SUGGESTED BY AWS, Check local plant stock inventory Check local plant stock inventory SHOULD BE EMPLOYED. FUMES FROM WELDING GALVANIZED STEEL CAN = Pre -Drill Diameter: 5/32" fd 11 CONTAIN ZINC, IRON, AND LEAD. FUME COMPOSITION TYPICALLY DEPENDS Self -Drilling Screw Wall Structural - Long RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES Grommet Fastener Used at translucent panel RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES ON THE COMPOSITION OF THE MATERIALS USED, AS WELL AS THE HEAT _o 12-14 x 2" TCP 3 5/16" Head H1045 - w/o Washer Used to attach wall panel, 2000 RPM MAX Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher o 3/8" Diameter Stainless Grommet Seal to metal side la p connections Torque adjustable clutch grommet tool q 9 DO NOT use impacting tools APPLIED BY THE PARTICULAR WELDING PROCESS. IN ANY EVENT, GOOD = H1047 - w/ Washer wall flashing and light DO NOT use impacting tools VENTILATION MINIMIZES THE AMOUNT OF EXPOSURE TO FUMES. 07 IT gauge parts with insulation DRILLING CAPACITY PRIOR TO WELDING ON ANY METAL, CONSULT ANSI/ASC Z-49.1, W o Color: All Standard SMP &PVDF > R13 ands R19 0.090 MIN / 0.210 MAX = Color: Available in "No Paint" Only SAFETY IN WELDING, CUTTING AND ALLIED PROCESSES, WHICH CONTAINS U Check local plant stock inventory = Pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" 0INFORMATION ON THE PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL AND THE GENERAL 0-1 AREA, VENTILATION AND FIRE PREVENTION. W Self -Drilling Screw Wall Structural RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES Self -Drilling Screw Pancake Screw RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES INFORMATION COURTESY OF AMERICAN GALVANIZERS ASSOCIATION 07 12-24 x 1 1/2" TCP 5 5/16" Head -HR w/ Washer 1800 RPM MAX CO 12-14 x 1"TCP 3 2000 RPM MAX J TYPICAL FIELD WELD REQUIREMENTS = H1070 - w/o Washer H1071 - w/ Washer -HR w/o Washer Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher DO NOT use impacting tools o N Square / Phillips Pancake Head Used to attach panel clips and rake angle to purlins Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher DO NOT use impacting tools o Used to attach wall panel DRILLING CAPACITY LU = **ONLY WITH ZERO DRILLING CAPACITY Z N Color: All Standard SMP &PVDF and trims to hot roll Z Color: Available in "No Paint" Only STANDOFF CLIPS W (n o i Check local inventory members with insulation 0.250 MIN / 0.500 MAX LL] 0.090 MIN / 0.210 MAX � F ry plant stock 15 R13 pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" PJ Pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" fd 2E O w LUS Z Q U > Self -Drilling Screw Wall Structural Washer RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES 1800 Self -Tapping Fastener 10-14 X 1-1/2" Woodtite Washer Wood Structural RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES z Q LL O > W_ W LLU12-24 x 2" TCP 5 w/o Washer -HR w/o RPM MAX Torque 4 AMP higher w/ 1/4' Head 2000-2500 RPM _ fn j w L0 5/16" Head Used to adjustable clutch, or } ch N Used to attach panel and Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher > Z LLI o attach wall panel DO NOT use impacting tools J N trim to wood structure DO NOT use impacting tools Z = and trims to hot roll DRILLING CAPACITY = J W 0 Q LQL Color: Check w/ local plant members with insulation > R13 s R19 0.250 MIN / 0.500 MAX Q _ Color: All Standard SMP &PVDF W � O J and U Check local plant stock inventory Non -Stock Special Order w W z a M J Pre -Drill Diameter: 3/16" 0 LL] Fastener z z (n W w O Self -Tapping Fastener Wood Clip Screw RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES d 07 Q C) o = Y z J 10-12 X 1" 2000-2500 RPM o' J W u~i 06 N �i N Square / Phillips Pancake Head panel clips to wood Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher a (7 = o N **Only DO NOT use impacting tools L~ > = Color: Available in "No Paint" Only 0" offset clips Non -Stock Special Order Zy Mj jk �1 wns Fl Fastener _ / Self -Drilling Screw Wall Stitch RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES Insulation Retainer Washer Used in conjunction with RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES 0 _o = 1/4-14 x 7/8" TCP 1 5/16" Head H1060 - w/o Washer Used to attach wall trim laps trim to wall 2000 RPM MAX Torque adjustable clutch, 4 AMP or higher DO NOT impacting tools o CDroofline 1/4 x 1-1/4" F8 Fender Washer (1 1/4" O.D. w/ 5/16" I.D.) H1020 fasteners to secure roof insulation. Reference trim details for N/A ')/ 04iri 4 21009201 w A�OFF'�Po,sre4w° H1061 - w/ Washer end and use N ti SS10—L CDpanel DRILLING CAPACITY = ® "No specific applications. ti 0o Color: All Standard SMP & PVDF 0.035 MIN / 0.090 MAX Color: Available in Paint" Only Check local plant stock inventory — d z w = Pre -Drill Diameter: 1/8" 0 5—. E Hpa na 'ui �'$o yTr2i CO eon. LL wii �'3zm O NFIEE=� S� y SF �6PFq9��m�m5 €amUt ERECTOR NOTE: UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, STANDARD ZEE GIRT ORIENTATION IS TO HAVE THE GIRT TOED DOWN AT THE STEEL LINE AS SHOWN IN THE DETAIL BELOW. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, STANDARD CEE GIRT ORIENTATION IS TO HAVE THE GIRT TOED UP AS SHOWN IN THE DETAIL BELOW. STANDARD CLIP ATTACHMENT IS BELOW THE GIRT, HOWEVER SOME DETAILS REQUIRE THAT THE CLIP BE ABOVE THE GIRT. (REFER TO THE GIRT DETAILS ON THE ERECTION DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS) BOTH CLIP ATTACHMENTS ARE SHOWN IN THE DETAIL BELOW. )LUMN ZEE GIRT :Ld GIRT CLIP ui Ld It OPTIONAL CLIP © CONNECTION COLUMN — CEE CEE II GIRT z STANDARD CLIP CONNECTION w GIRT LdJ CLIP II ZEE GIRT ORIENTATION CEE GIRT ORIENTATION STANDARD GIRT ORIENTATION DETAIL NOTE: BYPASS GIRT CONDITION IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. YOUR PROJECT MAY HAVE FLUSH OR INSET GIRTS. STD. 1/2" A307 BOLTS MK. H0500 (NO WASHERS REQUIREI OUTSIDE FLANGE GIRT LAP BOLTS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. REFERENCE THE STD. LAPPED GIRT DETAIL FOR THOSE REQUIREMENTS. THIN HEAD 1/2" BOLT MK. H0510 ** (NO WASHER REQUIRE[ FIRST LAPPED SECOND LAPPED GIRT BOLTED OR WELDED GIRT CLIP STD. 1/2" A307 NUTS MK. H0400 LAPPED GIRT DETAIL 0 LAPPED GIRTS O INTERIOR BAY COLUMNS co ** THE THIN HEAD 1/2" A307 BOLT MUST BE INSTALLED INTO THE FIRST GIRT AND CLIP OF A LAPPED CONDITION. THE BOLT/NUT ASSEMBLY MUST BE WRENCH TIGHT PRIOR TO THE SECOND LAPPED HEX HEAD SLOT BOLT WASHE WASHE N SLOT SLOT TO SLOT CONNECTIONS WASHERS REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF MATERIAL IF SLATS ARE ON BOTH SIDES. (EXCEPTION: SEE DEAIL AT RNWIf FOR LAPPED ZEE MEMBERS) HEX HEAD BOLT SLOT SLOT TO HOLE CONNECTIONS WASHE ONE WASHER REQUIRED ON SLOTTED SIDE ONLY. N HOLE HEX HEAD BOLT HOLE N HOLE BUTTON HEAD SLOT BOLT WASHE N SLOT HOLE TO HOLE CONNECTIONS NO WASHERS REQUIRED WHEN SLOTS ARE NOT USED. SLOT TO SLOT CONNECTIONS WASHER REQUIRED AT NUT SIDE ONLY FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLTS. (BURON HEAD BOLTS HAVE MATERIAL GRABBING FINS UNDER THE HEAD, A WASHER IS NOT NEEDED ON BOLT HEAD SIDE). BOLT Nl AT LAPPED WASHER REQUIREMENTS ERECTOR NOTE (NO WASHE (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS) -AI m l '� pig�g8 N'W 8�LL�8 JR M €s61§jjW i €gE _k rn w U_ w rA J z W cf) 0 w 2 O z O f— Q w U w � Z 3: w w w vS w w Q w w � ~ z W a H U) M c/)Y U Q Q W m� Z Z a 04 a V m o= O 04 �l lilJ,J MIKE y 0§/17/202a R2,1009201 . "'OVAL Z o Lu S CO Lai L.L Ea NaE�No�o�to p �a.3�rn�modn 00 — -a ar3"tn a _�ey�Eo'3ao8N HamUEm�da`m��� O O V � O = � C - D O z z c) 0 rp rn =O _= ry-, 00 >rn> 00 zpz �5o p � M 0M p _ „„ 0�= rn0 O O D r c z �o Ou)Op z�o O 2 � C)-n 0 O; z = c/) O 00 E: =Sc rn D 00 o r �D rn c/) (D OD rn�0� ;;az ;C;Urn 00 U) DC/) n�z �D =�O COM rn r �� �MO 1-co w z rn ;U p U)G7 D O rn �D = O rn 0 Cn O Fn G� ■ This seal p"a"' only to the materials PROJECT NAME rq Lj `®l I66U E deslgoed and supplied by Nucor Anchor Bolts MBS AW MGW 05/08/2024 B°ildingSystems,adi°Is°°°'"°cor GLACIER ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES BU/LD/M& SYSTEMS Corp tion. The drawings and the �� metal builtlinT which they represent 305 INDUSTRIAL PARKWAY, %kTERLOO,. IN 48793 For Building Department Review MBS AW MGW 05/13/2024 e the pro duct of Nucor Bmlding 0'i rF� f EDMONDS WA PHONE (280) 837-7891 FAX: (280) 837-7384 By""' The re star rofesaional /a r enIne' T e6e seal a ears on these p PO 80% 1008, 200 WHEISfONE R0, SWANSFA, SC 29180 9 PP o ` CUSTOMER NAME PHONE (803) 588-2100 FAX: (803) 588-2121 dra Ingsisemployed by Nucor yip I EI Buildings Syetemeand does not serve r,m a� H&H STEEL ERECTORS �o APACHE ,RaL, ,ERREtL.. 751e0 as orrepresent the project engineerof '^. reourd and shall not be construed Mom. Fd._. PFKINE: (972) 524-5407 FAX: (972) 524-5417 assu . °� � � LAKE WA 1050 WATERY LANE, &210HAM cm, ur 84302 SHEET 1�F dS� STEVENS, PHONE (435) 919-3100 H. (436) 919-3101 JOB NUMBER SHEET TITLE D9 OF 18 U24RO307A DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA ROOF SYSTEM THE ROOF SYSTEM CONSISTS OF 24 GAUGE PANELS WITH A NOMINAL COVERAGE OF 2'-0" AND A PANEL SEAM THAT IS 3 1/2", 4 1/2" OR 5 1/2" HIGH DEPENDING ON CLIP TYPE USED. REFER TO THE DETAILS AND SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC PANEL CLIP TYPE. PANEL CLIP SPACING THE ROOF SYSTEM USES A CLIP TO ATTACH THE PANELS TO THE ROOF SECONDARY MEMBERS. PANEL CLIP SPACING REQUIREMENTS AS A STANDARD ARE REQUIRED AT EVERY PURLIN AND/OR ROOF JOIST. FOR STRUCTURES NOT SUPPLIED BY MBSi MAXIMUM CLIP SPACING IS TO BE 5'-0" FOR PURLIN ROOFS AND 5-6, FOR JOIST ROOFS. PANEL CLIP FASTENING REQUIREMENTS STANDARD CLIP FASTENERS ARE DESIGNED TO FASTEN TO A STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBER OF .060" MINIMUM THICKNESS (16 GA.). A MINIMUM OF TWO FASTENERS ARE REQUIRED TO ENGAGE THE STRUCTURAL MEMBER AT EVERY PANEL CLIP LOCATION. IN CERTAIN INSTANCES, THREE FASTENERS MAY BE REQUIRED PER CLIP. LOOK IN THE ERECTION DRAWINGS FOR YOUR SPECIFIC FASTENER REQUIREMENTS. FASTENER PULLOUT VALUES ARE DEPENDENT UPON PROJECT LOCATION, SIZE, BUILDING CODE AND LOADING. ROOF TOP UNITS AND CURB SUPPORTS THE ROOF SYSTEM IS ELEVATED ABOVE THE TOP OF THE ROOF SECONDARY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. THE ROOF CURB SUB -FRAMING IS LEVEL WITH THE SECONDARY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. REFER TO THE DETAILS FOR PROPER JAMB LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. THE ROOF SYSTEM IS DESIGNED AS A FLOATING SYSTEM. CURB FRAMING AND FLASHING MUST BE DESIGNED ACCORDINGLY TO ALLOW THE CURB SYSTEM TO FLOAT WITH THE ROOF DURING THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. ROOF CURBS SHALL NOT SPAN THE RIDGE OF A BUILDING. INSULATION REQUIREMENTS INSULATION IS RECOMMENDED TO BE USED IN ALL ROOF APPLICATIONS TO AVOID PROBLEMS WITH CONDENSATION FORMING ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE SHEETING. THIS ALSO PROVIDES A BUFFER BETWEEN THE PURLINS AND THE ROOF TO ELIMINATE NOISE AND POSSIBLE DAMAGE DUE TO METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT. NOISE REDUCING FOAM TAPE CAN BE SUPPLIED FOR USE IN LIMITED APPLICATIONS (CANOPIES, ETC.) WHEN INCLUDED AS PART OF THE ROOF ORDER. REFER TO THE DETAILS FOR FOAM TAPE REQUIREMENTS. PAINTED ROOF PAINTED STANDING SEAM ROOF PANELS ARE OFTEN PROVIDED BY MBS. IN THIS CASE, GUTTER BRACKETS AND OUTSIDE CLOSURES WILL BE PAINTED TO MATCH THE ROOF COLOR AS A STANDARD. MASTIC APPLICATION TEMPERATURE EXTREMES TEMPERATURE EXTREMES MUST BE CONSIDERED DURING INSTALLATION OF THE ROOF DUE TO THE SENSITIVITY OF MASTICS. THE RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TEMPERATURE RANGE IS 20-120 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. AT COLDER TEMPERATURES, THE MASTIC STIFFENS RESULTING IN LOSS OF ADHESION AND COMPRESSIBILITY. AT HOTTER TEMPERATURES, THE MASTIC BECOMES TOO SOFT FOR PRACTICAL HANDLING. ON COLD BUT SUNNY DAYS, THE PANEL SURFACE MAY BECOME WARM ENOUGH TO ACCEPT THE APPLICATION OF HEATED MASTIC EVEN THOUGH THE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 20 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. WHEN OVERNIGHT TEMPERATURES FALL BELOW FREEZING, THE MASTIC SHOULD BE STORED IN A HEATED ROOM SO IT WILL BE WARM ENOUGH TO USE THE FOLLOWING DAY. ON HOT DAYS, THE MASTIC CARTONS SHOULD BE STORED OFF THE ROOF IN A COOL AND SHADED AREA. WHILE ON THE ROOF, MASTIC ROLLS SHOULD BE KEPT SHADED UNTIL ACTUAL USE. IN VERY COLD WEATHER, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE FASTENERS BE TIGHTENED SLOWLY AND ONLY TIGHT ENOUGH THAT THE MASTIC IS IN FULL CONTACT WITH THE PANEL OR FLASHING. THEN ON THE NEXT SUNNY DAY, COMPLETE THE TIGHTENING PROCESS AFTER THE SUN WARMS THE PANEL AND FLASHING SURFACES. CONTAMINATION TO ASSURE PROPER ADHESION AND SEALING, THE MASTIC MUST HAVE COMPLETE CONTACT WITH ADJOINING SURFACES. CONTAMINANTS SUCH AS WATER OIL, DIRT AND DUST PREVENT SUCH CONTACT. THE PANEL AND FLASHING SURFACES MUST BE DRY AND THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF ALL CONTAMINANTS. BEFORE APPLYING TAPE MASTIC, THE MASTIC SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR CONTAMINANTS. IF THE MASTIC SURFACES ARE CONTAMINATED, IT MUST NOT BE USED. DURING COOL WEATHER, CONDENSATION OR LIGHT MIST CAN ACCUMULATE ON THE PANEL AND FLASHING SURFACE AND NOT BE EASILY NOTICED. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE MASTICS ALWAYS BE KEPT UNDER PROTECTIVE COVER AND THAT THE PANEL AND FLASHING SURFACES BE WIPED DRY IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION. TAPE MASTIC IS PROVIDED WITH A PROTECTIVE PAPER TO REDUCE CONTAMINATION. INCOMPLETE REMOVAL OF THE PROTECTIVE PAPER WILL PREVENT THE MASTIC ADHESION TO THE PANEL OR FLASHING SURFACES. ALWAYS CHECK THAT THE PROTECTIVE PAPER IS COMPLETELY REMOVED. DO NOT REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE PAPER UNTIL IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE PANEL OR FLASHING IS INSTALLED OVER THE MASTIC. COMPRESSION TO ASSURE PROPER COMPRESSION AND SEAL THE TAPE MASTIC MUST BE COMPRESSED BETWEEN THE PANEL AND FLASHING SURFACES WITH FIRM AND UNIFORM PRESSURE. IN MOST CASES, THE REQUIRED PRESSURE IS APPLIED BY THE CLAMPING ACTION OF SCREWS PULLING THE ADJOINING SURFACES TOGETHER. HOWEVER, THE TAPE SEALANTS RESISTANCE TO PRESSURE BECOMES GREATER IN COLD WEATHER. DURING COLD WEATHER THE FASTENERS MUST BE TIGHTENED SLOWLY TO ALLOW THE MASTIC TIME TO COMPRESS. IF THE FASTENERS ARE TIGHTENED TOO FAST, THE FASTENERS MAY STRIP OUT BEFORE THE MASTIC COMPRESSES ADEQUATELY, OR THE PANEL OR FLASHING MAY DEFORM IN THE IMMEDIATE AREA OF THE FASTENER, LEAVING THE REST OF THE MASTIC INSUFFICIENTLY COMPRESSED. INSIDE CORNERS AN INSIDE RADIUS, SUCH AS WHERE THE PANEL FLAT MEETS A RIB, IS USUALLY THE MOST CRITICAL AREA TO SEAL. A COMMON MISTAKE FOR THE INSTALLER IS TO BRIDGE THE MASTIC ACROSS THE INSIDE RADIUS. WHEN THE LAPPING PANEL OR FLASHING IS PUSHED INTO PLACE THE BRIDGED MASTIC IS STRETCHED AND THINNED. THE MASTIC MAY THEN BE TOO THIN TO ADEQUATELY SEAL THIS CRITICAL AREA. WHEN TAPE MASTIC IS APPLIED AT AN INSIDE RADIUS, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE MASTIC BE FOLDED BACK, THEN PUSH THE MASTIC FOLD INTO THE RADIUS. S� PAPER 2" COMPRESS TO SING BACKING THICKNESS AFTER -- LAPPING REMOVE PAPER BACKING MASTICLAPJNLYAS WORK PROGRESSES MASTIC EXTENDED FOLD MASTIC AND PUSH TOO FAR FOLD INTO THE RADIUS VOID NO VOID CAUTIONi DO NOT ALLOW THE MASTIC TO BRIDGE ACROSS INSIDE RADII CREATING VOIDS VOID NO VOID MASTI ROOF ROOF PANEL PANEL VOID NO VOID INCORRECT CORRECT ERECTORS RESPONSIBILITY REGULATIONS REGULATIONS SET FORTH BY THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT, LOCAL, STATE, AND/OR FEDERAL AGENCIES SHOULD BE ADHERED TO AT ALL TIMES. MBS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INJURY, DAMAGE, OR FAILURE, WHICH MAY BE THE RESULT FROM FAILING TO MEET ANY OF THESE REGULATIONS. IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE HAZARD COMMUNICATION RULE 1910:1200, MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS) HAVE BEEN PROVIDED FOR YOUR USE AND SAFETY. THESE DATA SHEETS SHOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE TO ALL PERSONNEL THAT COME IN CONTACT WITH THESE PRODUCTS. THESE DATA SHEETS WILL GIVE YOU THE NECESSARY INFORMATION TO PROPERLY HANDLE SUCH MATERIALS AND WHAT TO DO IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY. (THE MSDS SHEETS ARE LOCATED ONLINE AND ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST). THE ERECTOR OF THE ROOF SYSTEM IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFE EXECUTION OF THIS DETAIL. THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE INTENDED TO DESCRIBE THE SEQUENCE AND PROPER PLACEMENT OF PARTS. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED TO PRESCRIBE COMPREHENSIVE SAFETY PROCEDURES. THE PROCEDURES IN THIS DETAIL ARE BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. HOWEVER, MBS SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INJURY, DAMAGE, OR FAILURE DUE TO THE MISAPPLICATION OF THESE PROCEDURES, IMPROPER ERECTION TECHNIQUES, OR NEGLIGENCE WALKING AND WORKING ON ROOF PANELS DO NOT PLACE BUNDLES OF PANELS ON THE ROOF STRUCTURE WITHOUT FIRST VERIFYING THE STRUCTURE WILL SAFELY SUPPORT THE CONCENTRATED WEIGHT OF THE PANELS AND THE WEIGHT OF THE INSTALLATION CREW. SOME ROOF STRUCTURES MAY NOT BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF A FULL PANEL BUNDLE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL STRUCTURE SUPPORT. DO NOT USE A ROOF PANEL AS A WORKING PLATFORM. AN UNSECURED PANEL COULD COLLAPSE UNDER THE WEIGHT OF A PERSON STANDING BETWEEN PURLINS OR AT THE PANEL END. DO NOT WALK ON THE LAST INSTALLED PANEL RUN, AS THE UNSECURED EDGE COULD COLLAPSE UNDER A PERSON'S WEIGHT. WHEN INSTALLING CLIPS OR MAKING END LAP CONNECTIONS, ETC., STAND WHERE THE ROOF STRUCTURAL WILL SUPPORT YOUR WEIGHT. AN APPROVED AND SAFE WALKING PLATFORM SHOULD BE USED IN HIGH TRAFFIC AREAS TO PREVENT THE ROOF PANEL FROM BEING DEFORMED, SCRATCHED, OR SCUFFED. SAFETY EQUIPMENT THE USE OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT FOR THE ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION IS RECOMMENDED AT ALL TIMES DURING THE INSTALLATION PROCESS. HOWEVER, WHEN USING LANYARDS, ENSURE THAT THE CLASP, BELT HOOKS AND WIRE CABLES ARE COVERED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THEY WILL NOT SCRATCH THE PANEL SURFACE IF ACCIDENTALLY DRAGGED ALONG THE PANEL. CREW SIZE THE LENGTH OF THE INDIVIDUAL ROOF PANELS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED WHEN DETERMINING CREW SIZE. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS, THERE BE ONE PERSON FOR EVERY TEN FEET OF PANEL LENGTH, PLUS ONE. PANEL OVERHANG DO NOT STAND ON THE END OF UNSUPPORTED (CANTILEVERED) PANELS AT THE EAVE OR RIDGE. STANDING ON THE CANTILEVER PORTION MAY RESULT IN PANEL COLLAPSE. POINT LOADS WHEN PROPERLY SUPPORTED BY THE STRUCTURAL STEEL, PANELS ARE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT UNIFORM LOADS, WHICH ARE EVENLY DISTRIBUTED OVER THE PANEL SURFACES. POINT LOADS THAT OCCUR IN SMALL OR CONCENTRATED AREAS, SUCH AS HEAVY EQUIPMENT, LADDER, OR PLATFORM FEET, ETC., MAY CAUSE PANEL DEFORMATION OR EVEN PANEL COLLAPSE. SLICK SURFACES PANEL SURFACES AND STRUCTURAL STEEL SURFACES ARE HARD, SMOOTH, AND NONABSORBENT, WHICH CAUSES THESE SURFACES TO BE VERY SLICK WHEN WET OR COVERED WITH SNOW OR ICE. EVEN BLOWING SAND OR HEAVY DUST CAN MAKE THESE SURFACES DIFFICULT TO WALK ON WITHOUT SLIPPING. UNPAINTED PANEL SURFACES ARE OFTEN COATED WITH OIL TO ACCOMMODATE THE PANEL -FABRICATION PROCESS. ALTHOUGH DESIGNED TO WASH AWAY OR EVAPORATE DURING NORMAL WEATHER, THE OIL ON NEW PANELS CAN BE EXTREMELY SLICK, ESPECIALLY DURING PERIODS OF LIGHT RAIN AND DEW. CAUTION MUST BE EXERCISED TO PREVENT SLIPPING AND FALLING ONTO THE ROOF SURFACE OR EVEN SLIDING OFF THE ROOF. NON -SLIP FOOTWEAR IS A NECESSITY AND NON -SLIP WORKING PLATFORMS ARE RECOMMENDED. ELECTRICAL CONDUCTANCE METAL PANELS ARE EXCELLENT ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS. A COMMON CAUSE OF INJURY IS THE CONTACT OF METAL PANELS WITH POWER LINES DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. THE LOCATION OF ALL POWER LINES MUST BE NOTED AND, IF POSSIBLE, FLAGGED. THE INSTALLATION PROCESS MUST BE ROUTED TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH ALL POWER LINES AND HIGH VOLTAGE SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT. ALL TOOLS AND POWER CORDS MUST BE PROPERLY INSULATED AND GROUNDED AND THE USE OF APPROVED GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT BREAKERS IS RECOMMENDED. FALSE SECURITY OF INSULATION BLANKET AND RIGID BOARD INSULATION BLOCK THE INSTALLER'S VIEW OF THE GROUND BELOW THE ROOF. SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR WHEN THE INSTALLER GETS A FALSE SENSE OF SECURITY BECAUSE HE CANNOT SEE THE GROUND AND STEPS THROUGH THE INSULATION. SHARP EDGES SOME EDGES OR PANELS AND FLASHING ARE RAZOR SHARP AND CAN CAUSE SEVERE CUTS IF PROPER PROTECTIVE HAND GEAR IS NOT WORN. BE CAREFUL NOT TO INJURE OTHERS WHILE MOVING PANELS AND FLASHING. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES SUPPORTS FOR THE ROOF SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND ARE REQUIRED AS SHOWN IN THE SECTIONS AND AS NOTED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL NECESSARY CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS FOR PROPER ELEVATIONS RELATIVE TO THE ROOF PANELS HAVE BEEN SHOWN. THE ERECTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THESE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS WITH OTHER TRADES ASSOCIATED WITH THE BUILDING ROOF SYSTEM. ERECTION CARE THE ERECTOR MUST BE SKILLED IN THE ERECTION OF METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, FEDERAL AND STATE CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY REGULATIONS INCLUDING OSHA REGULATIONS AS WELL AS ANY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL, NATIONAL OR INTERNATIONAL UNION RULES OR PRACTICES. THE ERECTOR REMAINS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY AND APPROPRIATENESS OF ALL TECHNIQUES AND METHODS UTILIZED BY ITS CREWS IN THE ERECTION OF THE METAL BUILDING SYSTEM AND/OR THE ROOF SYSTEM. THE ERECTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING ANY SAFETY DEVICES SUCH AS SCAFFOLDS, RUNWAYS, NETS, ETC. WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED TO SAFELY ERECT THE METAL BUILDING SYSTEM AND/OR ROOF SYSTEM. THE ERECTOR OF THE ROOF SYSTEM SHALL EXERCISE GREAT CARE AND ATTENTION TO THE DETAILS AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS TO INSURE A SECURE AND PROPER FIT OF ALL COMPONENTS. MBS SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPERVISING AND/OR COORDINATING THE ERECTION OF THE ROOF SYSTEM WITH OTHER TRADES. DUE CONSIDERATION MUST BE GIVEN BY THE ERECTOR TO THE EFFECTS OF THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WHEN ERECTING A ROOF TIE-IN TO AN EXISTING STRUCTURE TO INSURE A SAFE, SECURE, WEATHER TIGHT CONDITION. FLASHING FOR TIE-INS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS IS TYPICALLY NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF THE MATERIAL PROVIDED BY MBS. REFER TO THE SECTIONS/DETAILS FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS PROVIDED BY MBS. THERMALBLOCKS PURPOSE THERMAL BLOCKS ARE USED IN BOTH INSULATED AND UN -INSULATED CONDITIONS. THEY PROVIDE IMPROVED THERMAL PERFORMANCE WERE INSULATION HAS BEEN COMPRESSED AT THE SECONDARY MEMBERS UNDER THE PANEL. THEY ALSO PROVIDE SUPPORT TO THE PANEL AND REDUCE PANEL FLUTTERING AND RUMBLE IN UN -INSULATED CONDITIONS. UN -INSULATED CONDITIONS UTILIZE THERMAL BLOCKS OR FOAM SPACERS THAT HAVE ADHESIVE TO ADHERE TO THE SECONDARY MEMBER TO PREVENT THEM FROM FALLING OUT OF PLACE. LOCATIONS THERMAL BLOCKS OR FOAM SPACERS ARE TO BE USED OVER ANY SECONDARY MEMBER WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE EAVE MEMBER WHERE THE EAVE PLATE IS LOCATED. INSULATED ROOF UN -INSULATED ROOF BLOCK BLOCK MK# THICK CLIP MK# THICK CLIP N/A N/A SHORT H3310 1/2" SHORT /8" N/A N/A SHORT H3305 1112" TALL /4" N/A N/A SHORT H3307 21/2" SUPERTALL INSULATION R THICK R7 2 R10 33 R11 33 R13 4 3/8" N/A N/A SHORT R13 4 3/8" H3301 1" TALL R16 5 1/4" H3301 1" TALL R19 6 3/8" H3301 1" TALL R25 8" H3301 1" TALL R30 91/4" H3301 1" SUPER TALL R32 10" H3301 1" SUPER TALL R35 111/2" H3301 1" SUPER TALL R38 12" H3301 1" SUPER TALL NOTEi PANEL CLIPS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY ROOF PANEL iffifflE INSULATION THERM�SECONDARY ALBLOCK MEMBER (PURLIN SHOWN, JOIST SIMILAR) ROOF SYSTEM COMPONENT WITH DETAILING DEFINITION COMPONENTS WITH DETAILING DEFINITION IS A CASE WHERE MBS IS PROVIDING THE ROOF SYSTEM TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANOTHER STRUCTURE. MBS REFERS TO THAT AS A "COMPONENTS WITH DETAILING." THIS SIMPLY MEANS THAT MBS SHALL CALCULATE THE QUANTITIES AND LENGTHS FOR THE MATERIAL REQUIRED. MBS IS PERFORMING NO ENGINEERING STUDY OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD ON THE PROJECT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE ROOF SYSTEM WITH THE OTHER TRADES OF THE PROJECT TO INSURE A SAFE, QUALITY AND PROPER APPLICATION OF THE ROOF SYSTEM. DIAPHRAGM THE ROOF IS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION AND WILL NOT ACT AS A DIAPHRAGM FOR RESISTING LATERAL LOAD FORCES OR PROVIDING LATERAL STABILITY TO THE ROOF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. DUE CONSIDERATION FOR THIS MUST BE ADDRESSED BY THE PROJECT ENGINEER OF RECORD. IN ADDITION, THE ROOF SYSTEM, BECAUSE IT IS DESIGNED TO FLOAT, WILL NOT SUPPORT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS LATERALLY. WHEN REPLACING AN EXISTING SCREW DOWN ROOF, ADDITIONAL BRACING MAY BE REQUIRED TO LATERALLY SUPPORT THE MEMBERS. ENGINEERING AND MATERIAL FOR THESE USES SHALL NOT BE PROVIDED BY MBS. BUILDING & PANEL PREPARATION STEP 11 PLUMB AND SQUARE THE FIRST STEP IN THE SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION OF WALL PANELS IS TO HAVE THE PRIMARY FRAMING PLUMB AND SQUARE. FOR BEST RESULTS IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT A TRANSIT BE USED WHEN ERECTING THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. MAKE SURE THAT THE FOUNDATION AND BUILDING STRUCTURE IS SQUARE, LEVEL, AND CORRECT TO THE OUT -TO -OUT STEEL LINE DIMENSIONS. SEE FIGURE "A" FIELD CUTTING PANELS I Ail" �,!'� I WHEN FIELD CUTTING OR MITERING WALL PANELS NON-ABRASIVE CUTTING TOOLS SUCH AS NIBBLERS OR TIN -SNIPS SHALL BE USED. ABRASIVE CUTTING TOOLS SUCH AS MECHANICAL GRINDERS OR POWER SAWS CAN DAMAGE THE MATERIAL FINISH AND CREATE EXCESS METAL SHAVINGS THAT CAN CORRODE THE PANELS. THE USE OF NON -APPROVED CUTTING DEVICES MAY VOID THE FACTORY WARRANTY. ANY METAL SHAVINGS THAT ARE CREATED NEED TO BE CLEANED FROM THE PANEL TO PREVENT SCRATCHING AND/OR CORROSION. THE MANUFACTURER WILL NOT ACCEPT CLAIMS FOR DAMAGE/DETERIORATION DUE TO USE OF UNAPPROVED TOOLS. SPECIAL CONDITION AT A STRONG -BACK EAVE BEAM IF THIS PROJECT HAS AN EAVE BEAM WITH (2) PURLINS, AS SHOWN, DO NOT ATTACH ROOF CLIPS TO THE "SECOND" PURLIN. l:__lq CLIP SECOND PURLIN SECOND PURLIN EAVE BEAM AT LOW EAVE EAVE BEAM AT HIGH EAVE FASTENER INSTALLATION RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPESi SEE ALSO FASTENER SCHEDULE 4 AMP OR HIGHER RATED TOOLS (DO NOT USE IMPACTING TOOLS) 2000 - 2500 RPM SCREW GUN WITH TORQUE ADJUSTABLE CLUTCH MANUAL OR ELECTRIC RIVET TOOL DO NOT USE IMPACTING TOOLS TO ASSURE PROPER VOLTAGE TO THE TOOL, EXTENSION CORDS SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR PROPER WIRE SIZE/CHORD LENGTH. 16 GAGE WIRE, MAXIMUM CHORD LENGTH =100' 14 GAGE WIRE, MAXIMUM CHORD LENGTH = 200' 12 GAGE WIRE, MAXIMUM CHORD LENGTH = 300' DRIVING TIPSi SET THE NUT DRIVER AS DESCRIBED BELOW PRIOR TO INSTALLING FASTENERS TO PREVENT FASTENER WOBBLE... SOCKET EXTENSIONS (4" OR 6") ARE RECOMMENDED TO BE USED FOR INSTALLING PANEL CLIP FASTENERS TO MAINTAIN VERTICAL FASTENER INSTALLATION. EXCESSIVE PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DRILL POINT FAILURE. LET THE FASTENER DO THE WORK DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN FASTENERS AS THIS WILL LEAD TO PANEL DIMPLING AND DISTORTION. 1. PUT THE TOP OF THE FASTENER INTO THE NUT 2. PLACE THE POINT OF THE FASTENER ONTO DRIVER. NOTEi FOR PAINTED FASTENERS, A HARD SURFACE AND FIRMLY HIT THE TOP OF PLACE A SINGLE OR DOUBLED LAYER OF THE NUT DRIVER 2-3 TIMES. PLASTIC BETWEEN THE FASTENER HEAD AND THE NUT DRIVER. NO GAP 3. THE BASE OF THE NUT DRIVER SHOULD NOW 4. BAD SET VS. GOOD SET. BE CONTACTING THE TOP OF THE HEAD OF THE FASTENER WITH NO GAPS. CORRECT TOO LOOSE TOO TIGHT SEALING MATERIAL COMPRESSED SEALING MATERIAL VISIBLE UNDER SEALING MATERIAL COMPRESSED UNDER CAP OF FASTENER. CAP OF FASTENER. BUT DIMPLED THE PANEL / TRIM. STRIP A FASTENER? H1030/H1050 H1000 1050 IF YOU STRIP HW T H1 00 REPLACE IT WITH H1000 T =::::::> T IF YOU STRIP H1000 IN ENDLAP YOU MUST REBUILD THE ENDLAP ROOF SHEETING DIRECTION 1.) THE ROOF SHEETING PLAN IS SHOWN WITH THE ROOF PANELS BEING ERECTED FROM "LEFT -TO -RIGHT'. IF THE DESIRE IS TO ERECT THE ROOF PANELS FROM "LEFT -TO -RIGHT", FOLLOW THE ROOF SHEETING PLAN AS SHOWN. IF THE DESIRE IS TO ERECT THE ROOF PANELS FROM "RIGHT -TO -LEFT", FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS SHOWN BELOW. 2.) WHEN SETTING BUNDLES OF PANELS ON THE ROOF, THE "MALE RIB" MUST ALWAYS BE AWAY FROM THE END OF THE BUILDING WHERE THE SHEETING WILL BEGIN. ROOF PLANE MALE RIB ORIGINAL LAYOUT (LEFT -TO -RIGHT) a "MALE RIBS" < y LOW EAVE FULL WIDTH PANELS ROTATE PANELS 180, (RIGHT -TO -LEFT) a f "MALE RIBS" z Q FULL WIDTH PANELS LOW EAVE CFR GENERAL NOTES GENERAL ROOF PANEL NOTES U) LJJ U_ LJJ U) _.I Q z LLJ 2E z 0 Q >� z LJJ C 0 Z ww0 a Z (j w J LLJ iY a U) w F w 0 w N N wZ W wN C) H M W W m 0 Y 06 � m N = o J; Zy MIx� 04 i 4 '0 \21009201 q7 �0��5'1'I0NAL Y LU EBoaa�@$�m2CID e=9Jtz"&A g LL 0 wn m5-.z -ES_ E `' O g'�°amw =a 0 BASIC INSTALLATION SEQUENCE THE FOLLOWING STEPS OUTLINE THE BASIC INSTALLATION OF THE ROOF SYSTEM. REFERENCE THE SPECIFIC DETAILS WITHIN THIS ERECTION DRAWING SET FOR CONDITIONS SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT. START PANEL PREPARATION THE ROOF SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO BE ELEVATED AND FLOAT ABOVE THE ROOF SUPPORT MEMBERS. BEGIN AT THE LOWER RAKE CORNER BY INSTALLING THE EAVE PLATE. (REFERENCE EAVE PLATE INSTALLATION BELOW) AFTER EAVE PLATE HAS BEEN INSTALLED, STITCH THE FIRST ROLL OF ROOF INSULATION FROM RIDGE / HIGH EAVE TO LOW EAVE. INSTALL THE RAKE CLIPS AND RAKE ANGLE TO SUPPORT / SECURE THE START PANEL. (REFERENCE RAKE ANGLE I RAKE CLIP PREPARATION TO THE RIGHT) FIELD CUT AND INSTALL START PANEL THE START PANEL IS SUPPLIED AS A FULL SHEET AND WILL NEED TO BE CUT. REFER TO THE ROOF SHEETING PLAN FOR START / FINISH DIMENSIONS AND RAKE DETAILS TO DETERMINE PROPER PANEL CUT. INSTALL THE START PANEL (LOW EAVE PANEL FIRST IF PANEL RUN IS LONG ENOUGH TO REQUIRE ENDLAPS) BY SECURING THE PANEL TO THE EAVE PLATE AND RAKE ANGLE. (REFERENCE LOW EAVE AND RAKE DETAILS). INSTALL PANEL CLIPS ON LEADING EDGE OF PANEL AS SHOWN IN THE PANEL CLIP DETAIL. CONTINUE TO INSTALL UPSLOPE START PANEL IF ENDLAPS ARE REQUIRED. REFERENCE THE BACKUP PLATE DETAIL AND ENDLAP DETAIL FOR ATTACHMENT OF START PANEL(S) AT RAKE ANGLE. RAKE ANGLE / RAKE CLIP PREPARATION PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE ROOF INSULATION THE SECONDARY MEMBER WILL NEED TO BE PRE -DRILLED FOR THE RAKE CLIPS. PRE -DRILLING WILL MAKE INSTALLATION OF THE RAKE AND CLIPS MUCH EASIER AFTER INSULATION IS IN PLACE. DO NOT INSTALL RAKE CLIPS UNTIL INSULATION (IF REQUIRED) IS INSTALLED. RAKE CLIP IS INSTALLED ON TOP OF THE INSULATION. SNAP A CHALK LINE AS SHOWN BELOW FROM HIGH EAVE / RIDGE TO LOW EAVE. DRILL 3/16" 0 HOLE CENTERED ON SECONDARY MEMBER. THIS HELPS TO ALIGN THE START PANEL. NOTE: IMP WALL PANEL 4" THICK REQUIRE ANGLES ON TOP OF SECONDARY MEMBER EXTENDED BEYOND STEEL LINE TO ALLOW FOR RAKE CLIP ATTACHMENT. ATTACH WITH (1) H10201 H1070 TO PURLIN / JOIST PRIOR TO RAKE CLIP INSTALLATION. CHALK LINE — PRE -DRILL Wl3/16"0 DRILL BIT STEEL LINE—, INTERMEDIATE PANEL & MODULARITY EXT. CHALK LINE THE INTERMEDIATE PANELS (FULL PANELS) SHOULD BE INSTALLED BY ROLLING THE PANEL INTO PLACE ENSURING THE SEAM IS FULLY ENGAGED. SECURE THE PANELS WITH PANEL CLIPS AND THE LOW EAVE ACROSS THE ROOF. IT IS PRE -DRILL W/ 3116" RECOMMENDED TO INSTALL THE OUTSIDE CLOSURE AT THE HIGH EAVE / RIDGE AS THE ROOF PROGRESSES. THIS DRILL BIT WILL HELP MAINTAIN MODULARITY. (REFERENCE HIGH EAVE / RIDGE DETAILS) MAGO1 (LLH) (REQ'D WITH PURLIN FINISH PANEL IMP WALL>4" ONLY) EAVE MEMBER W/ THE FINISH PANEL IS SIMILAR TO THE START PANEL INSTALLATION. THE RAKE ANGLE CLIPS AND RAKE ANGLE NEEDS EAVE PLATE TO BE INSTALLED ON TOP OF THE INSULATION PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE FINISH PANEL. THE FINISH PANEL SHOULD BE RAKE ANGLE /RAKE CLIP INSTALLATION FIELD CUT AND ROLLED INTO PLACE AND SECURED TO THE RAKE ANGLE SIMILAR TO THE START PANEL. AFTER INSULATION IS IN PLACE AND PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE RAKE CLIPS AND RAKE ANGLE APPLY 1 1/2" TAPE TRIM INSTALLATION TRIM INSTALLATION CAN BE DONE AFTER THE ROOF PANELS ALL HAVE BEEN INSTALLED OR CAN BE INSTALLED AS MASTIC ON TOP OF THE EAVE PLATE BUT ONLY REMOVE PAPER BACKING WHERE THE RAKE ANGLE WILL REST. THIS WILL SEAL BETWEEN THE EAVE PLATE AND THE RAKE ANGLE. ENOUGH PANELS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED FOR ATTACHMENT OF TRIMS. (REFERENCE TRIM DETAILS) SLIDE RAKE CLIPS ONTO RAKE ANGLE PRIOR TO SECURING THE RAKE CLIPS TO THE SECONDARY MEMBERS. PLACE EAVE PLATE INSTALLATION THE RAKE CLIPS AND ANGLE OVER THE INSULATION USING A SMALL DRIFT PIN TO LOCATE THE PRE -DRILLED HOLE. INSTALL FASTENER THROUGH OPPOSITE CLIP HOLE INTO SECONDARY MEMBER. REMOVE DRIFT PIN AND INSTALL PLACE TAPE MASTIC ON TOP OF EAVE MEMBER PRIOR TO INSTALLING EAVE PLATE. INSTALL EAVE PLATE BY SECOND FASTENER TO SECURE CLIP. NOTE: (2) SCREWS ARE REQUIRED IN EVERY CLIP. DO NOT CUT INSULATION OUT FASTENING EVERY HOLE TO EAVE MEMBER (6" O.C.) PRIOR TO INSULATION BEING INSTALLED. SECURE INSULATION FROM AROUND THE CLIP. WITH FASTENER & INSULATION RETAINER WASHER. NOTE: IF NO ROOF INSULATION IS USED SECURE EAVE PLATE IN EVERY HOLE (6" O.C.) PLACE ADDITIONAL PIECE OF 1 1/2" TAPE MASTIC ON TOP OF RAKE ANGLE AND MARRY INTO EAVE PLATE MASTIC. H1020 FASTENER NEXT RUN 3/4" TAPE MASTIC ALONG BEND OF RAKE ANGLE. w/ H2200 WASHER H1020 FASTENER w/ H2200 WASHER 1'-0" O.C. RAKE ANGLE TO EXTEND TO Q O���LFAT V-0" O.C. FOR INSULATION TIE -OFF ROOF INSULATION END OF PANEL AT HIGH EAVE MAR02NGLEH3162 TOJOINTETHANE TUBE CAULK ir (NOT BY MBS) OR RIDGE CONDITION. �L H1020 FASTENER- 6' O.C. (EVERY HOLE) TAPE MASTIC UNDER EAVE PLATE H3001 1 1/2" TAPE MASTIC H1020 FASTENER 6" O.C. (EVERY HOLE) EAVE MEMBER NOTE: H1020/H1070 (PURLIN/JOIST) FASTENERw/ H2200 WASHER V-0" O.C. FOR INSULATION TIE -OFF PROVIDED AT HIGH SIDE I RIDGE SHORT EAVE PLATE I TALL EAVE PLATE SUPER TALL EAVE PLATE IEPS10d BASIC EAVE / GUTTER IEPT1081 BASIC EAVE I GUTTER IEPX10d BASIC EAVE / GUTTER PANEL CLIP INSTALLATION BEFORE INSTALLING THE PANEL CLIP, FEEL FOR THE SUPPORT MEMBER BELOW THE INSULATION. ALIGN CLIP CENTERED OVER THE SUPPORT MEMBER AND ROLL CLIP OVER THE MALE HOOK OF THE PANEL. FASTEN CLIP WITH FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED IN THE DETAILS BASED ON THE SUPPORT MEMBER AND INSULATION UTILIZED FOR THE ROOF SYSTEM. `SPREAD FASTENERS APART AS FAR AS POSSIBLE. AVOID PLACING FASTENERS SIDE BY SIDE. THERMAL BLOCKS AND INSULATION NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY CLIP FASTENER SELECTION R-BooSF" APPLICATION SEE DETAIL FA2010 PURLIN APPLICATION H1020 FOR INSULATION SR-19 (6318") H1025 FOR INSULATION >R-19 (63/8") AND <R-38 (12") JOIST APPLICATION H1070 FOR INSULATION SR-19 (6 318") H1075 FOR INSULATION >R-19 (63/8") AND <R-38 (12") STANDARD CLIPS PART DESCRIPTION SHORT FIXED CLIP TALL FIXED CLIP SHORT SLIDING CLIP TALL SLIDING CLIP SUPER TALL SLIDING CLIP IMPORTANT NOTEi BE CAREFUL NOT TO SCRAPE OFF THE CLIP'S SEALANT WHEN INSTALLING THE CLIP. PERIMETER CLIPS PART DESCRIPTION 8" SHORT SLIDING CLIP 8" TALL SLIDING CLIP 12" SHORT SLIDING CLIP 12" TALL SLIDING CLIP 16" SHORT SLIDING CLIP 16" TALL SLIDING CLIP RAKE CLIP W/ — (2) CLIP FASTENERS INSULATION EXTEND RAKE TO NOSE OF 3/4" TAPE EAVE PLATE MASTIC KAKI ANIULI 1 1/2" TAPE ON TOP OF 1 1/2" TAPE ON TOP OF I PLATE EXTE UNDER RAK PANEL INSTALLATION BACKUP PLATE INSTALLATION THE BACKUP PLATE PROVIDES SUPPORT AT THE ENDLAP AND HIGH SIDE OF THE PANEL TO ALLOW FOR COMPRESSION OF SEALANTS. THE BACK UP PLATE HAS NOTCHES THAT SLIDE ONTO THE PANEL TO LOCATE AND HOLD THE BACKUP PLATE IN PLACE. AT THE RAKE CONDITION, THE BACKUP PLATE IS TO BE FIELD CUT FLUSH WITH THE HORIZONTAL LEG OF THE RAKE ANGLE. DO NOT EXTEND BACKUP PLATE ON TOP OF RAKE ANGLE. ROOF PANEL RAKE CLIP:SEE RAKE FOR LOCATION AND PANEL CLIP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSULATION RAKE ANGLE PURLIN , BACKUP PLATE j MK. H2650 (FIELD CUT FLUSH WITH HORIZONTAL LEG OF RAKE .OPE END OF ANGLE AT START / FINISH PANEL PANELS) INTERMEDIATE START (SEE LAP DETAIL) ENDLAP MASTIC - EAVE START PANEL, RAKE CLIP — MARK CLIP LOCATIONS - NO — FASTENERS WITHIN 2" OF CLIP RAKE CLIP RAKE ANGLE EAVE START PANEL— EAVE FASTENERS - STRUT PLATE RAKE CLIP RAKE CLIP SHORT CLIPS RAKE ANGLE MAR02 H1020 AT 24" O.C. W/ 3/4" TAPE TALL CLIPS MASTIC (H3000) BETWEEN SUPER TALL CLIPS ROOF PANEL & RAKE ANGLE (SEE NOTE 1) THE PANEL IS DESIGNED TO INTERLOCK AND HOOK TOGETHER AT THE SEAM. IN ORDER TO HOOK THE PANEL, LAY PANEL WITH FEMALE RIB OVER TOP OF THE MALE RIB. TILT THE LEADING PANEL UP UNTIL THE HOOK CATCHES THE LIP OF THE MALE RIB. ROTATE THE PANEL DOWN WHILE ENSURING THE PANEL HOOKS ENGAGED COMPLETELY UP THE RIB OF THE PANEL. TILT PANEL 90" TO LIFT THE PANEL VERTICAL POSITION SO THE FEMALE HOOK CATCHES FEMALE SEAM THE MALE LIP ILJf MALE SEAM ROTATE PANEL DOWN TO HORIZONTAL POSITION PUSH HOOK OF LIFT PANEL TO ALLOW FEMALE SEAM FEMALE SEAM TO READILY UNDER LIP OF ROTATE OVER MALE SEAM MALE SEAM. STEP 2 CHECK THAT MALE LIP IS FULLY ENGAGED SEAM ENCLOSED BY THE IMPORTANT NOTE: FEMALE HOOK. BE CAREFUL NOT TO SCRAPE OF THE FACTORY APPLIED SEALANT WHEN INSTALLING THE CLIP. STEP 3 DETAIL RAKE ANGLE ROOF SECONDARY MEMBER PANEL HIGH EAVE PREPARATION RAKE ANGLE THERMALBLOCK (IF REQ'D) PURLIN INSULATION NOTE 1: KEEP FASTENERS 2" AWAY FROM RAKE CLIPS!! PANEL BEFORE INSTALLING ADJOINING PANELS, APPLY 3" OF BUTYL CAULK ON THE MALE RIB FROM THE PANEL NOTCH DOWNSLOPE AS SHOWN TO SEAL PANEL SEAM. THE FEMALE RIB WILL NEED TO BE FIELD NOTCHED TO MATCH THE MALE RIB TO ALLOW THE OUTSIDE CLOSURE TO FIT PROPERLY. IT IS RECOMMENDED FOR THE NOTCH TO BE DONE BEFORE THE PANEL IS ROLLED INTO PLACE FOR EASE BUT CAN BE DONE AFTER. AFTER THE PANEL IS ROLLED INTO PLACE AND FIELD NOTCHED, HAND CRIMP THE PANEL A FULL 16" FROM END OF PANEL.SLIDE THE BACKUP PLATE ONTO THE PANEL. PANEL NOTCH BUTYL CAULK 00,NSLOpE INSTALLATION VIDEO SCAN THE OR CODE BELOW TO ACCESS THE INSTALLATION VIDEO THAT WILL GUIDE YOU STEP BY STEP THROUGH ROOF SYSTEM INSTALLATION. FOR FURTHER GUIDANCE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DIVISION. OUTSIDE CLOSURE MASTIC INSTALLATION MODULARITY NOTEi OUTSIDE CLOSURE MUST BE INSTALLED AS ROOF PROGRESSES. AS NEXT PANEL IS INSTALLED, CLOSURE MUST BE INSTALLED IN THE PREVIOUS PANEL RUN. STEP 11 APPLY THE PRECUT MASTIC ACROSS THE PANEL WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE MASTIC IN LINE WITH THE NOTCH PRESS THE MASTIC INTO THE CORNERS OF THE TRAPEZOID TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO GAPS. CUT A 3" PIECE OF THE PRECUT MASTIC TO PLACE A PIGTAIL AROUND THE PANEL RIB WHERE THE NOTCH IS LOCATED. FOLD PIG TAIL AS SHOWN AND PRESS INTO VOID UNDER SEAM. MARRY PIGTAIL TO PRECUT AND SEAL END OF PANEL SEAM. STEP 21 ALIGN THE OUTSIDE CLOSURE WITH THE NOTCH AND SEAT INTO THE PRECUT MASTIC. ATTACH THE OUTSIDE CLOSURE THROUGH THE PREPUNCHED HOLES THROUGH THE PANEL AND INTO THE BACKUP PLATE. STEP 31 INSTALL FASTENER THROUGH RIB INTO ADJACENT OUTSIDE CLOSURE TO DRAW THEM TOGETHER. STEP 41 PRIOR TO INSTALLING TRIM, APPLY BUTYL CAULK DOWN PROFILE OF TRAPEZOID AND 1" MIN ONTO PANEL FLAT. ALSO APPLY BUTYL CAULK FULL LENGTH OF NOTCH AND ACROSS JOINT OF ADJACEN OUTSIDE CLOSURES. ROLL OUT TAPE MASTIC ACROSS TOP OF OUTSIDE CLOSURES FOR TRIM SEALANT. H1020 PANEL OUTSIDE FASTE PIGTAIL MASTIC NOTCH CLOSURE H3650 MK. H2600 PRECUT PANEL NOTCH l `J MASTIC pIGTAIL MASTIC FOLD IN HALF 000N5LOPE CTFP 1 00�05LOpE CTFP 9 oowNs(�PF 112" TAPE MASTIC NERS 0 STEP 3 STEP 4 OUTSIDE CLOSURE AT START / FINISH PANED CUT CLOSURE TO LENGTH LEAVING AN EXTRA 1 1/2" TO FORMA TAB THAT WILL SEAL TO BACK OF RAKE TRIM. PRE -DRILL THIS TAB TO ACCEPT FASTENER. MAR02 (6" DROP) POP H1020 FASTENERS (TYP.) RIVET TO RAKE TRIM RAKE TRIMOUTSIDE CLOSURE 11/2"TABRAKE TRIM FLUSji WITH END OF PAf BUTYL TUBE CAULK H1020 1 (H3151)BOTH ENDS FASTENERS OUTSIDE 1 1/2" TAPE MASTIC PANEL (H3001) CLOSURE DETAIL A VOID CLOSURE INSTALLATION IT IS CRITICAL TO ENSURE THAT THE TAPE MASTIC OVER THE CLOSURE DOES NOT LEAVE GAPS AT THE CORNERS AND THAT THE BUTYL CAULK IN PANEL RIB JOINS THE TAPE MASTIC OVER THE CLOSURE. PANELCLOSURE TAPE MASTIC MK. H2630 PANEL RIB MK.H3640 H1030 STEP 1 i APPLY MASTIC TO TOP SIDE OF CLOSURE. STEP 21 LIFT PANEL RIB AND POSITION CLOSURE DO NOT REMOVE PAPER BACKING. UNDER THE MALE RIB AND INSTALL EXTEND MASTIC 1/2" BEYOND CLOSURE FASTENER THROUGH PREPUNCH HOLE. AND COMPRESS TO SINGLE THICKNESS WITH MASTIC BELOW CLOSURE. 11PAPERACKING STEP 3i REMOVE PAPER BACKING FROM STEP 41 APPLY TAPE PAD TO VERTICAL LEG OF MASTIC AND PRESS PANEL FIRMLY PANEL AND APPLY BUTYL CAULK INTO PLACE. VERTICALLY UP SEAM OVER CLOSURE. H1030 FASTENERS IN LINE WITH DIMPLES. START AT CENTER OF PANEL AND WORK BACK TO TRAILING EDGE THEN TOWARD H3603 3" TAPE PAD LEADING EDGE & (1) EACH SHOULDER PANEL CLOSURE H3001 1 1/2" TAPE 9 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 10 MASTIC CONT. OVER EAVE PLATE CFR BASIC INSTALLATION DETAIL BASIC PANEL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SEE ROOFLINE TRIM DETAILS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION (n co m m m =E d rr m E: m 0 o 0 5 m v L m Cn W U W U) J z W 2 z O 0-1 Q >� z W Cn cl w W O Z U w W a w O F Q w (3 = W N N W W ZW W C) H N co (n W 06 m 0 2 J m O D Lu Lu EBoaaN@$�m2 LL O wn g mOE- E 2_ r 5E___ 7 pia SPECIAL ATTENTION MUST BE GIVEN TO INSULATION PAG AND RECOMMEND PRE -DRILLING TO LOCATE CLIPS. MOD LARITY TOOLS ARE AVAILABLE TO AID IN MODULARITY. PANEL MODULARITY SEQUENCE THE PROCEDURES AND SEQUENCE SHOWN ARE RECOMMENDED TO AID IN MAINTAINING PANEL MODULARITY. THE TOOLS SHOWN ARE NOT REQUIRED BUT RECOMMENDED TO AID INSTALLATION. ENSURE THE INSULATION IS PERMITTED TO SAG AT MID -SPAN BETWEEN ROOF SECONDARY MEMBERS AND EXPANDED TO THE FULL THICKNESS WHILE STILL KEEPING CONTACT WITH BOTTOM OF PANEL. DO NOT PULL THE INSULATION TAUT AS THIS WILL SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCE THE THERMAL PERFORMANCE OF THE ROOF SYSTEM AND COULD CAUSE ROOF PANEL MODULARITY ISSUES. SINGLE OR MULTI LAYERS FIBERGLASS BLANKET IN: PULLED T00 TIGHT SINGLE OR MULTI LAYERS BLANKET INSULATION, EX THICKNESS PRE -DRILL ONE PILOT HOLE FOR ROOF PANEL CLIPS AT MID -SPANS, HIGH SIDE OR RIDGE AND PANEL END LAPS, IF ANY. INSTALL NEXT VOID CLOSURE AT BUILDING SAVE. PURLINS SHOWN, JOIST SIMILAR ROOF PANEL CLIP RAKE ANGLE INSULATION NOT SHOWN FOR /I CLARITY START PANEL � VOID CLOSURE MEASURE OVER Z-0" FROM CENTER OF — INSTALLED VOID CLOSURE AND MARK ON SAVE PLATE TAPE MASTIC. INSTALL NEXT VOID CLOSURE AS SHOWN. MEASURE OVER 2'-0" FROM INSTALLED CLIP FASTENER. PRE -DRILL (1) 3/16" 0 PILOT HOLE. BE SURE TO LOCATE HOLE NEAR EDGE OF PURLIN FLANGE, THIS WILL ENSURE THAT UP TO (3) FASTENERS CAN BE INSTALLED IN CLIP BASE (IF REQ'D BY DESIGN. REF. ERECTION DRAWINGS FOR FASTENER REQUIREMENTS). USE MODULARITY CLAMP(S) TO HOLD PANEL TRAPEZOID AT 5 1/16" WIDE ALONG FULL LENGTH OF PANEL SEAM, SEE SECTION A. USE MODULARITY TOOL(S) TO HOLD PANEL CLIPS IN PLACE, PRIOR TO FASTENING, TO MAINTAIN A CONSTANT 24" WIDE PANEL COVERAGE. DO NOT ADJUST THE PANEL WIDTH BY MORE THAN ± 1/6" ON ANY PANEL. ADJUSTA (BUYOUT; MODULAF (BUYOUT; CFR MOD (SUPPLIE +vis" 24" MAX COVERAGE STRETCHING PANEL COVERAGE IyMAX I SHRINKING PANEL COVERAGE CORRECT PANEL MODULARITY ADJUSTING PANEL MODULARITY STAGE #1 1. AFTER INSTALLING START PANEL PRE -DRILL CLIP HOLES 2'-0" O.C. AND MARK SAVE PLATE V-0" O.C. TO LOCATE CENTER OF VOID CLOSURES AND CENTER OF PANEL FLAT. 2. ROLL FIRST FULL PANEL IN PLACE AND ALIGN CENTER OF PANEL FLAT TO SQUARE AS SHOWN BELOW. 3. APPLY THE LOW SAVE CLAMP AS SHOWN TO DRAW PANEL TIGHT TO CLOSURE. 4. INSTALL THE SAVE FASTENERS STARTING AT CENTER OF PANEL AND WORK BACK TO TRAILING RIB. THEN FROM CENTER OF PANEL TOWARD LEADING RIB. 5. AS PANEL INSTALLATION PROGRESSES, INSTALL MORE CLAMPS UPSLOPE AS SHOWN. 6. ADD, ADJUST OR LEAVE CLAMPS OFF TO MAINTAIN PANEL MODULARITY AS NECESSARY. 7. LEAVE CLAMPS ON FIRST FULL SEAM. START PANEL OUTSIDE CLOSURE CANNOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL RIDGE/HIGH EAVE RAKE TRIM IS INSTALLED START PANEL M MODULARITY CLAMP (BUYOUT) FULL PANEL LOW EAVE LOW EAVE NOTEi TO AID IN LOW SAVE PANEL MODULARITY, PRE -INSTALL PANEL VOID CLOSURES AT 24" O.C. FASTENER SEQ USE SQUARE T( CENTER OF PAP FASTEN FROM( STAGE #2 1. INSTALL THE NEXT LOW SAVE PANEL AND ADD CLAMP. 2. REPEAT STEPS 2 THROUGH 6 FROM STAGE #1 NOTES. 3. LEAVE CLAMPS ON FIRST AND SECOND FULL SEAM. 4. INSTALL THE OUTSIDE CLOSURE IN THE FIRST FULL PANEL. 4.1. DO NOT INSTALL OUTSIDE CLOSURE IN THE LEADING PANEL. LOW SAVE LOW SAVE NOTEI TO AID IN LOW EAVE PANEL MODULARITY, PRE -INSTALL PANEL VOID CLOSURES AT 24" O.C. DO NOT INSTALL OUTSIDE CLOSURE UNTIL ADJACENT PANEL IS INSTALLED �C START PANEL OUTSIDE CLOSURE CANNOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL RAKE TRIM IS INSTALLED OUTSIDE CLOSURE CAN BE INSTALLED AT THIS STEP (SEE BASIC RIDGE/HIGH EAVE PANEL INSTALLATION DETAIL) DO NOT INSTALL OUTSIDE � .� CLOSURE IN LEADING PANEL / STAGE #3 1. KEEP CLAMPS IN PLACE ON THE FIRST TWO SEAMS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE LOW SAVE CLAMP. 2. INSTALL THE NEXT LOW SAVE PANEL AND LEAPFROG CLAMP AS SHOWN. 3. REPEAT STEPS 2 THROUGH 5 FROM STAGE #1 NOTES. START PANEL RIDGE/HIGH SAVE MODULARITY CLAMP (BUYOUT) FULL PANEL LOW SAVE LOW EAVE NOTEi TO AID IN LOW SAVE PANEL MODULARITY, PRE -INSTALL PANEL VOID CLOSURES AT 24" O.C. STAGE #4 1. KEEP CLAMPS IN PLACE ON THE FIRST TWO SEAMS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE LOW SAVE CLAMP. 2. INSTALL THE NEXT LOW SAVE PANEL AND LEAP FROG THE CLAMP AS SHOWN. 3. INSTALL SAVE PLATE FASTENERS. 4. AS PANEL INSTALLATION PROGRESSES, LEAP FROG CLAMPS FROM THREE SEAMS BACK ONTO PANEL SEAM AS SHOWN. 5. MAINTAIN TWO RUNS OF CLAMPS ON PREVIOUS SEAMS AS PANEL INSTALLATION CONTINUES. 6. REPEAT ALL STEPS / STAGES OF THIS METHOD THROUGHOUT THE ROOF PANEL ERECTION. LOW SAVE LOW SAVE NOTEi TO AID IN LOW EAVE PANEL MODULARITY, PRE -INSTALL PANEL VOID CLOSURES AT 24" O.C. RIDGE/HIGH SAVE MODULARITY GUIDANCE START PANEL OUTSIDE CLOSURE CANNOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL RAKE TRIM IS INSTALLED PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED N N OUTSIDE CLOSURE OUTSIDE CLOSURE CAN BE INSTALLED AT THIS STEP (SEE BASIC E PANEL INSTALLATION DETAIL) o DO NOT INSTALL OUTSIDE m 0 CLOSURE IN LEADING PANEL �r c m 'v J I.12 SPECIAL ATTENTION TO ABOVE STEPS TO MAINTAIN PROPER PANEL MODULARITY AND THERMAL PERFORMANCE IS CRITICAL, FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN UNSIGHTLY PANEL APPEARANCE. n n N'W 8�LL�8 RIDGE/HIGH EAVE NOTEi TO HELP HOLD PANEL MODULARITY, INSTALL W OUTSIDE CLOSURES AS U) YOU GO, J z CO W � 2 w O Z Q w 0 w�� U) Z W W W Cn Lu W Q w W ~ W Z a H M C w mC) U 0 2 W o= a m 04 ��Q O a V 04 �l 11l_1,J m l y 05/17/-102'4 PG. R1_1009201v rs1QUAL e'�` _ •77_l_rl'� Z`o Iw S E$oa o_o�o��'' oo LL ym�o��o�o d�d�aa O N _�ey�E�3ao8N mUEm�do`m APA IMPORTANT NOTE: THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THIS PAGE ONLY ADDRESS THE USE OF THE HAND CRIMPING TOOLS. INSTRUCTIONS FOR MECHANICAL SEAMING, IF REQUIRED, ARE OUTLINED IN THE SEAMING MANUAL, WHICH IS INCLUDED WITH THE MECHANICAL SEAMIER KIT PROVIDED BY THE SEAMER RENTAL COMPANY. SPECIALIZED SEAMING AND HAND CRIMPING TOOLS THE FINISHED SEAM OF THE ROOF PANELS REQUIRES SPECIAL SEAMING TOOLS THAT ARE AVAILALBE ONLY THROUGH THE MBS. CAUTION: THE USE OF OTHER SEAMING I CRIMPING EQUIPMENT WILL RESULT IN FAULTY AND / OR DAMAGED SEAMS AND SHALL INVALIDATE ANY OF THE ROOF SYSTEM'S MATERIAL AND WEATHER TIGHTNESS WARRANTIES. SEAMING TOOL SOURCE THE SEAMING TOOLS ARE PROVIDED BY MBS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE ORDER DOCUMENTS. CONTACT YOUR SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO PURCHASE NECESSARY CRIMPING TOOLS. CONTACT THE SEAMER RENTAL COMPANY FOR RENTAL INFORMATION OF THE MECHANICAL SEAMER IF REQUIRED. CRIMPING & SEAMING REQUIREMENTS THE DESIGN OF THIS STRUCTURE REQUIRES SEAMING TO MEET DESIGN AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. SEE THE SEAMING PLAN FOR ROOF PLANE SPECIFIC SEAMING REQUIREMENTS. THERE ARE THREE SEAM TYPES POSSIBLE WITH THE NUCOR CFR ROOF AS NOTED BELOW. ALL OF THESE SEAM TYPES CAN BE ACHIEVED WITH THE AVAILABLE CRIMPERS. WHEN VISE LOCK AND VISE LOCK 360 SEAMS ARE REQUIRED, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO RENT A MECHANICAL SEAMER TO AID IN THE SEAMING PROCESS. 1. NUCOR ROLL LOCKTM (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2 BELOW) 2. NUCOR VISE LOCK(R) (SEE NOTES 1, 2 AND 3 BELOW) 3. NUCOR VISE LOCK 360(R) (SEE NOTES 2 AND 3 BELOW) NOTE NUCOR ROLL LOCK SEAM IN THE MINIMUM REQUIRED BY DESIGN FOR ANY ROOF PLANE. ADDITIONAL SEAMING MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE BUILDER OR ARCHITECT. IT IS THE ERECTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PERFORM ANY ADDITIONAL CRIMPING I SEAMING REQUIRED BY THE BUILDER, ARCHITECT, ETC. ABOVE AND BEYOND THE DESIGN REQUIREMENT OF THE MBS. NOTE MULTIPLE SEAM TYPES MAY BE REQUIRED BY DESIGN IN DIFFERENT ZONES OF THE ROOF PLANE. REVIEW THE ROOF SEAMING PLAN CAREFULLY FOR ROOF PLANE SPECIFIC SEAMING REQUIREMENTS. NOTE NOT ALL ROOF SYSTEMS REQUIRE MECHANICAL SEAMING. THE BUYER, ARCHITECT, OWNER, ETC. MAY ELECT TO SPECIFY A MECHANICALLY SEAMED ROOF. OFTEN, FACTORY MUTUAL RATINGS ALSO REQUIRE A VISE LOCK 360 MECHANICAL SEAM. SEE THE SEAMING MANUAL FOR IMPORTANT ERECTOR INFORMATOIN ABOUT THE VISE LOCK 360 SEAMIER REQUIREMENTS. CHECK PANEL ASSEMBLY FEMALE MALE LIP FEMALE MALE LIP HOOK HOOK ROOF PANEL ROOF PANEL CORRECT WRONG (FALSE SEAMED) SIDE LAP FIT -UP BEFORE CRIMPING AND / OR SEAMING, INSPECT THE FULL LENGTH OF EACH PANEL SIDE LAP. CHECK THAT THE LIP AT THE MALE EDGE OF THE PANEL IS ENCLOSED BY THE HOOK OF THE ADJACENT PANEL'S FEMALE EDGE AS SHOWN IN THE DETAIL ABOVE. ANY CONDITIONS WHERE THE SEAM IS NOT ENGAGED PROPERLY MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO CRIMP OR SEAM THE PANEL. FALSE SEAMING OCCURS WHEN THE PANELS ARE NOT PROPERLY ENGAGED. FALSE SEAMED PANELS CANNOT PROVIDE THE REQUIRED WIND LOAD AND WEATHER RESISTANCE THEY CLIP ALIGNMENT BEFORE CRIMPING AND / OR SEAMING, INSPECT THAT EACH ROOF PANEL CLIP IS PROPERLY ENGAGED IN THE SIDE LAP ASSEMBLY. ANY DISPLACED CLIPS MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO CRIMP I SEAM THE ROOF PANELS. PANEL CLIPS THAT ARE NOT PROPERLY ENGAGED AND ALIGNED CAN CAUSE FAULTY CRIMP / SEAM AND OBJECTIONABLE SEAM APPEARANCE. THE MBS NOR THE SEAMER RENTAL COMPANY CAN BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CONCERNS RELATED TO IMPROPERLY ALIGNED CLIPS. SEAM DAMAGE BEFORE CRIMPING AND / OR SEAMING, INSPECT THAT EACH ROOF PANEL MALE AND FEMALE ARE FREE FROM DISTORTION AND KINKS WHICH CAN LEAD TO DIFFICULTY AND / OR DAMAGE TO THE PANEL WHILE ATTEMPTING TO CRIMP / SEAM THE PANEL. ANY DISTORTIONS / KINKS MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO CRIMP / SEAM THE PANELS. THE MBS NOR THE SEAMER RENTAL COMPANY CAN BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CONCERNS RELATED TO DAMAGE CAUSED IN THE FIELD. MANUAL CRIMPING STAND-UP VISE LOCK CRIMPER OPERA' (OPENI WHEN TO CRIMP STATIO AS WORK PROGRESSES, IT SHALL BE THE ERECTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO APPLY THE NUCOR ROLL LOCK HAND CRIMPING REQUIREMENTS IN SUCH A WAY AS TO ENSURE THAT THE PANELS HAVE BEEN ADEQUATELY SECURED AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH DAYS WORK. NUCOR ROLL LOCK SEAMTM PIVOT CRIMPED WITH ROOF PANEL ROOF PANEL MANUAL CRIMP TOOL PANEL CLIP FRAME LOW EAVE, RIDGE, END LAP AND AT CLIP SEAM BETWEEN CLIPS THE ROLL LOCK SEAMTM ROLL LOCK SEAM REQUIRES THE ROOF PANELS TO BE CRIMPED WITH A MANUAL CRIMPING TOOL BY THE COMPLETION OF EACH DAY'S WORK. THIS DOES NOT REQUIRE THE USE OF A MOTORIZED SEAMIER. PIVOT F CRIMPING IS REQUIRED AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS 1. LOW EAVE 16" 2. RIDGE / HIGH SIDE 16" 3. ENDLAP 16" 4. AT CLIPS SINGLE CRIMP CRIMPII NUCOR VISE LOCK SEAM(R) MANUAL CRIMPING - EAVE / END L/ END OF PANEL CRIMPING LOW EAVE / HIGH EAVE TOOL RIDGE END 4� Vim'' END OF PANEL CRIMP PROCESS CRIMP THE END OF THE PANEL FOLLOWED BY ADDITIONAL CRIMPS TO EXTEND 16" FROM END OF PANEL. PANEL END LAPS END OF PANEL 1P / RIDGE / PANEL CLIP PANEL CLIPS CRIMPING TOOL Panel Clip (Under Roof Panels) CRIMP PROCESS THE PANEL CLIP REQUIRES A SINGLE CRIMP CENTERED OVER THE PANEL CLIP. LAP STEP 1 STEP 2 LAP UP-E END OF PANEL END LAP CRIMP IS TWO STEP PROCESS STEP 11 CENTER THE CRIMP TOOL OVER THE PANEL END LAP FOR THE FIRST CRIMP. STEP 21 THE SECOND CRIMP MUST OVERLAP THE FIRST CRIMP AND EXTEND TO ENSURE THE CRIMP REACHES THE DODWNSLOPE PANEL CLIP. THIS MAY REQUIRE A THIRD CRIMP DEPENDING HOW MUCH OVERLAP WAS DONE. MANUAL CRIMPING STAND-UP VISE LOCK 360 CRIMPER VFtm (OPEN F STATIOI PIVOT F FRAME PIVOT F CRIMPII DO NOT USE THE VISE LOCK 360 CRIMPER FOR TEMPORARY CRIMPING. ROOF PANEL ROOF PANEL PANEL CLIP STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 1 STEP 2 UN -CRIMPED (ROLL LOCK) CRIMPED (VISE LOCK) CRIMPED (VISE LOCK) CRIMPED (VISE LOCK 360) SEAM AT CLIP SEAM BETWEEN CLIPS THE VISE LOCK SEANIIR) IS CONTINUOUS FULL LENGTH OF THE PANEL. THE VISE LOCK SEAM CAN BE ACHIEVED BY TWO DIFFERENT METHODS. 1. CONTINUALLY HAND CRIMPING THE SEAM WITH THE VISE LOCK HAND CRIMPER. 2. MECHANICALLY SEAMING WITH A VISE LOCK MOTORIZED SEAMER. NUCOR VISE LOCK 360 SEAM(R) ROOF PANEL ROOF PANEL PANEL CLIP SEAM AT CLIP SEAM BETWEEN CLIPS THE VISE LOCK 360 SEAMIR) IS CONTINUOUS FULL LENGTH OF THE PANEL. THE VISE LOCK 360(R) SEAM CAN BE ACHIEVED BY TWO DIFFERENT METHODS. 1. CONTINUALLY HAND CRIMPING THE SEAM WITH THE VISE LOCK 360 HAND CRIMPER. THE SEAM NEEDS TO BE HAND CRIMPED INTO A VISE LOCK SEAM PRIOR TO USING THE VISE LOCK 360 CRIMPER. 2. MECHANICALLY SEAMING WITH A MOTORIZED SEAMER. THE MANUAL CRIMPING PROCEDURE FOR THE STAND-UP VISE LOCK CRIMPER IS THE SAME PROCEDURE AS THE SMALL VISE LOCK HAND CRIMPER. THE STAND-UP AND SMALL HAND CRIMPERS CAN BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH EACH OTHER. THE MANUAL CRIMPERS CAN BE UTILIZED TO CREATE A CONTINUOUS SEAM BY MAKING ADJACENT CRIMPS WITH SLIGHT OVERLAP. TOOL OPERATION STEP 1 WITH THE HANDLE IN THE UPWARD (OPEN) POSITION, PLACE THE CRIMPER ON THE PANEL RIB. MAKE SURE THE CRIMPER HEAD IS COMPLETELY SEATED ON THE TOP OF THE PANEL RIB BEFORE CRIMPING. IT IS CRITICAL THAT THE OPERATING JAW IS TOWARD THE HOOK SIDE OF THE PANEL AS SHOWN ABOVE. OPERATING THE CRIMPER BACKWARDS ON THE PANEL WILL RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE PANEL. STEP 2 PUSH DOWN ON THE HANDLE UNTIL IT STOPS. RAISE HANDLE TO RELEASE CRIMPER. REPOSITION CRIMPER AS NECESSARY AND REPEAT TO EXTEND THE LENGTH OF THE CRIMP. THE MANUAL CRIMPING PROCEDURE FOR THE STAND-UP VISE LOCK 360 CRIMPER IS THE SAME PROCEDURE AS THE SMALL VISE LOCK 360 HAND CRIMPER. THE STAND-UP AND SMALL HAND VISE LOCK 360 CRIMPERS ARE DESIGNED TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH VISE LOCK CRIMPERS OR SEAMER. THE PANEL RIB MUST BE IN THE VISE LOCK SEAM PRIOR TO OPERATING THE VISE LOCK 360 CRIMPERS. THE MANUAL CRIMPERS CAN BE UTILIZED TO CREATE A CONTINUOUS SEAM BY MAKING ADJACENT CRIMPS WITH SLIGHT OVERLAP. TOOL OPERATION STEP 1 AFTER THE AREA HAS BEEN SEAMED TO THE VISE LOCK SEAM, PLACE THE VISE LOCK 360 CRIMPER ON THE PANEL RIB WITH THE HANDLE IN THE UPWARD (OPEN) POSITION. MAKE SURE THE CRIMPER HEAD IS COMPLETELY SEATED ON THE TOP OF THE PANEL RIB BEFORE CRIMPING. IT IS CRITICAL THAT THE OPERATING JAW IS TOWARD THE HOOK SIDE OF THE PANEL AS SHOWN ABOVE OPERATING THE CRIMPER BACKWARDS ON THE PANEL WILL RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE PANEL. STEP 2 PUSH DOWN ON THE HANDLE UNTIL IT STOPS. RAISE HANDLE TO RELEASE CRIMPER. REPOSITION CRIMPER AS NECESSARY AND REPEAT TO EXTEND THE LENGTH OF THE CRIMP. IMPORTANT IF THE 360 TOOL DOES NOT FORM THE VISE LOCK 360 SEAM CORRECTLY, STOP AND CHECK THE SEAM TO ENSURE A PROPER AND CONTINUOUS VISE LOCK SEAM HAS BEEN COMPLETED. IF NOT, RE -CRIMP / SEAM TO A PROPER VISE LOCK SEAM BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO SEAM TO THE VISE LOCK 360. CFR HAND CRIMPING NOTES HAND CRIMING TOOLS AND PROCEDURES CONTRACT SELECTION: ALL CONDITIONS, IF APPLICABLE ® BLDG. RAKE PARAPET: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED - STRAIGHT CLOSURES UP TO 1 1/2:12. BEVELED CLOSURES UP 9:12. ® BLDG. HIGH EAVE PARAPET: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED -STRAIGHT CLOSURES. ® BLDG. PARAPET GUTTER: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED - STRAIGHT CLOSURES. ® EAVE/RAKE EXTENSION WITH SOFFIT PANEL: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED, ® TRANSLUCENT WALL PANEL: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED. ® INSET/RECESSED WALLS: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED. ® BOXED CANOPIES: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED. ® CLOSED FASCIAS: CLOSURES ALWAYS PROVIDED. ® BLDG. SCULPTURED RAKE TRIM:- STRAIGHT CLOSURES PROVIDED UP TO 1 1/2:12. BEVELED CLOSURES UP 9:12. ® BLDG. HIGH EAVE SCULPTURED TRIM: - STRAIGHT CLOSURES PROVIDED. ® BLDG. LOW EAVE BASIC I ON -SLOPE GUTTER / HORIZ GUTTER: - STRAIGHT CLOSURES PROVIDED. ® BLDG. BASE TRIM: STRAIGHT CLOSURES PROVIDED. ® BLDG. FRAMED OPENING HEAD TRIM / SILL TRIM: - STRAIGHT CLOSURES PROVIDED. ® BLDG. WAINSCOT TRANSITION: - STRAIGHT CLOSURES PROVIDED. WALL PANEL CLOSURE REQUIREMENTS SEE SPECIFIC DETAILS & WALL PANEL ELEVATIONS FOR PART MARKS & CLOSURE LOCATIONS • H1060 STITCH FASTENER ERECTOR NOTE: o H1040 STRUCTURAL FASTENER I ERECTION OF THE SOFFIT PANEL MUST BE COORDINATED PROPERLY WITH THE SOFFIT TRIM CONDITIONS AS SHOWN IN THE ERECTION DETAILS. PLACEMENT AI ORIENTATION OF THE SOFFIT PANEL MAY VARY BY CONDITION AND SUPPORT MEMBERS MAY ALSO VARY. USE THIS FASTENING PATTERN UNLESS TRIM SECTI SHOWS A SPECIFIC PATTERN. 36" 36" NET COVERAGE NET COVERAGE A -PANEL R-PANEL REVERSE R-PANEL 1ANEL \P MEMBER FASTENERS O.C. MAXIMUI EN SUPPORT SOFFIT PANEL ERECTION DETAIL U) Lu U_ Lu U) J z LLJ 2E z O OfQ >� z Lu C 0 �w0 `U z U Q Q pa' � 11 l U) w O Q w U = wN w Z W W w1-- H N M U)w w O 06 Q z 2 J m � O Zy MIg )ii 04 i 4 i0 �21.09201 �WN I0NAL Yy lu- LIJ EBoa a�@$�m2 00 sz_a�s m�.o�8 � e=a�tz&22, g ILL O wn m3''-'�-ES_ cM ?U r) �6pFgys�._=a BUILDING & PANEL PREPARATION SQUAR SQUARE STEP 1: PLUMB AND SQUARE THE FIRST STEP IN THE SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION OF WALL PANELS IS TO HAVE THE PRIMARY FRAMING PLUMB AND SQUARE. FOR BEST RESULTS, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT A TRANSIT BE USED WHEN ERECTING THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. MAKE SURE THAT THE FOUNDATION AND BUILDING STRUCTURE IS SQUARE, LEVEL, AND CORRECT TO THE OUT -TO -OUT STEEL LINE DIMENSIONS. SEE FIGURE "A" STEP 2: GIRT BLOCKING BLOCK GIRTS TO "LEVEL" POSITION BEFORE STARTING THE WALL SHEETING OR INSULATION. CHECK TO BE SURE THAT THE EAVE STRUT AND GIRTS ARE STRAIGHT AND PLUMB. TO ALIGN THE GIRTS, CUT TEMPORARY WOOD BLOCKING TO THE PROPER LENGTH AND INSTALL BETWEEN THE LINES OF GIRTS. THIS BLOCKING CAN BE MOVED FROM BAY TO BAY WHICH WILL REDUCE THE NUMBER OF PIECES REQUIRED. NORMALLY, ONE LINE OF BLOCKING PER BAY WILL BE SUFFICIENT BUT WIDER BAYS MAY REQUIRE MORE. IT IS RECOMMENDED TO BLOCK AT LEAST TWO BAYS AND LEAP FROG THE BLOCKING AS A BAY IS SHEETED. BLOCKING SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED UNTIL THE FULL BAY HAS BEEN SHEETED. SEE FIGURE "B" STEP 3: PRE -DRILL PANEL LAP STACK PANELS WITH ENDS FLUSH ON A LEVEL PLACE ON THE GROUND IN PILES NOT EXCEEDING 10 PANELS. THEN PLACE SMALL WOODEN BLOCKS UNDER SIDE -LAPPING EDGE OF STACK OF PANELS TO HOLD THEM AT CORRECT HEIGHT AND POSITION WHILE DRILLING FASTENER HOLES. HOLD PANELS TIGHTLY TOGETHER AT EACH END WITH CLAMPING PLIERS. CAREFULLY MARK POSITIONS FOR SIDE -LAP FASTENERS ON TOP OF HIGH RIB. FASTENERS SHOULD BE LOCATED "ON CENTER" OF HIGH RIB. DRILL HOLES FOR "STITCH" FASTENER (USE #1,-7/32` - 15/64" DRILL -BIT) ON TOP SHEET OF SIDE -LAP. BE SURE PANELS ARE WELL NESTED BEFORE DRILLING. SEE FIGURE "C" EAVE MEMBER GIRT - FIGURE "A" BLOCKING (NOT BY METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER) FIGURE "B" PRE -DRILLED —DRILL BIT TOP PANEL —TOP LAP —WOODBLOCK 3'-0" (PANEL COVERAGE FIGURE "C" FIELD CUTTING PANELS WHEN FIELD CUTTING OR MITERING WALL PANELS, NON-ABRASIVE CUTTING TOOLS SUCH AS NIBBLERS OR TIN -SNIPS SHALL BE USED. ABRASIVE CUTTING TOOLS SUCH AS MECHANICAL GRINDERS OR POWER SAWS CAN DAMAGE THE MATERIAL FINISH AND CREATE EXCESS METAL SHAVINGS THAT CAN CORRODE THE PANELS. THE USE OF NON -APPROVED CUTTING DEVICES MAY VOID THE FACTORY WARRANTY. PUSH NEXT TO APPLY EVEN PRESSURE WITH MAJOR RIB IN FOREARM AS SHOWN. DO NOT FLAT OF PANEL CAUSE PANEL TO GROW IN WIDTH. I I CI(_I IDC "E" PANEL INSTALLATION & FASTENER SEQUENCE STEP 1: INSTALL FIRST PANEL INSTALL THE FIRST WALL PANEL AT THE BUILDING CORNER AND ALIGN THE PANEL RIB WITH THE STEEL LINE AS SHOWN IN THE CORNER DETAILS USING THE START/FINISH DIMENSION SHOWN ON THE PLAN. IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT THAT THE FIRST WALL PANEL IS INSTALLED PLUMB AND SQUARE. USE A LEVEL OR A TRANSIT TO AID IN THIS PROCESS. ANY METAL SHAVINGS THAT ARE CREATED NEED TO BE CLEANED FROM THE PANEL TO PREVENT SCRATCHING I PLACE A 1/8" SHIM ON THE BASE TRIM UNDER THE PANEL TO HOLD THE PANEL OFF THE BASE TRIM. ENSURE THAT THE AND/OR CORROSION. THE MANUFACTURER WILL NOT ACCEPT CLAIMS FOR DAMAGE/DETERIORATION DUE TO USE OF WEIGHT OF THE PANEL DOES NOT FORCE BASE TRIM TO EXCESSIVELY BEND DOWN. BASE TRIM SHOULD HAVE A SLIGHT UNAPPROVED TOOLS. SLOPE TO ALLOW WATER TO RUN OUT AND NOT SIT ON BASE TRIM. SEE FIGURE "D"- TO RIGHT FASTENER INSTALLATION RECOMMENDED TOOL TYPES: SEE ALSO FASTENER SCHEDULE 4 AMP OR HIGHER RATED TOOLS (DO NOT USE IMPACTING TOOLS) 2000 - 2500 RPM SCREW GUN WITH TORQUE ADJUSTABLE CLUTCH MANUAL OR ELECTRIC RIVET TOOL DO NOT USE IMPACTING TOOLS TO ASSURE PROPER VOLTAGE TO THE TOOL, EXTENSION CORDS SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR PROPER WIRE SIZE/CHORD LENGTH. 16 GAGE WIRE, MAXIMUM CHORD LENGTH = 100' 14 GAGE WIRE, MAXIMUM CHORD LENGTH = 200' 12 GAGE WIRE, MAXIMUM CHORD LENGTH = 300' DRIVING TIPS: SET THE NUT DRIVER AS DESCRIBED BELOW PRIOR TO INSTALLING FASTENERS TO PREVENT FASTENER WOBBLE... COMPRESS THE INSULATION AT FASTENER LOCATION WITH ONE HAND WHILE DRIVING THE FASTENER WITH THE OTHER. THIS WILL HELP KEEP THE PANEL FLAT AND PREVENT THE FASTENER FROM "WALKING". DRIVE FASTENERS PERPENDICULAR TO PANEL SURFACE. EXCESSIVE PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DRILL POINT FAILURE. LET THE FASTENER DO THE WORK. DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN FASTENERS AS THIS WILL LEAD TO PANEL DIMPLING AND DISTORTION. 1. PUT THE TOP OF THE FASTENER INTO THE NUT DRIVER. NOTE: FOR PAINTED FASTENERS, PLACE A SINGLE OR DOUBLED LAYER OF PLASTIC BETWEEN THE FASTENER HEAD AND THE NUT DRIVER. 3. THE BASE OF THE NUT DRIVER SHOULD NOW BE CONTACTING THE TOP OF THE HEAD OF THE FASTENER WITH NO GAPS. 2. PLACE THE POINT OF THE FASTENER ONTO A HARD SURFACE AND FIRMLY HIT THE TOP OF THE NUT DRIVER 2-3 TIMES. 4. BAD SET VS. GOOD SET. NO GAP WHEN INSTALLING THE PANEL, APPLY PRESSURE EVENLY TO AVOID DISTORTING THE PANEL AND CAUSING OIL CANNING. SEE FIGURE "E" -ABOVE RECOMMENDED PANEL FASTENING SEQUENCE IS SHOWN TO THE RIGHT. THIS PATTERN AIDS IN PLUMBING AS WELL AS MAINTAINING PANEL COVERAGE / MODULARITY. SOME APPLICATIONS MAY REQUIRE MODIFIED SEQUENCE AND WILL BE BEST DETERMINED IN THE FIELD. DO NOT ATTACH PANEL AT BASE AND TOP AND WORK TOWARD THE MIDDLE OF THE PANEL. THIS CREATES OIL CANNING. MANUFACTURER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL APPEARANCE OF INSTALLED PANEL. STEP 2: INSTALL SUBSEQUENT PANELS INSTALL THE SECOND PANEL BY LAYING THE LAP EDGE OVER THE BEARING RIB OF THE FIRST PANEL. SEE BELOW FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AT SIDE -LAP. CHECK PANEL PLUMBNESS AND FASTEN PANEL IN THE SAME SEQUENCE STARTING WITH THE STRUCTURAL FASTENERS ALONG THE LAP TO ENSURE A TIGHT SIDE -LAP. CONTINUE FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE WALL, CUTTING PANELS AROUND FRAMED OPENINGS AS REQUIRED. (TRIM SHOULD BE INSTALLED AROUND OPENINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANEL) RECOMMENDED TIPS: WALL PANELS CAN BE INSTALLED LEFT TO RIGHT OR RIGHT TO LEFT. IT IS RECOMMENDED TO INSTALL SHEETS STARTING OPPOSITE THE PREVAILING VIEW / WIND SO THAT THE SIDE -LAP SEAM IS AWAY AND LESS NOTICEABLE. PANEL ORIENTATION AND ALIGNMENT NOTE THE ORIENTATION OF THE PROFILE AND BEARING LEG FOR THE LEADING EDGE OF THE PANEL. PANELS SHOULD BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN BELOW TO HELP MAINTAIN PANEL MODULARITY / COVERAGE FOR THE LENGTH OF THE WALL. R-PANEL PANEL ERECTION LAP LEG STEEL LINE BEARING LEG A -PANEL MAY VARY TUCK PANEL TIGHT TO THIS CORNER LAP LEG STEEL LINE BEARING LEG SyF�7y �/ BASE TRIM (TRIM PROFILE VARIE PER PROJECT) ATTACHMENT TO FOUNDATION IS NOT BY METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER SIDE -LAP WITH STITCH FASTENERS (SEE WALL PANEL ERECTION DETAIL FOR MARK NUMBER AND SPACING) EAVE FLASH NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. (SEE ERECTION DRAWING LOW EAVE DETAIL FOR FASTENER REQUIREMENTS AND PART NUMBERS) —EAVE STRUT H1020 / H2200 SUPPLIED @ V-0" O.C. FOR INSULATION TIE -OFF WALL INSULATION H1060 STITCH FASTENER H1040 STRUCTURAL FASTENER H1060 AT EACH VERTICAE MEMBER/HAT CHANNEL END AND AT 30' �CORNER/TERMINATION MEMBER O.C. MAX. SIDE LAP BETWEEN WALL PANEL SUPPORTS NOTE: STITCH FASTENERS MAY OR MAY NOT LINE UP WITH VERTICAL MEMBERS. SEE BASE OR EAVE/RAKE SEE CORNER OR DETAILS FOR FASTENER AND PANEL TERMINATION 5 TRIM REQUIREMENTS AT PANEL DETAILS FOR RUN BEGINNING AND END. FASTENER AND TRIM z REQUIREMENTS AT 10 PANEL ENDS. - 1. ALIGN AND PLUMB FIRST WALL PANEL 2. TO PREVENT 'OIL -CANNING', ALL PANEL FASTENERS SHOULD START FROM ONE END OF THE PANEL AND z THEN SECURED TO EACH STRUCTURAL MEMBER TOWARDS THE OPPOSITE END OF THE PANEL 3. FOUNDATION MUST BE SQUARE, LEVEL, AND CORRECT TO THE OUT -TO -OUT STEEL LINE DIMENSIONS. 4. ERECTION CREW IS TO CLEAN ALL WALL PANELS BEFORE LEAVING JOB SITE. 5. ERECTOR IS TO ERECT PANELS SO THAT SIDRAPS ARE AWAY FROM THE MAIN TRAFFIC AREA'S LINE OF SIGHT. 6. STORE PANELS PROPERLY TO PREVENT MOISTURE. SEE ERECTION MANUAL 7. AT FLUSH GONDMONS, PRE -DRILL COLUMNS (& STUBS IF REQ'D) FOR EASE OF PANEL ATFACHMENT AT THESE AREAS. 8. FOLLOW THE APPROPRIATE DETAILS FOR ATTACHING THE PANEL AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE WALL. HORIZONTAL "REVERSE R-PANEL" ERECTION NOTES GIRT (SPACING VARIES PER PROJECT) �z \ VI / BI HORIZOt GIRT BLOCKING AS WALL P/ DESCRIBED IN BUILDING AND PANEL PREPARATION STEP 2 (NOT BY METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER) H1040 FASTE AT 12" O.C. CORRECT OVER BENT UNDER BENT SHOWS GAP @ HIGH RIBS HOLDS WATER NOTE: BASE TRIM PROFILES ARE MANUFACTURED WITH A 5"D SLOPE TO PROMOTE WATER SHED. ENSURE SLOPE IS PRESENT TO PREVENT HOLDING WATER. DO NOT ALLOW WEIGHT OF PANEL TO OVER BEND TRIM CREATING LARGER GAP AT RIB OF PANEL. FIGURE "D" BASE TRIM LAP SEALANT AT BASE TRIM LAPS, APPLY A BEAD OF POLYURETHANE TUBE CAULK (H3152) TO ALL ADJOINING SURFACES AND LAP 1". SEE BASE TRIM DETAIL FOR THE SPECIFIC TRIM FOR YOUR PROJECT. IF JOB HAS OPTIONAL FOAM PANEL CLOSURES ORDERED AT BASE, ATTACH TO INSIDE OF WALL PANEL AT BASE AND FASTEN THROUGH PANEL AND CLOSURE, INTO BASE TRIM. FASTENING PATTERN WILL VARY PER WALL PANEL TYPE. REFER TO THE WALL PANEL ERECTION DETAIL FOR MORE FASTENING INFO. USE SUPPLIED BASE CORNER PIECES OR FIELD MITER BASE TRIM AT CORNERS INSULATION HINT: AT THE BASE, FOLD THE INSULATION VAPOR BARRIER OVER THE FIBER TO HELP PREVENT WATER FROM WICKING. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE EXPOSED EDGE OF THE TRIM LAPS BE CAULKED IN FIELD NOTCH THE fxFzORDER TO HELP BACK" VERTICAL PREVENT RUSTING. LEG OF THE BASE ,. TRIM 1" AT ALL LAPS BASE TRIM FASTENER; REQ'D AT L TRIM HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL N C4 STANDARD HORIZONAL WALL PANEL LAP AT REVERSE R—PANEL HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL. VERTICAL BLOCKING SHOWN -N o o 2 m 'v `o m' L U) W U_ W 07 J W 1) w 2E O z wQ w O U WN z� ww W co w w Q �wW 1-- g W_ Z a H N M ZU�WY0 w p'J W J m N a0 c'�2 q D Zy MIg � 04iFi 4 i0 \21009201 /WTI �OF�S'1'IONAL Y�y� TUBE CAULK _ m E w REVERSE R PAN EL MAY VARY TUCK PANEL TIGHT TO POLYURETHANE (APPLY TO ALL TUBE CAULK 4 ADJOINING () g S m ` W z E 8 n E 8 og a ` w (0 00 THIS CORNER (TYP) SURFACES) _ d z �z o H �m`8� LAP LEG LWALL SHEETING GENERAL NOTES _ rn aS.—d8 -=93`s,&"$`a o VERTICAL PANEL SHOWN, SEE SHEET D aEt 3'o —E=� 7 � �-6 E STEEL LINE BEARING LEG FOR HORIZONTAL PANEL ORIENTATION�ID�&M moaR�3._my� � dam ��HHis � FASTENI H1040 "J" TRI', HTD_ PANEL SECONDARY SUPPORT SECTION "A" 02 ANGLE FROM EAVE TO BASE W/ (2) H1220 EACH SUPPORT TERMINATION AT WALL GIRT ANGLE MK. MAG01 I�CUT (2) H1020 (FIELD; I CUT Tb LENGTH) R MK. H1020 ;UPPORT T ANGLE MK. MAR01 NOTE: 1) ROOF SHEETING AND ROOF INSULATION NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY TRANSVERSE HORIZONTAL PANEL AT RAKE OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM MK. H4200 HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL FASTENER MK. H1040 ® EA. SUPPORT fqq O iLIX FO 1" U. J Z a INSIDE CORNER TRIM MK. H4210 a STEEL LINE 3 MAP02 ANGLE FROM EAVE TO BASE W/ (2) H1220 EACH SUPPORT OUTSIDE CORNER MW02 ANGLE FROM EAVE TO BASE W/ 1 H1220 EACH SUPPO INSIDE CORNER HORIZONTAL SHEETING ANGLE DETAIL PRE -DRILL AS REQUIRED JAMB MK HT1 H1040 AT EA( WALL PANEL TERMINATION FIELD CUT PANELS AS REQUIRED VERTICAL BLOCKING BASE TRIM MK. BSC121 BASE CHANNEL 0 0 w X FASTEN AT 4'-0" O.C. MAX (FASTENERS NOT BY MBS) SEALANT (NOT BY MBS) ABOVE FINISH FLOOR BASE TRIM DETAIL GIRT COVER TRIM CC8 (USE AT 8" CEE, HOT ROLL) CC9 (USE AT 9 1/2" CEE, HOT ROLL) CC1 (USE AT 10" CEE, HOT ROLL) CC2 (USE AT 12" HOT ROLL) CS8 (USE AT 8" STRUCTURAL CEE) CS9 (USE AT 9 1/2" STRUCTURAL CEE) CS2 (USE AT 12" STRUCTURAL CEE) CW8 (USE AT 8" HEADER WRAP) CW9 (USE AT 9 1/2" HEADER WRAP) CW1 (USE AT 10" HEADER WRAP) CW2 (USE AT 12" HEADER WRAP) REFERENCE LINER PANEL DETAILS FOR TRIM AND FASTENER REQUIREMENTS ERECTOR NOTE: IF LINER PANEL IS NOT REQUIRED, ATTACH COVER TRIM WITH H1040 12" O.C. CC TRIM CW TRIM lo:��CS TRIM ARMED CEE OR HOT ROLLED- USE CC TRIMS 1RAL CEE ("S" CHANNEL) - USE CS TRIMS WRAP - USE CW TRIMS FRAMED OPENING COVER TRIM WALL PANEL SEE WALLSSHEETINGTRIMI TH ER CTIONN NEL DETAIL TRIM 368 I SIILL SHOWN, HALLDEAD ARD AND JAMBS SIMI AER FOR WALL PANEL FASTENER LOCATIONS — MARK OPENING LOCATION USE (4) POP RIVETS MK, USING A DOWNSPOUT TO H1100 AT ALL ELBOW, "S", SIZE OVAL AREA. NEXT, CUT AND DOWNSPOUT ALONG THE DASHED LINES. CONNECTIONS U.N.O. 4„ BEND TABS DOWN ALONG 5„ THE SOLID LINES AND ATTACH DOWNSPOUT "S" TO GUTTER TABS WITH (4) H1060 GUTTER FASTENERS NOTE: GUTTER PROFILE MAY VARY. DOWNSPOUT "S" SEE LOW EAVE GUTTER DETAIL. MK. DSCS DOWNSPOUT STRAP BRACKET MK. DOWNSPOUT DSSTBRK FOR USE WITH A -PANEL OR DSC120 REVERSE R-PANEL. ATTACH AT MALE END PANEL RIB ONLY. USE (2) H1060 ' FASTENERS FEMALE END TYPICAL AT ALL SPLICES DOWNSPOUT STRAP MK. DSSTRAP (SCREW STRAP TO FULL OR PARTIAL WALL USING (1) H1060 FASTENER SECTION AS BEFORE INSERTING DOWNSPOUT) REQUIRED FIELD BEND STRAP AND FASTEN TO DOWNSPOUT WITH (2) H1060 ELBOW IF FASTENERS REQUIRED MK. DSCE DOWNSPOUT STRAP (MK. DSSTRAP) AND STRAP BRACKETS (MK. DSSTBRK) ARE ALSO PROVIDED FOR MASONRY WALL APPLICATIONS AS WELL AS FOR ATTACHMENT TO COLUMNS. FASTENERS TO MASONRY ARE NOT PROVIDED. H1060 FASTENERS ARE PROVIDED FOR COLUMN ATTACHMENT APPLICATIONS, PRE -DRILLING WILL BE REQUIRED. STANDARD CORRUGATED DOWNSPOUT DETAIL TRIM 350 REFERENCE GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT SCHEDULE FOR o DOWNSPOUT MARK NUMBERS — RAKE LAP & FLASHING BACKER SLIDE FIELD CUT SECTION OF FLASHING ENDLAP BACKER ONTO THE LOWER TRIM PIECE AS SHOWN BELOW PLACE TAPE MASTIC NEXT TO HEM OF THE BACKER (NOT ON TOP OF HEM). APPLY CONTINUOUS BEAD OF CAULK 1" FROM END OF TRIM DOWN PROFILE OF TRIM. FASTEN LAP WITH STITCH FASTENERS AND POP RIVETS AS SHOWN. ROOF STRUCTURAL FASTENERS SHOULD BE USED TO FASTEN THROUGH PANEL FLAT INTO RAKE ANGLE. H1030 STRUCTURAL 1050 STITCH FASTENERS FASTENERS UPPER TRI RIM TRIM 314" TAPE MASTIC H1050 STITCH FASTENERS FEB120 3/4" TAPE 3/4" MASTIC MASTIC MARRY TO MASTIC BELOW 51/4" 21/4"TAPE MASTIC FEB120 NOTCH HEM AND BEND DOWN 90° H3152 POLYURETHANE FLASHING ENDLAP BACKER CAULK FIELD CUT FROM STANDARD FEB120 H1100 POP RIVETS NOTE 1: KEEP FASTENERS 2" AWAY FROM RAKE CLIPS!! H1030 FASTENERS 4" O.C. (SEE NOTE 11 •2 1/4" TAPE MASTIC MK. H3020 BETWEEN TRIM & ROOF PANEL (APPLY MASTIC TO TRIM PRIOR TO INSTALLING TRIM) 'ROOF PANEL w ww D FILL CAVITY WITH w INSULATION a RAKE SCULPTURED MK. RS ROOF INSULATION a 0 ROOF TRIM RETAINER (NOT BY MBS) 0- MK. RTR121 w/ H1060 FASTENERS @ V-0" O.C. (BUTT TOGETHER, DO NOT LAP) ROOF SECONDARY MEMBER WALL INSULATION (NOT BY MBS) WALL PANEL RAKE SCULPTURED DETAIL GD0005 TRIM 375o RAKE SCULPTURED DETAIL wl WALL PANELS (TRIM _399 � SEE WALL SHEETING ERECTION NOTES FOR WALL PANEL FASTENER LOCATIONS HORIZONTAL PANEL INSIDE CLOSURE MK. CIVSO H1040 (® EACH SUPPORT) ALTERNATE OUTSIDE — CORNER MK. COA121 X—GIRT GIRT d 121 � INSIDE CLOSURE c MK. CIVSO o o m o m MAX HORIZONTAL 0 12 O.C. PANEL d` U2 OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM SEE WALL SHEETING ERECTION DETAIL TRIM 355 FOR WALL PANEL FASTENER LOCATIONS OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM MK. H4200 HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL FASTENER MK. H1040 ® EA. SUPPORT — INSIDE CORNER TRIM MK. H4210 VERTICAL BLOCKING g BASE TRIM MK. BSB121 w 0 BASE CHANNEL 0 1" %+ FASTEN AT 4'-0" O.C. J MAX (FASTENERS z ¢� NOT BY MBS) SEALANT a STEEL LINE (NOT BY MBS) 3 BASE TRIM DETAIL TRIM WITH SEE WALLLLSSHEEETING ER CO TNN DETAIL TRIM 366 FOR WALL PANEL FASTENER LOCATIONS — co W U W' W co J z W co O w 2 O Z O Q w U orf W cl Z � W w W Cn �wW Luw Q I— ~ �W Zal- U) M C) 0 Q Q� W w�Y m Z Z a 04 a V m o= O 04 y PG. R1_1009201v z Lu - w E�o9 a9 `soo2 C/) 00 4- LL NaE Not� �8 t - - e�VE&gm68N mUEm�do`m AAA GUTTER LAP & END CAP HIGH EAVE LAP & FLASHING BACKER EAVE MAIN RAKE LAP & FLASHING BACKER o 0 APPLY BEAD OF POLYURETHANE CAULK 1" FROM END OF TRIM AND LAP SECTIONS 2" AND FASTEN AS SLIDE FIELD CUT SECTION FLASHING ENDLAP BACKER ONTO THE LOWER TRIM PIECE. PLACE TAPE MASTIC EXTENSION BUILDING SLIDE FIELD CUT SECTION OF FLASHING ENDLAP BACKER ONTO THE LOWER TRIM PIECE AS SHOWN BELOW. M SHOWN. TO TERMINATE THE GUTTER APPLY POLYURETHANE CAULK TO THREE SIDES OF END CAP AND TOP NEXT TO HEM OF THE BACKER (NOT ON TOP OF HEM). APPLY CONTINUOUS BEAD OF CAULK 1" FROM END OF PLACE TAPE MASTIC NEXT TO HEM OF THE BACKER (NOT ON TOP OF HEM). APPLY CONTINUOUS BEAD OF o RETURN AREA AS SHOWN AND INSERT 1/2" INTO END OF GUTTER. ATTACH WITH RIVETS SAME AS END LAP. TRIM DOWN PROFILE OF TRIM. FASTEN LAP WITH STITCH FASTENERS AND POP RIVETS AS SHOWN. OOF PANEL CAULK 1" FROM END OF TRIM DOWN PROFILE OF TRIM. FASTEN LAP WITH STITCH FASTENERS AND POP RIVETS AS SHOWN. ROOF STRUCTURAL FASTENERS SHOULD BE USED TO FASTEN THROUGH PANEL FLAT INTO RAKE ANGLE. 2" LAP LINE H3162 H3152 H1050 STITCH H1030 STRUCTURAL H1050 STITCH 3 3 POLYURETHANE POLYURETHANE FASTENERS FASTENERS FASTENERS CAULK CAULK UPPER TRI UPPER TRI o � 3/4" TAPE TRIM 3/4" TAPE 3 3 H4000_ GUTTER �,LOWERTRIM MASTIC �,LOWER MASTIC END CAP H1050 STITCH FASTENERS m m FEB120 FEB120 314" TAPE 3/4" MASTIC j 314" TAPE 3/4" MASTIC m � 3 MASTIC MARRY TO w r/ MASTIC MARRY TO MASTIC BELOW O MASTIC BELOW g 8 11/2"TAPE MASTIC _ w H1060 FASTENERS @ V-0" O.C. z a ROOF INSULATION 51/4" 2 5/8" 2 5/8" 21/4"TAPE MASTIC FEB120 (NOT BY MBS) FEB120 0 H1100 POP RIVETS NOTCH HEM AND BEND DOWN 40" a O HTD121 TO PROTECT NOTCH HEM AND BEND TO MATCH m H3152 POLYURETHANE CAULK ROOF INSULATION, SUPPLIED IN WHITE COLOR PROFILE H3152 POLYURETHANE CAULK c m c v FLASHING ENDLAP BACKER SOFFIT WALL INSULATION FLASHING ENDLAP BACKER `o m' NOTE 1: PANEL RIB MUST BE FIELD CUT FROM STANDARD FEB120 PANEL (NOT BY MBS) FIELD CUT FROM STANDARD FEB120 HAND CRIMPED PRIOR TO H1100 POP RIVETS EGIRT H1100 POP RIVETS INSTALLING GUTTER BRACKET! H1060 FASTENERS " BEAD OF TUBE @ 1'-0" O.C. CAULK H3151 (BUTYL) NOTE: VOID CLOSURE SCT121 WALL PANEL m $ & b 5 1 /4" SEE ROOF PANEL BASIC INSTALLATION DETAIL FOR 5 1l4" SCULPTURED TRIM MK. HTS EAVE EXTENSION SOFFIT AT BY OTHERS H1030 FASTENERS 4" O.C. r $ ' m FASTENERAND SEALANT " PRECUT TAPE MASTIC _ _ __ (5) H1050 FASTENERS BUILDING STEEL LINE (SEE NOTE 1) z n a 15 "a REQUIREMENTS H3640, BETWEEN PANEL AND PER PANEL NOTE 1: KEEP FASTENERS 2" 3" 2 114" TAPE MASTIC MK. H3020 n (4) H1050 PER PANEL SPACED EQUALLY HANGER FASTENERS e° OOF PANEL 112" TAPE MASTIC H3001 AWAY FROM RAKE CLIPSII ** BETWEEN TRIM & ROOF PANEL (APPLY MASTIC TO TRIM PRIOR �� •• (p g 112" TAPE MASTIC 3" BEAD OF TUBE CAULK H3151 TO INSTALLING TRIM) IZ � Ma �, H3010 GUTTER HANGER OUTSIDE CLOSURE (BUTYL) DOE PANEL ROOF PANEL n 'n � Mg N a H2640 @ 2'-0" O.C. ® EXTENSION LENTH ROOF PANEL u : $ m a w/ (3) H1050 FASTENERS fA SECONDARY MEMBER 'zz'z S3z Z RAKE ANGLE 0 MAP01 H1040 FASTENERS > @ 1'-0" O.C. SCULPTURED RAKE SCULPTURED W / ROOF INSULATION TRIM MK. RS____ GUTTER J (NOT BY MBS) H1040 FASTENERS @ V-0" O.C. LL MK. GS____ ROOF TRIM ROOF TRIM RETAINER O LOW EAVE FLASH MK. LBU12 ROOF TRIM RETAINER RETAINER MK. RTR121 wl H1060 a wl H1060 FASTENERS @ V-0" O.C. MK. RTR121 wl H1060 EXTENSION TRIM FASTENERS @ V-0" O.C. (BUTT 0 (2" LAP WITH H3152 FASTENERS @ 1'-0" O.C. (BUTT TOGETHER, DO NOT LAP) SOFFIT PANEL (n POLYURETHANE CAULK) IF EAVE MEMBER IS EAVE TOGETHER, DO NOT LAP) SOFFIT PANEL (R-PANEL SHOWN) L li STRUT AS SHOWN, FILL SOFFIT PANEL RAKE EXTENSION TRIM U WITH INSULATION H1040 FASTENERS @ V-0" O.C. NOTE: WALL PANEL ETR1121 @ 8", 9 1/2" & 10" PURLINS MAP02 (S.L.V. ) EAVE MEMBER WALL PANELCLOSURE ROOF INSULATION NEEDS TO EXTEND OVER PURLINS TO PROVIDE BY OTHERS ETR2121 @ 12" PURLINS H1040 FASTENERS ly- WALL INSULATION EXTENSION TRIM PA R-NEL MK. COR A -PANEL I MK. COA SUPPORT UNDER PANEL AT PURLIN LOCATIONS. WALL INSULATION 3 1l4" @ 1'-0" O.C. LLI (NOT BY MBS) WALL PANEL ET 121 EAVE MEMBER DEPTH REV. R-PANEL MK. COV TERMINATION SHOWN IS A SUGGESTION BUT MAY VARY. H1020 @ 1'-0" O.C. SCT121 @ R-PANEL & A -PANEL � U) J 1 = 8" T010" LEAVE H1060 FASTENERS JTD121 REV R-PANEL H1060 FASTENERS 2 = 12" @ 1'-0" O.C. @ @ 1'-0" O.C. ON -SLOPE GUTTER DETAIL MEMBER TYPE HIGH EAVE EXTENSION DETAIL EAVE EXTENSION TERMINATION EAVE GUTTER DETAIL w/ WALL PANELS o SEE WALL SHEETING ERECTION NOTES FOR WALL PANEL FASTENER LOCATIONS (TRIM _452 C = GEE CHANNEL � o S = "S" CHANNEL EAVE MEMBER HIGH EAVE DETAIL w/SOFFIT PANELS SEE WALL SHEETING ERECTION NOTES FOR WALL PANEL FASTENER LOCATIONS T R I M_486 r' RAKE CONTINUATION AT EAVE EXTENSION o TRIM 490 Z (n w o w O USN WN z� Ww w uS w Q w ww� C) � W cM 0<H— z W w 0 W J N p'J a 0 .o-S m 1lZy MIx�>> y pF wq Sx! l' we 04 i 4 '0 \21009201 /q7 �2 TC4j9 es`101AL E Lu EBoa aN@$�m2 N GO LL wn O m3''-'�-ES_ g'�°amw �6PFq92Hm�m5 €amUt 0 STEP GUTTER END CAPS ROOF PANEL VERTICAL PANEL SHOWN BELOW APPLY A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF JAMB � POLYURETHANE TUBE CAULK(H3152)AROUND FASTENER o 0 THREEES OF THE GUTTER END CAP (H4000-). RAKE ANGLE 000_). FOR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION SEE TRIM_802, TRIM_803, & TRIM_804 G"� COVER TRIM INSERT THE GUTTER CAP 112" (H4000_) INTO FIELD CUT THE THE END OF THE GUTTER. BOTTOM OF THE RAKE CAP RSC_ s FASTEN WITH POP RIVETS (H1100) AS SHOWN TO AVOID THE DOOR / WINDOW IN GUTTER DETAIL. APPLY POLYURETHANE RAKE ANGLE R-PANEL a at TUBE CAULK (H3152) AROUND PERIMETER OPENING INSIDE GUTER TO SEAL CAP. WALL PANEL STEP 4 REVERSE R-PANEL SHOWN EXTEND GUTTER BEYOND FACE OF WALL GUTTER/RAKE p. SLIT PANEL 2" AND SLIDE ONTO A -PANEL SIMILAR STEP 4 MAR01 3 CORNER TRIM AS SHOWN. TRIM RSCE �R� HEAD TRIM (SEE BELOW) SLIT PANEL 2" AND SLIDE ONTO HEAD TRIM (SEE BELOW) RAKE CAP END INSTALLATION CORNER TRIM E�OEQ' HOLD THE RAKE CAP END (RSCE) TIGHT TO G THE BACK OF AND FLUSH WITH THE BOTTOM GUTTER END E OF THE GUTTER. FASTEN TO THE WALL CAP H4000_ CORNER TRIM WITH (2) TRIM -COLORED WALL PANEL INSIDE CLOSURE a SELF -DRILLING SCREWS (H7050). APPLY TUBE CAULK T03 RAKE CAP, MK. CIVSO TRIM SIDES OF THE RAKE CAP GUTTER/RAKE ® RAKE CAP INSTALLATION (NO FASTENERS REQ'D) TRIM, AND GUTTER MK. HTD_ o o BEFORE INSTALLING THE RAKE TRIM, THE END CAP MUST BE STEP 5 STEP 1 H1041 `o m' RAKE CAP MUST BE INSTALLED. INSTALLED BEFORE CAULK FROM END OF HEAD HEAD TRIM 12" O.C. cti THE RAKE TRIM. TRIM TO FIRST MAJOR RIB MK. HTA d� APPLY POLYURETHANE TUBE CAULK (H3152) MK. H3152 TO (3) SIDES OF THE RAKE CAP AND PLACE IT ON THE END OF THE PANEL 1 %" FROM THE STEP 5 EDGE OF THE GUTTER END CAP (FLUSH WITH FACE OF CORNER TRIM.) NO FASTENERS ARE STEP 1 CAULK FROM END OF HEAD JAM B D ETAI L n REQUIRED FOR THE RAKE CAP. FIELD COPE FLAT OF RAKE CAP AS REQUIRED. HEAD TRIM MK. H3152 I A^ o' n a n S FOR HORIZONTAL WALL PANELCFRIM MK. HTA $ RAKE CAP PART NUMBERS STEP 3 • RSCL (LEFT) STEP 3 JAMB TRIM M 9 w • RSCR (RIGHT) JAMB TRIM MK. HTD— : •• •• MK. JTA rg3���g� rW STEP RAKE TRIM INSTALLATION AT BUILDING WITH GUTTER U �. NO RAKE TRIM PART NUMBERS RS_121 x 10'-1° m WALL PANEL ' Jz iJ iU iU p $ 9 • RS_242 X 20'-2" 2" ALL PARTS MUST BE POSITIONED PROPERLY BEFORE HEADER TOUCHING THE MASTIC TO THE ROOF PANEL. MASTIC CANNOT 8E REUSED. H1041 FASTENERS ALIGN THE END OF THE RAKE TRIM WITH THE END OF THE va° MAxsuT FLAT OF J o 6" O.C. REVERSE R-PANEL ROOF PANEL. THIS WILL LAP ONTO THE GUTTER END CAP. PRAKE.OPE JAMB TRIM STEP 2 ALWAYS START THE RAKE TRIM INSTALLATION AT THE LOW SILL TRIM - SEE PREP ABOVE EAVE WORKING TOWARD THE HIGH EAVE OR RIDGE. INSTALL MK. HTD_ HEAD TRIM RAKE TRIM ACCORDING RAKE TRIM DETAIL COPE THE BOTTOM VERTICAL LEG OF THE RAKE TRIM FLUSH STEP 5 CAULK FROM END OF SILL 1/4" MAX SLIT Fr o `; MK. HTA_ 3 WITH THE OUTSIDE EDGE OF THE WALL CORNER TRIM. TRIM TO JAMB TRIM " N 0 W FASTEN THE RAKE TRIM TO THE END CAPS USING POP RIVETS (H1100) AS MK. H3152 2 3 z z U O O SHOWN. DO NOT W FASTEN THE RAKE 0 W TRIM TO WALL PANEL. J STEP 4 - SLIT WALL PANEL SCULPTURED RAKE TO ON SLOPE GUTTER WINDOW FRAMED OPENING DETAIL SLIT WALL PANEL AS SHOWN PRIOR TO INSTALLING TO HEADER D ETA I L z oDETAIL SHOWN WITH WALL PANEL AND CORNER TRIM. MASONRY AND TRIM 522 INSULATED WALL PANEL CONDITIONS SIMILAR. _ GDO070 FOR ALL STANDARD WALL PANEL TYPES TRIM 800 LEFT HAND SHOWN, RIGHT HAND SIMILAR _ ALLOW PANEL TO SLIDE AROUND HEAD TRIM. CO U' F O FOR HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL (TRIM 80� Z Q w 0 U _ VERTICAL PANEL SHOWN BELOW z w w REVERSE R-PANEL SHOWN J FOR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION A -PANEL SIMILAR JAMB TRIM p w W H ti SEE TRIM_802 & TRIM_803 STEP 3 THE SILL TRIM EXTENDS w O W_ Z a H U) M SLIT PANEL 2" AND SLIDE ONTO HEAD TRIM (SEE ABOVE) z 1" PAST EACH SIDE OF z THE OPENING. THE JAMB �j z L7 W m O U w ® Y w Q 0 0= z TRIM THEN RESTS o Q o W � 06 J N ON THE SILL TRIM. rrf�'1 m a V U = .1,_J "J" TRIM MK. HTD_ 2 M KFT� H1041 FASTENERS 0 6" O.C. ® STEP 1 HEAD TRIM MK. HTA y �_flv 114" MAX SLIT p a WALL PANEL > pG Ra100 201 v, i STEP 4 ��v'T,..... CAULK FROM END OF HEAD TRIM TO FIRST MAJOR RIB FLAT OF MK. H3152 JAMB TRIM STEP 3 - SLIT WALL PANEL SLIT WALL PANEL AS SHOWN PRIOR TO INSTALLING TO STEP 2 °' °' °' 'h w ALLOW PANEL TO SLIDE AROUND HEAD TRIM. JAMB TRIM d9 „ m= CO Bog = MK. JTA OR JTD - SEE ABOVE LL DOOR FRAMED OPENING DETAIL SILL DETAILn��m �oEN FOR ALL STANDARD WALL PANEL TYPES GD0040 3 N ti dg _ '0--�"°' LEFT HAND SHOWN, RIGHT HAND SIMILAR TRIM 801 FOR HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL 2 _ _ -E °' y�d�ao6 8 mUEmT mom SCULPTURED HIGH EAVE TO RAKE TRANSITION RAKE TRIM PREPARATION FOR SCULPTURED HIGH EAVE TRIM INSTALLATION STEP 1 EXTEND THE RAKE TRIM 1" PAST THE OUTSIDE FACE OF THE WALL CORNER TRIM. FIELD COPE THE VERTICAL LEG OF THE RAKE TRIM FLUSH TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF THE WALL CORNER TRIM. FIELD COPE THE UPPER SECTION OF THE RAKE TRIM BACK 1" AS SHOWN. ADDITIONALLY, COPE THE "SLOPED" FACE OF THE RAKE TRIM BACK 2 7/8" AT AN ANGLE TO MATCH 2 7/8" COPED TOP AND BACK LEG BEFORE INSTALLING THE HIGH EAVE TRIM, APPLY POLYURETHANE TUBE CAULK (H3152) AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE CORNER CAP (H4000). SLIDE THE CAP INTO THE END OF THE STANDARD RAKE TRIM, LEAVING 1/2" EXPOSED AS SHOWN BELOW. APPLY 1 1/2" TAPE MASTIC (H3001) CONTINUOUSLY ACROSS THE OUTSIDE PANEL CLOSURE. REMOVE PAPER BACKING ONLY AS WORK PROGRESSES. CORNER CAP PART MK. D-2 1 CUT BACK LEG OF C-1" RAKE TRIM VERTICAL • H4000 N 2 7/8" FROM END OF RAKE. O RAKE TRIM DETAIL A C+ CORNER B-1/2" CAP FOR LETTER "DIM" REF DETAIL A ROOF RARE TRIM PANEL CORNER TRIM INSULATION WALL PANEL Q �j o tuB mmul nos^ SCULPTURED HIGH EAVE TRIM TO SCULPTURED RAKE TRIM TRANSITION STEP 2 N in IZ W W v LAY THE HIGH EAVE TRIM OVER THE OUTSIDE PANEL CLOSURE AND FASTEN WITH (6) TRIM -COLORED SELF -DRILLING m $ SCREWS (H1050). NOTE: THE HIGH EAVE TRIM MUST BE PROPERLY POSITIONED BEFORE TOUCHING THE MASTIC. REMOVE THE PAPER BACKING ONLY AS WORK PROGRESSES. N n m N a FIELD COPE THE HIGH EAVE TRIM SIMILAR TO THE RAKE TRIM EXCEPT DO NOT CUT THE SLOPED FACE. INSTEAD, FOLD THE SLOPED FACE OVER THE SLOPED FACE OF THE RAKE TRIM. CAULK ALL AROUND WITH POLYURETHANE TUBE CAULK (H3152) AND FASTEN WITH (3) POP RIVETS (H1100). 14 .4? i $ 3 �- i i 8 a g a SCULPTURED HIGH EAVE TRIM PART NUMBER'S Z it a a • HTSN121 x 10'-1" FASTEN WITH (3) POP • HTS N242 x 20'-2" RIVETS (H1100) FASTEN TO RAKE TRIM CORNER CAP. FASTEN WITH WITH (6) (H1050) (7) POP RIVETS (H1100) AS a a FASTENERS AS SHOWN SHOWN • • a a RAKE TRIM w U_ CORNER TRIM w U) J SCULPTURED HIGH EAVE AND RAKE INSTALLATION DETAIL SHOWN WITH ROOF AND WALL PANEL. w w TRIM 900 o W z Q w O U w wN z� ww w uS w w W � Q w C) � w z U) « ZU�wU)Y0 o'J w J m N a0 Zy MIg 04Yi a i0 �21009201 �WN �OF�S'1'I0 AL Y y LU EBoaaN@$�m2CID =,=9Jtz�"&A o LL O E-Ew CD g'�°amw 0